Rev 114 | Rev 120 | Go to most recent revision | Only display areas with differences | Regard whitespace | Details | Blame | Last modification | View Log | RSS feed
Rev 114 | Rev 118 | ||
---|---|---|---|
1 | SYSTEM FUNCTIONS of OS Kolibri 0.5.8.1 |
1 | SYSTEM FUNCTIONS of OS Kolibri 0.5.8.1 |
2 | 2 | ||
3 | Number of the function is located in the register eax. |
3 | Number of the function is located in the register eax. |
4 | The call of the system function is carried out by the command "int 0x40". |
4 | The call of the system function is executed by "int 0x40" command. |
5 | All registers, except for obviously indicated in returned value, |
5 | All registers except explicitly declared in the returned value, |
6 | including the register of flags eflags, are saved. |
6 | including eflags, are preserved. |
7 | 7 | ||
8 | 8 | ||
9 | ====================================================================== |
9 | ====================================================================== |
10 | ============== Function 0 - define and draw the window. ============== |
10 | ============== Function 0 - define and draw the window. ============== |
11 | ====================================================================== |
11 | ====================================================================== |
12 | Defines an application window. Draws a frame of the window, header and |
12 | Defines an application window. Draws a frame of the window, header and |
13 | working area. For windows with ñêèíîì defines standard buttons of closing |
13 | working area. For windows with skin defines standard buttons for close |
14 | and minimization. |
14 | and minimize. |
15 | Parameters: |
15 | Parameters: |
16 | * eax = 0 - number of the function |
16 | * eax = 0 - function number |
17 | * ebx = [coordinate on axis x]*65536 + [size on axis x] |
17 | * ebx = [coordinate on axis x]*65536 + [size on axis x] |
18 | * ecx = [coordinate on axis y]*65536 + [size on axis y] |
18 | * ecx = [coordinate on axis y]*65536 + [size on axis y] |
19 | * edx = 0xXYRRGGBB, where: |
19 | * edx = 0xXYRRGGBB, where: |
20 | * Y = style of the window: |
20 | * Y = style of the window: |
21 | * Y=0 - type I - window of the fixed sizes |
21 | * Y=0 - type I - window of the fixed size |
22 | * Y=1 - only to define window area, nothing to draw |
22 | * Y=1 - only define window area, draw nothing |
23 | * Y=2 - type II - window with changed sizes |
23 | * Y=2 - type II - window of the variable size |
24 | * Y=3 - window with skinned |
24 | * Y=3 - window with skin |
25 | * other possible values (from 4 up to 15) reserved, |
25 | * other possible values (from 4 up to 15) are reserved, |
26 | function call with such Y is ignored |
26 | function call with such Y is ignored |
27 | * RR, GG, BB = accordingly red, green, blue |
27 | * RR, GG, BB = accordingly red, green, blue components of a color |
28 | colours of a working area of the window |
28 | of the working area of the window (are ignored for style Y=2) |
29 | (is ignored for style Y=2) |
- | |
30 | * X = DCBA (bits) |
29 | * X = DCBA (bits) |
31 | * A = 1 - window has caption; if Y=3, caption string address could be passed in edi, |
30 | * A = 1 - window has caption; for style Y=3 caption string |
- | 31 | must be passed in edi, for other styles use |
|
32 | otherwise use function 71 subfunction 1 |
32 | subfunction 1 of function 71 |
33 | * B = 1 - draw all graphics primitives relative to window client area |
33 | * B = 1 - coordinates of all graphics primitives are relative to |
34 | * C - reserved |
34 | window client area |
35 | * D = 8 - fill client area with gradient |
35 | * C is reserved (set to 0) |
36 | other values are reserved |
36 | * D = 0 - normal filling of the working area, 1 - gradient |
37 | The following parameters are intended for windows of a type I and II, |
37 | The following parameters are intended for windows |
38 | and ignored for styles Y=1,3: |
38 | of a type I and II, and ignored for styles Y=1,3: |
39 | * esi = 0xXYRRGGBB - colour of header |
39 | * esi = 0xXYRRGGBB - color of the header |
40 | * RR, GG, BB define colour |
40 | * RR, GG, BB define color |
41 | * Y=0 - usual window, Y=1 - unmovable window |
41 | * Y=0 - usual window, Y=1 - unmovable window |
42 | * X defines a gradient of header: X=0 - no gradient, |
42 | * X defines a gradient of header: X=0 - no gradient, |
43 | X=8 - usual gradient, |
43 | X=8 - usual gradient, |
44 | for windows of a type II X=4 - negative gradient |
44 | for windows of a type II X=4 - negative gradient |
45 | * other values X and Y reserved |
45 | * other values of X and Y are reserved |
46 | * edi = 0x00RRGGBB - colour of a frame |
46 | * edi = 0x00RRGGBB - color of the frame |
47 | Returned value: |
47 | Returned value: |
48 | * function does not return value |
48 | * function does not return value |
49 | Remarks: |
49 | Remarks: |
50 | * Location and the sizes of the window are installed by the first call of |
50 | * Position and sizes of the window are installed by the first |
51 | this function and are ignored at subsequent; for change of location |
51 | call of this function and are ignored at subsequent; to change |
52 | and/or of sizes already of created window use function 67. |
52 | position and/or sizes of already created window use function 67. |
53 | * If to use windows of appropriate styles, location and - or the sizes of |
53 | * For windows with style Y=3 and caption (A=1) caption string is set |
- | 54 | by the first call of this function and is ignored at subsequent |
|
- | 55 | (strictly speaking, is ignored after a call to subfunction 2 |
|
- | 56 | of function 12 - end redraw); to change caption of already created |
|
54 | the window can vary by the user. |
57 | window use subfunction 1 of function 71. |
- | 58 | * If the window has appropriate styles, position and/or sizes can be |
|
55 | Current location and the sizes can be obtained by function 9. |
59 | changed by user. Current position and sizes can be obtained |
- | 60 | by function 9. |
|
56 | * The window should be located on the screen. If the transferred coordinates |
61 | * The window must fit on the screen. If the transferred |
57 | nd the sizes do not satisfy to this condition, appropriate coordinate |
62 | coordinates and sizes do not satisfy to this condition, |
58 | (or, probably, is considered both) as zero, and if also it does not help, |
63 | appropriate coordinate (or, probably, both) is considered as zero, |
- | 64 | and if also it does not help, the appropriate size |
|
59 | the appropriate size (or, probably, both) is installed in a size of the |
65 | (or, probably, both) is installed in a size of the screen. |
60 | screen. |
- | |
61 | 66 | ||
62 | Further we shall designate xpos, ypos, xsize, ysize - values transmitted |
67 | Further we shall designate xpos,ypos,xsize,ysize - values |
63 | in ebx, ecx. The coordinates are resulted concerning the left upper corner |
68 | transmitted in ebx,ecx. The coordinates are resulted concerning |
64 | of the window, which, thus, is set as (0,0), coordinate of the right lower |
69 | the left upper corner of the window, which, thus, is set as (0,0), |
65 | corner essence (xsize, ysize). |
70 | coordinates of the right lower corner essence (xsize,ysize). |
66 | * The sizes of the window are understood in sense of coordinates of the |
71 | * The sizes of the window are understood in sence of coordinates |
67 | right lower corner. This concerns and to all other functions. It means, |
72 | of the right lower corner. This concerns all other functions too. |
68 | that the real sizes on 1 pixel are more. |
73 | It means, that the real sizes are on 1 pixel more. |
69 | * Look of the window of a type I: |
74 | * The window of type I looks as follows: |
70 | * draw external frame of colour indicated in edi, |
75 | * draw external frame of color indicated in edi, 1 pixel in width |
71 | in width 1 pixel |
- | |
72 | * draw header - rectangle with the left upper corner (1,1) and right lower |
76 | * draw header - rectangle with the left upper corner (1,1) and |
73 | (xsize-1, min (25, ysize)) colour indicated in esi |
77 | right lower (xsize-1,min(25,ysize)) color indicated in esi |
74 | (in view of a gradient) |
78 | (taking a gradient into account) |
75 | * If ysize > =26, the working area of the window - rectangle with the left |
79 | * if ysize>=26, fill the working area of the window - |
76 | upper corner (1,21) and right lower |
80 | rectangle with the left upper corner (1,21) and right lower |
77 | (xsize-1, ysize-1) (sizes (xsize-1) * (ysize-21)) - colour |
81 | (xsize-1,ysize-1) (sizes (xsize-1)*(ysize-21)) with color |
78 | indicated in edx (in view of a gradient) is painted over |
82 | indicated in edx (taking a gradient into account) |
- | 83 | * if A=1 and caption has been already set by subfunction 1 |
|
- | 84 | of function 71, it is drawn in the corresponding place of header |
|
79 | * Look of the window of a type Y=1: |
85 | * The window of style Y=1 looks as follows: |
80 | * completely defined by the application |
86 | * completely defined by the application |
81 | * Look of the window of a type II: |
87 | * The window of type II looks as follows: |
82 | * draw external frame of width 1 pixel of the "shaded" colour |
88 | * draw external frame of width 1 pixel with the "shaded" color |
83 | edi (all making colours decrease twice) |
89 | edi (all components of the color decrease twice) |
84 | * drawn intermediate frame of width 3 pixels of colour edi |
90 | * draw intermediate frame of width 3 pixels with color edi |
85 | * draw internal frame of width 1 pixel |
91 | * draw internal frame of width 1 pixel with the "shaded" color edi |
86 | "shaded" colour edi |
- | |
87 | * draw header - rectangle with the left upper corner (4,4) |
92 | * draw header - rectangle with the left upper corner (4,4) |
88 | and right lower (xsize-4,min(20,ysize)) colour, indicated â esi |
93 | and right lower (xsize-4,min(20,ysize)) color, indicated in esi |
89 | (in view of a gradient) |
94 | (taking a gradient into account) |
90 | * If ysize > =26, the working area of the window is painted over - |
95 | * if ysize>=26, fill the working area of the window - |
91 | rectangle with the left upper corner (5,20) and right lower |
96 | rectangle with the left upper corner (5,20) and right lower |
92 | (xsize-5,ysize-5) - colour indicated in edx (in view of a gradient) |
97 | (xsize-5,ysize-5) with color indicated in edx |
- | 98 | (taking a gradient into account) |
|
- | 99 | * if A=1 and caption has been already set by subfunction 1 |
|
- | 100 | of function 71, it is drawn in the corresponding place of header |
|
93 | * Look of the window with skinned: |
101 | * The skinned window looks as follows: |
94 | * draw external frame of width 1 pixel |
102 | * draw external frame of width 1 pixel |
95 | colour 'outer' from skin |
103 | with color 'outer' from the skin |
96 | * draw intermediate framework of width 3 pixels |
104 | * draw intermediate frame of width 3 pixel |
97 | colour 'frame' from skin |
105 | with color 'frame' from the skin |
98 | * draw internal framework of width 1 pixel |
106 | * draw internal frame of width 1 pixel |
99 | colour 'inner' from skin |
107 | with color 'inner' from the skin |
100 | * draw header (on pictures from skin) in a rectangle |
108 | * draw header (on bitmaps from the skin) in a rectangle |
101 | (0,0) - (xsize,_skinh-1) |
109 | (0,0) - (xsize,_skinh-1) |
102 | * If ysize > =26, the working area of the window is painted over - |
110 | * if ysize>=26, fill the working area of the window - |
103 | rectangle with the left upper corner (5, _skinh) and right lower |
111 | rectangle with the left upper corner (5,_skinh) and right lower |
104 | (xsize-5,ysize-5) - colour indicated in edx (in view of a gradient) |
112 | (xsize-5,ysize-5) with color indicated in edx |
- | 113 | (taking a gradient into account) |
|
105 | * two standard buttons are defined: closings and minimizations |
114 | * define two standard buttons: for close and minimize |
106 | (see function 8) |
115 | (see function 8) |
- | 116 | * if A=1 and edi contains (nonzero) pointer to caption string, |
|
- | 117 | it is drawn in place in header defined in the skin |
|
107 | * value _skinh is accessible as result of call |
118 | * value _skinh is accessible as the result of call |
108 | subfunction 4 functions 48 |
119 | subfunction 4 of function 48 |
109 | 120 | ||
110 | ====================================================================== |
121 | ====================================================================== |
111 | ================= Function 1 - put a point in the window. ============ |
122 | ================ Function 1 - put pixel in the window. =============== |
112 | ====================================================================== |
123 | ====================================================================== |
113 | Parameters: |
124 | Parameters: |
114 | * eax = 1 - number of the function |
125 | * eax = 1 - function number |
115 | * ebx = x-coordinate (concerning the window) |
126 | * ebx = x-coordinate (relative to the window) |
116 | * ecx = y-coordinate (concerning the window) |
127 | * ecx = y-coordinate (relative to the window) |
117 | * edx = 0x00RRGGBB - colour of a point |
128 | * edx = 0x00RRGGBB - color of a pixel |
118 | edx = 0x01xxxxxx - to invert colour of a point |
129 | edx = 0x01xxxxxx - invert color of a pixel |
119 | (low 24 bits ignored) |
130 | (low 24 bits are ignored) |
120 | Returned value: |
131 | Returned value: |
121 | * function does not return value |
132 | * function does not return value |
122 | 133 | ||
123 | ====================================================================== |
134 | ====================================================================== |
124 | ======== Function 2 - receive the code of the pressed key. =========== |
135 | ============ Function 2 - get the code of the pressed key. =========== |
125 | ====================================================================== |
136 | ====================================================================== |
126 | Takes away the code of the pressed key from the buffer. |
137 | Takes away the code of the pressed key from the buffer. |
127 | Parameters: |
138 | Parameters: |
128 | * eax = 2 - number of the function |
139 | * eax = 2 - function number |
129 | Returned value: |
140 | Returned value: |
130 | * if the buffer is empty, comes back eax=1 |
141 | * if the buffer is empty, function returns eax=1 |
131 | * If the buffer is nonblank, that comes back al=0, ah=code of the pressed key, |
142 | * if the buffer is not empty, function returns al=0, |
132 | high word of the register eax is set zero |
143 | ah=code of the pressed key, high word of eax is zero |
133 | * If there is "hotkey", comes back |
144 | * if there is "hotkey", function returns al=2, |
134 | al=2, ah=scancode of the pressed key (0 for direction keys), |
145 | ah=scancode of the pressed key (0 for control keys), |
135 | high word of the register eax contains a status of direction keys |
146 | high word of eax contains a status of control keys at the moment |
136 | at the moment of pressing a hotkey |
147 | of pressing a hotkey |
137 | Remarks: |
148 | Remarks: |
138 | * There is a common system buffer of the pressed keys by a size of 120 bytes, |
149 | * There is a common system buffer of the pressed keys |
139 | organized as queue. |
150 | by a size of 120 bytes, organized as queue. |
140 | * There is one more common system buffer on 120 "hotkey". |
151 | * There is one more common system buffer on 120 "hotkeys". |
141 | * By call of this function the application with the inactive window |
152 | * If the application with the inactive window calls this function, |
142 | considers, that the buffer of the pressed keys is empty. |
153 | the buffer of the pressed keys is considered to be empty. |
143 | * By default this function returns ASCII-codes; to switch to the mode |
154 | * By default this function returns ASCII-codes; to switch |
144 | scancode (and back) it is possible with usage of the function 66. |
155 | to the scancodes mode (and back) use function 66. |
145 | However, the hotkey always come back as scancodes. |
156 | However, hotkeys are always notificated as scancodes. |
146 | * Ffind out, what keys correspond to what codes, is possible, having started |
157 | * To find out, what keys correspond to what codes, start |
147 | the applications keyascii and scancode. |
158 | the application keyascii and scancode. |
148 | * Scancodes come back directly by keyboard and are fixed; ASCII-codes turn |
159 | * Scancodes come directly from keyboard and are fixed; |
149 | out with usage of the conversion tables, which can be installed |
160 | ASCII-codes turn out with usage of the conversion tables, |
150 | subfunction 2 functions 21 and to read subfunction 2 functions 26. |
161 | which can be set by subfunction 2 of function 21 |
- | 162 | and get by subfunction 2 of function 26. |
|
151 | * As a consequence, ASCII-codes take into account current keyboard layout |
163 | * As a consequence, ASCII-codes take into account current |
152 | (rus/en) as against scancodes. |
164 | keyboard layout (rus/en) as opposed to scancodes. |
153 | * The information only about those hotkeys acts which were defined by this |
165 | * This function notifies only about those hotkeys, which were |
154 | stream subfunction 4 functions 66. |
166 | defined by this thread by subfunction 4 of function 66. |
155 | 167 | ||
156 | ====================================================================== |
168 | ====================================================================== |
157 | ================ Function 3 - get system time. ======================= |
169 | ==================== Function 3 - get system time. =================== |
158 | ====================================================================== |
170 | ====================================================================== |
159 | Parameters: |
171 | Parameters: |
160 | * eax = 3 - number of the function |
172 | * eax = 3 - function number |
161 | Returned value: |
173 | Returned value: |
162 | * eax = 0x00SSMMHH, where HH:MM:SS = Hours:Minutes:Seconds |
174 | * eax = 0x00SSMMHH, where HH:MM:SS = Hours:Minutes:Seconds |
163 | * each unit comes back as BCD-number, for example, |
175 | * each item is BCD-number, for example, |
164 | for time 23:59:59 result will be 0x00595923 |
176 | for time 23:59:59 function returns 0x00595923 |
165 | Remarks: |
177 | Remarks: |
166 | * Look also subfunction 9 functions 26 - obtaining of time from the moment |
178 | * See also subfunction 9 of function 26 - get time from |
167 | of start of the system; it in many cases is more convenient, as returns |
179 | the moment of start of the system; it is more convenient, because |
168 | simply DWORD-value of the counter of time. |
180 | returns simply DWORD-value of the time counter. |
169 | * System time can be installed by the function 22. |
181 | * System time can be set by function 22. |
170 | 182 | ||
171 | ====================================================================== |
183 | ====================================================================== |
172 | ================ Function 4 - draw text in the window. =============== |
- | |
173 | ====================================================================== |
- | |
174 | Can output both strings with given length and NULL-terminated strings |
- | |
175 | (0x0) - ASCIIZ(string db 'text',0). To draw ASCIIZ string, pass -1 |
184 | ============ Function 4 - draw text string in the window. ============ |
176 | in esi (mov esi,-1). |
185 | ====================================================================== |
177 | Parameters: |
186 | Parameters: |
178 | * eax = 4 - number of the function |
187 | * eax = 4 - function number |
179 | * ebx = [coordinate on axis x]*65536 + [coordinate on axis y] |
188 | * ebx = [coordinate on axis x]*65536 + [coordinate on axis y] |
180 | * ecx = 0xX0RRGGBB, where |
189 | * ecx = 0xX0RRGGBB, where |
181 | * RR, GG, BB set colour of the text |
190 | * RR, GG, BB specify text color |
182 | * X sets the used font: 0=system monowide, |
191 | * X specifies the used font: 0=system monospaced, |
183 | 1=system font of variable width |
192 | 1=system font of variable width |
184 | * edx = pointer by the beginning of string |
193 | * edx = pointer to the beginning of the string |
185 | * esi = length of string, should be no more 255 |
194 | * esi = length of the string, must not exceed 255 |
186 | Returned value: |
195 | Returned value: |
187 | * function does not return value |
196 | * function does not return value |
188 | Remarks: |
197 | Remarks: |
- | 198 | * Function outputs either first (esi and 0xFF) characters or |
|
- | 199 | all characters before (but not including) terminating zero |
|
- | 200 | (for ASCIIZ-strings) depending on what occurs first. |
|
189 | * The first system font is read out at loading from the file char.mt, |
201 | * First system font is read out at loading from the file char.mt, |
190 | second system font - from char2.mt. |
202 | second - from char2.mt. |
191 | * Both fonts have height 9 pixels, width of the monowide font |
203 | * Both fonts have height 9 pixels, width of the monospaced font |
192 | is equal 6 pixels. |
204 | is equal to 6 pixels. |
193 | 205 | ||
194 | ====================================================================== |
206 | ====================================================================== |
195 | ========================= Function 5 - pause. ========================= |
207 | ========================= Function 5 - delay. ======================== |
196 | ====================================================================== |
208 | ====================================================================== |
197 | Delays execution of the program on the given time. |
209 | Delays execution of the program on the given time. |
198 | Parameters: |
210 | Parameters: |
199 | * eax = 5 - number of the function |
211 | * eax = 5 - function number |
200 | * ebx = time in the 1/100 of second |
212 | * ebx = time in the 1/100 of second |
201 | Returned value: |
213 | Returned value: |
202 | * function does not return value |
214 | * function does not return value |
203 | Remarks: |
215 | Remarks: |
204 | * The transmission ebx=0 does not transfer handle the following process |
216 | * Passing ebx=0 does not transfer control to the next process |
205 | and at all does not make any operations. If really it is required to |
217 | and does not make any operations at all. If it is really required |
206 | transfer handle to the following process (to complete a current time |
218 | to transfer control to the next process (to complete a current |
207 | slice), use subfunction of 1 function 68. |
219 | time slice), use subfunction 1 of function 68. |
208 | * At current realization there will be an immediate return from the function, |
220 | * At current implementation there will be an immediate return from |
209 | if the addition ebx with current value of the counter of time will call |
221 | the function, if the addition of ebx with current value of |
210 | 32-bit overflow. |
222 | time counter will call 32-bit overflow. |
211 | 223 | ||
212 | ====================================================================== |
224 | ====================================================================== |
213 | ============== Function 6 - read the file with ramdisk. ============== |
225 | ============== Function 6 - read the file from ramdisk. ============== |
214 | ====================================================================== |
226 | ====================================================================== |
215 | Parameters: |
227 | Parameters: |
216 | * eax = 6 - number of the function |
228 | * eax = 6 - function number |
217 | * ebx = pointer on a filename |
229 | * ebx = pointer to the filename |
218 | * ecx = number of the start block, beginning from 1; |
230 | * ecx = number of start block, beginning from 1; |
219 | ecx=0 - read from a beginning of the file (same, as ecx=1); |
231 | ecx=0 - read from the beginning of the file (same as ecx=1) |
220 | * edx = number of blocks for reading; |
232 | * edx = number of blocks to read; |
221 | edx=0 - read one block (same, as edx=1) |
233 | edx=0 - read one block (same as edx=1) |
222 | * esi = pointer on area of memory, where the data will be written |
234 | * esi = pointer to memory area for the data |
223 | Returned value: |
235 | Returned value: |
224 | * eax = file size in bytes, if the file is successfully read |
236 | * eax = file size in bytes, if the file was successfully read |
225 | * eax = -1, if the file is not retrieved |
237 | * eax = -1, if the file was not found |
226 | Remarks: |
238 | Remarks: |
227 | * The given function is out-of-date; the function 70 allows to fulfil |
239 | * This function is out-of-date; function 70 allows |
228 | the same operations with the extended possibilities. |
240 | to fulfil the same operations with the extended possibilities. |
229 | * Block = 512 bytes. |
241 | * Block = 512 bytes. |
230 | * For reading all file it is possible to specify the certainly large value |
242 | * For reading all file you can specify the certainly large value |
231 | in edx, for example, edx = -1; but in this case be ready that the program |
243 | in edx, for example, edx = -1; but in this case be ready that |
232 | "will fall", if the file will appear too large and "will not be placed" in |
244 | the program will "fall", if the file will appear too large and can |
233 | memory of the program. |
245 | not be placed in the program memory. |
234 | * The filename should be or in the format 8+3 characters (first 8 characters |
246 | * The filename must be either in the format 8+3 characters |
- | 247 | (first 8 characters - name itself, last 3 - extension, |
|
235 | - purely name, last 3 - extension, the short names and extensions are |
248 | the short names and extensions are supplemented with spaces), |
236 | supplemented by blanks), or in the format 8.3 characters |
249 | or in the format 8.3 characters "FILE.EXT"/"FILE.EX " |
237 | "FILE.EXT" / "FILE.EX " (name no more than 8 characters, point, |
250 | (name no more than 8 characters, dot, extension 3 characters |
238 | extension 3 characters supplemented if necessary by blanks). |
251 | supplemented if necessary by spaces). |
239 | The filename should be written by capital letters. The completing |
252 | The filename must be written with capital letters. The terminating |
240 | character with the code 0 is not necessary (ASCIIZ-string). |
253 | character with code 0 is not necessary (not ASCIIZ-string). |
241 | * Current implementation ramdisk does not support the directory. |
254 | * This function does not support folders on the ramdisk. |
242 | 255 | ||
243 | ====================================================================== |
256 | ====================================================================== |
244 | =============== Function 7 - draw image in the window. =============== |
257 | =============== Function 7 - draw image in the window. =============== |
245 | ====================================================================== |
258 | ====================================================================== |
246 | Parameters: |
259 | Paramters: |
247 | * eax = 7 - number of the function |
260 | * eax = 7 - function number |
248 | * ebx = pointer on the image in the format BBGGRRBBGGRR... |
261 | * ebx = pointer to the image in the format BBGGRRBBGGRR... |
249 | * ecx = [size on axis x]*65536 + [size on axis y] |
262 | * ecx = [size on axis x]*65536 + [size on axis y] |
250 | * edx = [coordinate on axis x]*65536 + [coordinate on axis y] |
263 | * edx = [coordinate on axis x]*65536 + [coordinate on axis y] |
251 | Returned value: |
264 | Returned value: |
252 | * function does not return value |
265 | * function does not return value |
253 | Remarks: |
266 | Remarks: |
254 | * Coordinates of the image are coordinates of the upper left corner of the |
267 | * Coordinates of the image are coordinates of the upper left corner |
255 | image concerning the window. |
268 | of the image relative to the window. |
256 | * Size of the image in bytes is 3*xsize*ysize. |
269 | * Size of the image in bytes is 3*xsize*ysize. |
257 | 270 | ||
258 | ====================================================================== |
271 | ====================================================================== |
259 | =============== Function 8 - define/delete the button. =============== |
272 | =============== Function 8 - define/delete the button. =============== |
260 | ====================================================================== |
273 | ====================================================================== |
261 | Parameters for îïðåäåëåíèÿ êíîïêè: |
274 | Parameters for button definition: |
262 | * eax = 8 - number of the function |
275 | * eax = 8 - function number |
263 | * ebx = [coordinate on axis x]*65536 + [size on axis x] |
276 | * ebx = [coordinate on axis x]*65536 + [size on axis x] |
264 | * ecx = [coordinate on axis y]*65536 + [size on axis y] |
277 | * ecx = [coordinate on axis y]*65536 + [size on axis y] |
265 | * edx = 0xXYnnnnnn, where: |
278 | * edx = 0xXYnnnnnn, where: |
266 | * nnnnnn = identifier of the button |
279 | * nnnnnn = identifier of the button |
267 | * high (31-st) bit edx is reset |
280 | * high (31st) bit of edx is cleared |
268 | * if 30-th bit edx is installed - to not draw the button |
281 | * if 30th bit of edx is set - do not draw the button |
269 | * If 29-th bit edx is installed - to not draw a frame |
282 | * if 29th bit of edx is set - do not draw a frame |
270 | at pressing the button |
283 | at pressing the button |
271 | * esi = 0x00RRGGBB - colour of the button |
284 | * esi = 0x00RRGGBB - color of the button |
272 | Parameters for deleting the button: |
285 | Parameters for button deleting: |
273 | * eax = 8 - number of the function |
286 | * eax = 8 - function number |
274 | * edx = 0x80nnnnnn, where nnnnnn - identifier of the button |
287 | * edx = 0x80nnnnnn, where nnnnnn - identifier of the button |
275 | Returned value: |
288 | Returned value: |
276 | * function does not return value |
289 | * function does not return value |
277 | Remarks: |
290 | Remarks: |
278 | * Sizes of the button should be more than 0 and less than 0x8000. |
291 | * Sizes of the button must be more than 0 and less than 0x8000. |
279 | * For windows with skin at definition of the window (call of 0-th function) |
292 | * For windows with skin definition of the window |
280 | there are two standard buttons - closing of the window with the |
293 | (call of 0th function) creates two standard buttons - |
- | 294 | for close of the window with identifier 1 and |
|
281 | identifier 1 and minimization of the window with the identifier 0xffff. |
295 | for minimize of the window with identifier 0xffff. |
282 | * The creation of two buttons with identical identifiers is admitted. |
296 | * The creation of two buttons with same identifiers is admitted. |
283 | * The button with the identifier 0xffff at pressing is interpreted by the |
297 | * The button with the identifier 0xffff at pressing is interpreted |
284 | system as the button of minimization, the system handles such pressing |
298 | by the system as the button of minimization, the system handles |
285 | independently, not accessing to the application. In rest it is |
299 | such pressing independently, not accessing to the application. |
286 | the usual button. |
300 | In rest it is usual button. |
287 | * Total of buttons for all applications is limited to number 4095. |
301 | * Total number of buttons for all applications is limited to 4095. |
288 | 302 | ||
289 | ====================================================================== |
303 | ====================================================================== |
290 | ========== Function 9 - information on thread of execution. ========== |
304 | ============ Function 9 - information on execution thread. =========== |
291 | ====================================================================== |
305 | ====================================================================== |
292 | Parameters: |
306 | Parameters: |
293 | * eax = 9 - number of the function |
307 | * eax = 9 - function number |
294 | * ebx = pointer on the buffer of a size 1 Kb |
308 | * ebx = pointer to 1-Kb buffer |
295 | * ecx = number of the slot of thread |
309 | * ecx = number of the slot of the thread |
296 | ecx = -1 - get information on current thread |
310 | ecx = -1 - get information on the current thread |
297 | Returned value: |
311 | Returned value: |
298 | * eax = maximum number of the slot of thread |
312 | * eax = maximum number of the slot of a thread |
299 | * buffer, which specifies ebx, contains the following information: |
313 | * buffer pointed to by ebx contains the following information: |
300 | * +0: dword: usage of the processor (how many clock ticks per one second |
314 | * +0: dword: usage of the processor (how many time units |
301 | leaves on fulfilment of this thread) |
315 | per second leaves on execution of this thread) |
302 | * +4: word: position of the window of thread in the window stack |
316 | * +4: word: position of the window of thread in the window stack |
303 | * +6: word: (there is no ratio to the requested thread) |
317 | * +6: word: (has no relation to the specified thread) |
304 | number of the slot thread, which window is in the window stack |
318 | number of the thread slot, which window has in the window stack |
305 | in a position ecx |
319 | position ecx |
306 | * +8: word: reserved |
320 | * +8: word: reserved |
307 | * +10 = +0xA: 11 bytes: name of the process |
321 | * +10 = +0xA: 11 bytes: name of the process |
308 | (name of an appropriate executable file in the format 8+3) |
322 | (name of corresponding executable file in the format 8+3) |
309 | * +21 = +0x15: byte: alignment, this byte does not vary |
323 | * +21 = +0x15: byte: alignment, this byte preserves |
310 | * +22 = +0x16: dword: address of the process in memory |
324 | * +22 = +0x16: dword: address of the process in memory |
311 | * +26 = +0x1A: dword: size of used memory - 1 |
325 | * +26 = +0x1A: dword: size of used memory - 1 |
312 | * +30 = +0x1E: dword: identifier (PID/TID) |
326 | * +30 = +0x1E: dword: identifier (PID/TID) |
313 | * +34 = +0x22: dword: coordinate of the window thread on axis x |
327 | * +34 = +0x22: dword: coordinate of the thread window on axis x |
314 | * +38 = +0x26: dword: coordinate of the window thread on axis y |
328 | * +38 = +0x26: dword: coordinate of the thread window on axis y |
315 | * +42 = +0x2A: dword: size of the window thread on axis x |
329 | * +42 = +0x2A: dword: size of the thread window on axis x |
316 | * +46 = +0x2E: dword: size of the window thread on axis y |
330 | * +46 = +0x2E: dword: size of the thread window on axis y |
317 | * +50 = +0x32: word: status of the slot thread: |
331 | * +50 = +0x32: word: status of the thread slot: |
318 | * 0 = thread worked |
332 | * 0 = thread is running |
319 | * 1 = thread paused |
333 | * 1 = thread is suspended |
320 | * 2 = thread paused at the moment of waiting event |
334 | * 2 = thread is suspended while waiting for event |
321 | * 3 = thread completed as a result of function call -1 or |
335 | * 3 = thread is terminating as a result of call to function -1 |
322 | under duress as a consequence of call subfunction 2 functions 18 |
336 | or under duress as a result of call to subfunction 2 |
323 | or termination of the system |
337 | of function 18 or termination of the system |
324 | * 4 = thread is completed as a result of exception |
338 | * 4 = thread is terminating as a result of exception |
325 | * 5 = thread wait event |
339 | * 5 = thread waits for event |
326 | * 9 = requested slot is free, |
340 | * 9 = requested slot is free, all other information on the slot |
327 | all other information on the slot is not meaningful |
341 | is not meaningful |
328 | Remarks: |
342 | Remarks: |
329 | * Slots are numbered with 1. |
343 | * Slots are numbered starting from 1. |
330 | * Returned value not is a total number of streams, as there are free slots. |
344 | * Returned value is not a total number of threads, because there |
- | 345 | can be free slots. |
|
331 | * Ïðè ñîçäàíèè ïðîöåññà àâòîìàòè÷åñêè ñîçäàåòñÿ thread âûïîëíåíèÿ. |
346 | * When process is starting, system automatically creates |
- | 347 | execution thread. |
|
332 | * Function produces the information on thread. Each process has even one |
348 | * Function gives information on the thread. Each process has |
333 | thread. One process can create some thread, in this case everyone thread |
349 | at least one thread. One process can create many threads, |
- | 350 | in this case each thread has its own slot and the fields |
|
334 | receives the slot, and the fields +10, +22, +26 in these slots coincide. |
351 | +10, +22, +26 in these slots coincide. |
335 | For the applications there is no common way to define, whether two thread |
352 | Applications have no common way to define whether two threads |
336 | belong to one process. |
353 | belong to one process. |
337 | * Active window - window which is taking place on top of the window stack, |
354 | * The active window - window on top of the window stack - |
338 | it receives the messages on a keyboard input. For it the position in the |
355 | receives the messages on a keyboard input. For such window |
339 | window stack coincides with returned value. |
356 | the position in the window stack coincides with returned value. |
340 | * Slot 1 corresponds to special thread of an operating system, for which: |
357 | * Slot 1 corresponds to special system thread, for which: |
341 | * window is in the bottom of the window stack, the fields +4 and +6 |
358 | * the window is in the bottom of the window stack, the fields |
342 | contain value 1 |
359 | +4 and +6 contain value 1 |
343 | * Nname of the process - "OS/IDLE" (supplemented by blanks) |
360 | * name of the process - "OS/IDLE" (supplemented by spaces) |
344 | * address of the process is equal memory 0, size of used memory |
361 | * address of the process in memory is 0, size of used memory is |
345 | 16 Mb (0x1000000) |
362 | 16 Mb (0x1000000) |
346 | * PID=1 |
363 | * PID=1 |
347 | * coordinates and sizes of the window conditionally rely equal 0 |
364 | * coordinates and sizes of the window are by convention set to 0 |
348 | * status of the slot - always 0 (worked) |
365 | * status of the slot is always 0 (running) |
349 | * The execution time adds of time leaving on purely operation, and down |
366 | * the execution time adds of time leaving on operations itself |
350 | time in waiting interruption (which can be received by call |
367 | and idle time in waiting for interrupt (which can be got by call |
351 | subfunction 4 functions 18). |
368 | to subfunction 4 of function 18). |
352 | * Since the slot 2, the usual applications are placed. |
369 | * Beginning from slot 2, the normal applications are placed. |
353 | * Usual applications are placed in memory to the address 0x10000000 |
370 | * The normal applications are placed in memory at the address |
354 | (constant of a kernel std_application_base_address). |
371 | 0x10000000 (kernel constand 'std_application_base_address'). |
355 | Intersection does not occur, as for each process the own page table. |
372 | There is no intersection, as each process has its own page table. |
356 | * At creation thread to it are assigned the slot in the system table and |
373 | * At creation of the thread it is assigned the slot |
357 | identifier (Process/Thread IDentifier = PID/TID), which for given thread |
374 | in the system table and identifier (Process/Thread IDentifier = |
358 | do not vary in the subsequent time. |
375 | PID/TID), which do not vary with time for given thread. |
359 | After completion thread its slot can be anew used for another thread. |
376 | After completion of the thread its slot can be anew used |
360 | The identifier thread can not be assigned to other stream even after |
377 | for another thread. The thread identifier can not be assigned |
361 | completion first. |
378 | to other thread even after completion of this thread. |
362 | Identifiers, assigned to new thread, monotonously grow. |
379 | Identifiers, assigned to new threads, grow monotonously. |
363 | * If thread yet has not defined the window by function call 0, |
380 | * If the thread has not yet defined the window by call to |
364 | a location and the sizes of this window rely in zero. |
381 | function 0, the position and the sizes |
- | 382 | of its window are considered to be zero. |
|
365 | * In the given moment the part of the buffer by a size 52 = 0x34 of byte |
383 | * At the moment only the part of the buffer by a size |
366 | is used only. Nevertheless it is recommended to use the buffer |
384 | 52 = 0x34 bytes is used. Nevertheless it is recommended to use |
367 | by a size 1 KB for the future compatibility, in the future some fields |
385 | 1-Kb buffer for the future compatibility, in the future |
368 | can be added. |
386 | some fields can be added. |
369 | 387 | ||
370 | ====================================================================== |
388 | ====================================================================== |
371 | ====================== Function 10 - wait event. ===================== |
389 | ==================== Function 10 - wait for event. =================== |
372 | ====================================================================== |
390 | ====================================================================== |
373 | If the message queue is empty, waits for appearance of the message in queue. |
391 | If the message queue is empty, waits for appearance of the message |
374 | In such status thread does not receive CPU time. |
392 | in queue. In this state thread does not consume CPU time. |
375 | Then reads out the message from queue. |
393 | Then reads out the message from queue. |
376 | 394 | ||
377 | Parameters: |
395 | Parameters: |
378 | * eax = 10 - number of the function |
396 | * eax = 10 - function number |
379 | Returned value: |
397 | Returned value: |
380 | * eax = event (look the list of events) |
398 | * eax = event (see the list of events) |
381 | Remarks: |
399 | Remarks: |
382 | * Those events are taken into account only which enter into a mask installed |
400 | * Those events are taken into account only which enter into |
383 | by the function 40. By default it is events redraw, pressing keys |
401 | a mask set by function 40. By default it is |
384 | and buttons. |
402 | redraw, key and button events. |
385 | * For check, whether there is a message in queue, use the function 11. |
403 | * To check, whether there is a message in queue, use function 11. |
386 | To wait for the no more defined time, use the function 23. |
404 | To wait for no more than given time, use function 23. |
387 | 405 | ||
388 | ======================================================================= |
406 | ====================================================================== |
389 | = Function 11 - check up, whether there is an event, without waiting. = |
407 | =============== Function 11 - check for event, no wait. ============== |
390 | ======================================================================= |
408 | ====================================================================== |
391 | If in a message queue there is any event, reads out and returns it. |
409 | If the message queue contains event, function reads out |
392 | If queue is empty, returns zero. |
410 | and return it. If the queue is empty, function returns 0. |
393 | Parameters: |
411 | Parameters: |
394 | * eax = 11 - number of the function |
412 | * eax = 11 - function number |
395 | Returned value: |
413 | Returned value: |
396 | * eax = 0 - message queue is empty |
414 | * eax = 0 - message queue is empty |
397 | * èíà÷å eax = event (look the list of events) |
415 | * else eax = event (see the list of events) |
398 | Remarks: |
416 | Remarks: |
399 | * Those events are taken into account only which enter into a mask installed |
417 | * Those events are taken into account only, which enter into |
400 | by the function 40. By default it is events redraw, pressing keys |
418 | a mask set by function 40. By default it is |
401 | and buttons. |
419 | redraw, key and button events. |
402 | * For waiting appearance of event in queue, use the function 10. |
420 | * To wait for event, use function 10. |
403 | To wait for the no more defined time, use the function 23. |
421 | To wait for no more than given time, use function 23. |
404 | 422 | ||
405 | ====================================================================== |
423 | ====================================================================== |
406 | ========= Function 12 - begin/complete redraw of the window. ========= |
424 | =============== Function 12 - begin/end window redraw. =============== |
407 | ====================================================================== |
425 | ====================================================================== |
408 | 426 | ||
409 | ---------- Subfunction 1 - begin redraw of the window. --------------- |
427 | ------------ Subfunction 1 - begin redraw of the window. ------------- |
410 | Parameters: |
428 | Parameters: |
411 | * eax = 12 - number of the function |
429 | * eax = 12 - function number |
412 | * ebx = 1 - number subfunction |
430 | * ebx = 1 - subfunction number |
413 | Returned value: |
431 | Returned value: |
414 | * function does not return value |
432 | * function does not return value |
415 | 433 | ||
416 | --------- Subfunction 2 - complete redraw of the window. ------------- |
434 | ------------- Subfunction 2 - end redraw of the window. -------------- |
417 | Parameters: |
435 | Parameters: |
418 | * eax = 12 - number of the function |
436 | * eax = 12 - function number |
419 | * ebx = 2 - number subfunction |
437 | * ebx = 2 - subfunction number |
420 | Returned value: |
438 | Returned value: |
421 | * function does not return value |
439 | * function does not return value |
422 | Remarks: |
440 | Remarks: |
423 | * Function of a beginning redraw all deletes defined by the |
441 | * Subfunction 1 deletes all buttons defined with |
424 | function 8 buttons, they should be defined again. |
442 | function 8, they must be defined again. |
425 | 443 | ||
426 | ====================================================================== |
444 | ====================================================================== |
427 | ============ Function 13 - draw a rectangle in the window. =========== |
445 | ============ Function 13 - draw a rectangle in the window. =========== |
428 | ====================================================================== |
446 | ====================================================================== |
429 | Parameters: |
447 | Parameters: |
430 | * eax = 13 - number of the function |
448 | * eax = 13 - function number |
431 | * ebx = [coordinate on axis x]*65536 + [size on axis x] |
449 | * ebx = [coordinate on axis x]*65536 + [size on axis x] |
432 | * ecx = [coordinate on axis y]*65536 + [size on axis y] |
450 | * ecx = [coordinate on axis y]*65536 + [size on axis y] |
433 | * edx = colour 0xRRGGBB èëè 0x80RRGGBB for a gradient of filling |
451 | * edx = color 0xRRGGBB or 0x80RRGGBB for gradient fill |
434 | Returned value: |
452 | Returned value: |
435 | * function does not return value |
453 | * function does not return value |
436 | Remarks: |
454 | Remarks: |
437 | * Coordinates are understood as coordinates of the left upper corner |
455 | * Coordinates are understood as coordinates of the left upper corner |
438 | of a rectangle concerning the window. |
456 | of a rectangle relative to the window. |
439 | 457 | ||
440 | ====================================================================== |
458 | ====================================================================== |
441 | ================ Function 14 - get sizes of the screen. ============== |
459 | =================== Function 14 - get screen size. =================== |
442 | ====================================================================== |
460 | ====================================================================== |
443 | Parameters: |
461 | Parameters: |
444 | * eax = 14 - number of the function |
462 | * eax = 14 - function number |
445 | Returned value: |
463 | Returned value: |
446 | * eax = [xsize]*65536 + [ysize], where |
464 | * eax = [xsize]*65536 + [ysize], where |
447 | * xsize = x-coordinate of the right lower corner of the screen = |
465 | * xsize = x-coordinate of the right lower corner of the screen = |
448 | size on a horizontal - 1 |
466 | horizontal size - 1 |
449 | * ysize = y-coordinate of the right lower corner of the screen = |
467 | * ysize = y-coordinate of the right lower corner of the screen = |
450 | size on a vertical - 1 |
468 | vertical size - 1 |
451 | Remarks: |
469 | Remarks: |
452 | * Look also subfunction 5 functions 48 - to receive sizes of |
470 | * See also subfunction 5 of function 48 - get sizes of |
453 | a working area of the screen. |
471 | working area of the screen. |
454 | 472 | ||
455 | ======================================================================== |
473 | ====================================================================== |
456 | = Function 15, subfunction 1 - install a size of the background image. = |
474 | == Function 15, subfunction 1 - set a size of the background image. == |
457 | ======================================================================== |
475 | ====================================================================== |
458 | Parameters: |
476 | Parameters: |
459 | * eax = 15 - number of the function |
477 | * eax = 15 - function number |
460 | * ebx = 1 - number subfunction |
478 | * ebx = 1 - subfunction number |
461 | * ecx = width of the image |
479 | * ecx = width of the image |
462 | * edx = height of the image |
480 | * edx = height of the image |
463 | Returned value: |
481 | Returned value: |
464 | * function does not return value |
482 | * function does not return value |
465 | Remarks: |
483 | Remarks: |
466 | * Checks on a correctness is not done. The installation of the too large |
484 | * There is no checks for correctness. The setting of too large |
467 | values will result that the background will be entered with the data abroad |
485 | values will result that the background will contain data abroad |
468 | of buffer of the background map. The size of the buffer = 0x160000-0x10, |
486 | of buffer for the background image. Buffer size = 0x160000-0x10, |
469 | that corresponds to maximum sizes 800*600. (800*600*3=0x15F900) |
487 | that corresponds to maximum size 800*600. (800*600*3=0x15F900) |
470 | * For upgrade of the screen (after completion of a series of commands |
488 | * For update of the screen (after completion of a series of commands |
471 | working with a background) call subfunction 3 redraw of a background. |
489 | working with a background) call subfunction 3. |
472 | * There is a pair function of get of sizes of the background image - |
490 | * There is a pair function for get size of the background image - |
473 | subfunction 1 function 39. |
491 | subfunction 1 of function 39. |
474 | 492 | ||
475 | ====================================================================== |
493 | ====================================================================== |
476 | = Function 15, subfunction 2 - put a point on the background image. == |
494 | === Function 15, subfunction 2 - put pixel on the background image. == |
477 | ====================================================================== |
495 | ====================================================================== |
478 | Parameters: |
496 | Parameters: |
479 | * eax = 15 - number of the function |
497 | * eax = 15 - function number |
480 | * ebx = 2 - number subfunction |
498 | * ebx = 2 - subfunction number |
481 | * ecx = offset |
499 | * ecx = offset |
482 | * edx = colour of a point 0xRRGGBB |
500 | * edx = color of a pixel 0xRRGGBB |
483 | Returned value: |
501 | Returned value: |
484 | * function does not return value |
502 | * function does not return value |
485 | Remarks: |
503 | Remarks: |
486 | * Offset for a point with coordinates (x, y) is calculated as |
504 | * Offset for a pixel with coordinates (x,y) is calculated as |
487 | (x+y*xsize)*3. |
505 | (x+y*xsize)*3. |
488 | * If the indicated offset exceeds 0x160000-16 = |
506 | * If the given offset exceeds 0x160000-16 = 1.375 Mb - 16 bytes, |
489 | 1.375 Mb - 16 bytes, call is ignored. |
507 | the call is ignored. |
490 | * For upgrade of the screen (after completion of a series of commands |
508 | * For update of the screen (after completion of a series of commands |
491 | working with a background) call subfunction 3 redraw of a background. |
509 | working with a background) call subfunction 3. |
492 | * There is a pair function of obtaining of a point from the background |
510 | * There is a pair function for get pixel on the background image - |
493 | image - subfunction 2 functions 39. |
511 | subfunction 2 of function 39. |
494 | 512 | ||
495 | ====================================================================== |
513 | ====================================================================== |
496 | =========== Function 15, subfunction 3 - redraw background. ========== |
514 | =========== Function 15, subfunction 3 - redraw background. ========== |
497 | ====================================================================== |
515 | ====================================================================== |
498 | Parameters: |
516 | Parameters: |
499 | * eax = 15 - number of the function |
517 | * eax = 15 - function number |
500 | * ebx = 3 - number subfunction |
518 | * ebx = 3 - subfunction number |
501 | Returned value: |
519 | Returned value: |
502 | * function does not return value |
520 | * function does not return value |
503 | 521 | ||
504 | ========================================================================= |
522 | ====================================================================== |
505 | = Function 15, subfunction 4 - set the mode of drawing of a background. = |
523 | == Function 15, subfunction 4 - set drawing mode for the background. = |
506 | ========================================================================= |
524 | ====================================================================== |
507 | Parameters: |
525 | Parameters: |
508 | * eax = 15 - number of the function |
526 | * eax = 15 - function number |
509 | * ebx = 4 - number subfunction |
527 | * ebx = 4 - subfunction number |
510 | * ecx = mode of drawing: |
528 | * ecx = drawing mode: |
511 | * 1 = tile |
529 | * 1 = tile |
512 | * 2 = stretch |
530 | * 2 = stretch |
513 | Returned value: |
531 | Returned value: |
514 | * function does not return value |
532 | * function does not return value |
515 | Remarks: |
533 | Remarks: |
516 | * For upgrade of the screen (after completion of a series of commands |
534 | * For update of the screen (after completion of a series of commands |
517 | working with a background) call subfunction 3 redraw of a background. |
535 | working with a background) call subfunction 3. |
518 | * There is a pair command of obtaining of the mode redraw of a background |
536 | * There is a pair function for get drawing mode of the background - |
519 | - subfunction 4 functions 39. |
537 | subfunction 4 of function 39. |
520 | 538 | ||
521 | =========================================================================== |
539 | ====================================================================== |
- | 540 | ===================== Function 15, subfunction 5 ===================== |
|
522 | = Function 15, subfunction 5 - place the block of pixels on a background. = |
541 | ============ Put block of pixels on the background image. ============ |
523 | =========================================================================== |
542 | ====================================================================== |
524 | Parameters: |
543 | Parameters: |
525 | * eax = 15 - number of the function |
544 | * eax = 15 - function number |
526 | * ebx = 5 - number subfunction |
545 | * ebx = 5 - subfunction number |
527 | * ecx = pointer on the data in the format BBGGRRBBGGRR... |
546 | * ecx = pointer to the data in the format BBGGRRBBGGRR... |
528 | * edx = offset in data of the background image |
547 | * edx = offset in data of the background image |
529 | * esi = size given in bytes = 3 * number of pixels |
548 | * esi = size of data in bytes = 3 * number of pixels |
530 | Returned value: |
549 | Returned value: |
531 | * function does not return value |
550 | * function does not return value |
532 | Remarks: |
551 | Remarks: |
533 | * If the block gets out abroad 0x160000-16 = 1.375 Mb - 16 bytes, |
552 | * If the block gets out abroad 0x160000-16 = 1.375 Mb - 16 bytes, |
534 | the call is ignored. |
553 | the call is ignored. |
535 | * Colour of each pixel is stored as 3 bytes the value BBGGRR. |
554 | * Color of each pixel is stored as 3-bytes value BBGGRR. |
536 | * Pixels of the background image are written sequentially from left to right, |
555 | * Pixels of the background image are written sequentially |
537 | from above downwards. |
556 | from left to right, from up to down. |
538 | * Offset of a pixel with coordinates (x,y) it (x+y*xsize)*3. |
557 | * Offset of pixel with coordinates (x,y) is (x+y*xsize)*3. |
539 | * For upgrade of the screen (after completion of a series of commands |
558 | * For update of the screen (after completion of a series of commands |
540 | working with a background) call subfunction 3 redraw of a background. |
559 | working with a background) call subfunction 3. |
541 | 560 | ||
542 | ====================================================================== |
561 | ====================================================================== |
543 | ============= Function 16 - save ramdisk on a diskette. ============== |
562 | =============== Function 16 - save ramdisk on a floppy. ============== |
544 | ====================================================================== |
563 | ====================================================================== |
545 | Parameters: |
564 | Parameters: |
546 | * eax = 16 - number of the function |
565 | * eax = 16 - function number |
547 | * ebx = 1 èëè ebx = 2 - on what floppy to save |
566 | * ebx = 1 or ebx = 2 - on which floppy save |
548 | Returned value: |
567 | Returned value: |
549 | * eax = 0 - successfully |
568 | * eax = 0 - success |
550 | * eax = 1 - error |
569 | * eax = 1 - error |
551 | 570 | ||
552 | ====================================================================== |
571 | ====================================================================== |
553 | ============== Function 17 - get code of pressed button. ============= |
572 | ======= Function 17 - get the identifier of the pressed button. ====== |
554 | ====================================================================== |
573 | ====================================================================== |
555 | Takes away the code of the pressed button from the buffer. |
574 | Takes away the code of the pressed button from the buffer. |
556 | Parameters: |
575 | Parameters: |
557 | * eax = 17 - number of the function |
576 | * eax = 17 - function number |
558 | Returned value: |
577 | Returned value: |
559 | * If the buffer is empty, comes back eax=1 |
578 | * if the buffer is empty, function returns eax=1 |
560 | * If the buffer is nonblank, comes back al=0, the high 24 bits eax contain |
579 | * if the buffer is not empty, function returns al=0, |
561 | the identifier of the button (in particular, in ah there is a low byte of |
580 | high 24 bits of eax contain button identifier (in particular, ah |
562 | the identifier; if all buttons have the identifier, smaller 256, for |
581 | contains low byte of the identifier; if all buttons have |
563 | distinguishing there is enough ah) |
582 | the identifier less than 256, ah is enough to distinguish). |
564 | Remarks: |
583 | Remarks: |
565 | * "Buffer" keeps only one button, at pressing the new button the information |
584 | * "Buffer" keeps only one button, at pressing the new button the |
566 | about old is lost. |
585 | information about old is lost. |
567 | * By call of this function by the application with the inactive window the |
586 | * The call of this function by an application with inactive window |
568 | answer " the buffer comes back is empty ". |
587 | will return answer "buffer is empty". |
569 | 588 | ||
570 | ====================================================================== |
589 | ====================================================================== |
571 | ============ Function 18, subfunction 1 - shutdown system. =========== |
590 | ============ Function 18, subfunction 1 - system shutdown. =========== |
572 | ====================================================================== |
591 | ====================================================================== |
573 | Parameters: |
592 | Parameters: |
574 | * eax = 18 - number of the function |
593 | * eax = 18 - function number |
575 | * ebx = 1 - number subfunction |
594 | * ebx = 1 - subfunction number |
576 | Returned value: |
595 | Returned value: |
577 | * Always comes back eax = 0 as tag of success |
596 | * function always return eax = 0 as tag of success |
578 | Remarks: |
597 | Remarks: |
- | 598 | * On the last step menu of exit from the system appears and waits |
|
579 | * On last step there is a menu of quit waiting responses of the user. |
599 | response of the user. |
580 | * Look also subfunction 9, termination of the system with the parameter |
600 | * See also subfunction 9, system shutdown with |
581 | to speed up choice in the menu of an exit. |
601 | the parameter to force the choice in the exit menu. |
582 | 602 | ||
583 | ====================================================================== |
603 | ====================================================================== |
584 | = Function 18, subfunction 2 - complete process/thread on the slot. == |
604 | = Function 18, subfunction 2 - terminate process/thread by the slot. = |
585 | ====================================================================== |
605 | ====================================================================== |
586 | Parameters: |
606 | Parameters: |
587 | * eax = 18 - number of the function |
607 | * eax = 18 - function number |
588 | * ebx = 2 - number subfunction |
608 | * ebx = 2 - subfunction number |
589 | * ecx = number of the slot of process/thread |
609 | * ecx = number of the slot of process/thread |
590 | Returned value: |
610 | Returned value: |
591 | * function does not return value |
611 | * function does not return value |
592 | Remarks: |
612 | Remarks: |
593 | * It is impossible to complete thread of an operating system OS/IDLE |
613 | * It is impossible to terminate system thread OS/IDLE (with |
594 | (number of the slot 1), it is possible to complete |
614 | number of the slot 1), |
595 | any usual thread/process. |
615 | it is possible to terminate any normal process/thread. |
596 | * See also subfunction 18 - completion of process/thread |
616 | * See also subfunction 18 - terminate |
597 | with the given identifier. |
617 | process/thread by the identifier. |
598 | 618 | ||
- | 619 | ====================================================================== |
|
599 | ========================================================================= |
620 | ===================== Function 18, subfunction 3 ===================== |
600 | = Function 18, subfunction 3 - do to the active window selected thread. = |
621 | ============= Make active the window of the given thread. ============ |
601 | ========================================================================= |
622 | ====================================================================== |
602 | Parameters: |
623 | Parameters: |
603 | * eax = 18 - number of the function |
624 | * eax = 18 - function number |
604 | * ebx = 3 - number subfunction |
625 | * ebx = 3 - subfunction number |
605 | * ecx = number of the slot thread |
626 | * ecx = number of the thread slot |
606 | Returned value: |
627 | Returned value: |
607 | * function does not return value |
628 | * function does not return value |
608 | Remarks: |
629 | Remarks: |
609 | * At the instruction correct, but nonexistent slot any window is made active. |
630 | * If correct, but nonexistent slot is given, |
- | 631 | some window is made active. |
|
610 | * Find out, what window is active, is possible by call subfunction 7. |
632 | * To find out, which window is active, use subfunction 7. |
611 | 633 | ||
- | 634 | ====================================================================== |
|
612 | ============================================================================== |
635 | ===================== Function 18, subfunction 4 ===================== |
613 | Function 18, subfunction 4 - get counter of empty clock ticks per one second. |
636 | =========== Get counter of idle time units per one second. =========== |
614 | ============================================================================== |
637 | ====================================================================== |
615 | Empty clock ticks are understood as time, in which the processor stands idle |
638 | Idle time units are units, in which the processor stands idle |
616 | in waiting interruption (in the instruction hlt). |
639 | in waiting for interrupt (in the command 'hlt'). |
617 | 640 | ||
618 | Parameters: |
641 | Parameters: |
619 | * eax = 18 - number of the function |
642 | * eax = 18 - function number |
620 | * ebx = 4 - number subfunction |
643 | * ebx = 4 - subfunction number |
621 | Returned value: |
644 | Returned value: |
622 | * eax = value of the counter of empty clock ticks per one second |
645 | * eax = value of the counter of idle time units per one second |
623 | 646 | ||
624 | ====================================================================== |
647 | ====================================================================== |
625 | =========== Function 18, subfunction 5 - get cpu frequency. ========== |
648 | ========== Function 18, subfunction 5 - get CPU clock rate. ========== |
626 | ====================================================================== |
649 | ====================================================================== |
627 | Parameters: |
650 | Parameters: |
628 | * eax = 18 - number of the function |
651 | * eax = 18 - function number |
629 | * ebx = 5 - number subfunction |
652 | * ebx = 5 - subfunction number |
630 | Returned value: |
653 | Returned value: |
631 | * eax = cpu frequency (modulo 2^32 clock ticks = 4GHz) |
654 | * eax = clock rate (modulo 2^32 clock ticks = 4GHz) |
632 | 655 | ||
633 | ===================================================================== |
656 | ====================================================================== |
634 | == Function 18, subfunction 6 - save ramdisk in file on hard disk. == |
657 | Function 18, subfunction 6 - save ramdisk to the file on hard drive. |
635 | ===================================================================== |
658 | ====================================================================== |
636 | Parameters: |
659 | Parameters: |
637 | * eax = 18 - number of the function |
660 | * eax = 18 - function number |
638 | * ebx = 6 - number subfunction |
661 | * ebx = 6 - subfunction number |
- | 662 | * ecx defines path to the file: |
|
639 | * ecx defines path to the file: |
663 | * 1 = in the folder "/KOLIBRI" |
640 | * 1 = in the directory "/KOLIBRI" |
664 | * 2 = in the root folder |
641 | * 2 = in the root |
665 | * 3 = edx points to the path (names of folders in the format 8+3, |
642 | * 3 = edx specifies path (names of folders in the format 8+3, divided '/') |
666 | divided by '/') |
643 | Returned value: |
667 | Returned value: |
644 | * eax = 0 - successfully |
668 | * eax = 0 - success |
645 | * differently eax = an error code of a file system |
669 | * else eax = error code of the file system |
646 | Remarks: |
670 | Çàìå÷àíèÿ: |
647 | * Filename is fixed, "menuet.img" (global variable of |
671 | * Filename is fixed, "menuet.img" (global kernel variable |
648 | a kernel image_save from preboot.inc) |
672 | 'image_save' from 'preboot.inc') |
649 | * On what partition what disk the file will be saved, is defined |
673 | * Drive and partition are defined by subfunction 7 |
650 | subfunction 7 and subfunction 8 functions 21. |
674 | and subfunction 8 of function 21. |
651 | * All directories in the indicated path should exist, differently will |
675 | * All folders in the given path must exist, otherwise function |
652 | return value 5, " the file is not retrieved ". |
676 | returns value 5, "file not found". |
653 | 677 | ||
654 | ====================================================================== |
678 | ====================================================================== |
655 | ====== Function 18, subfunction 7 - get number of active window. ===== |
679 | =========== Function 18, subfunction 7 - get active window. ========== |
656 | ====================================================================== |
680 | ====================================================================== |
657 | Parameters: |
681 | Parameters: |
658 | * eax = 18 - number of the function |
682 | * eax = 18 - function number |
659 | * ebx = 7 - number subfunction |
683 | * ebx = 7 - subfunction number |
660 | Returned value: |
684 | Returned value: |
661 | * eax = number of active window (number of the slot thread, which window |
685 | * eax = number of the active window |
662 | is active) |
686 | (number of the slot of the thread with active window) |
663 | Remarks: |
687 | Remarks: |
664 | * Active window is at the top of the window stack and receives the messages |
688 | * Active window is at the top of the window stack and receives |
665 | on all keyboard input. |
689 | messages on all keyboard input. |
- | 690 | * To make a window active, use subfunction 3. |
|
666 | * Make the window active it is possible by call subfunction 3. |
691 | |
667 | 692 | ====================================================================== |
|
668 | ======================================================================= |
693 | == Function 18, subfunction 8 - disable/enable the internal speaker. = |
669 | ==== Function 18, subfunction 8 - disable/enable a speaker sound . ==== |
694 | ====================================================================== |
670 | ======================================================================= |
695 | If speaker sound is disabled, all calls to subfunction 55 of |
671 | At the disconnected sound the calls subfunction 55 functions 55 are ignored. |
696 | function 55 are ignored. If speaker sound is enabled, |
672 | At included - are routed on built - in speaker. |
697 | they are routed on builtin speaker. |
673 | 698 | ||
674 | --------------- Subsubfunction 1 - get a status. ---------------- |
699 | ------------------- Subsubfunction 1 - get status. ------------------- |
675 | Parameters: |
700 | Parameters: |
676 | * eax = 18 - number of the function |
701 | * eax = 18 - function number |
677 | * ebx = 8 - number subfunction |
702 | * ebx = 8 - subfunction number |
678 | * ecx = 1 - number subsubfunction |
703 | * ecx = 1 - number of the subsubfunction |
679 | Returned value: |
704 | Returned value: |
680 | * eax = 0 - sound speaker is enabled; 1 - is disabled |
705 | * eax = 0 - speaker sound is enabled; 1 - disabled |
681 | 706 | ||
682 | -------------- Subsubfunction 2 - switch a status. -------------- |
707 | ----------------- Subsubfunction 2 - toggle status. ------------------ |
683 | Switches statuses of disable/enable. |
708 | Toggles states of disable/enable. |
684 | Parameters: |
709 | Parameters: |
685 | * eax = 18 - number of the function |
710 | * eax = 18 - function number |
686 | * ebx = 8 - number subfunction |
711 | * ebx = 8 - subfunction number |
687 | * ecx = 2 - number subsubfunction |
712 | * ecx = 2 - number of the subsubfunction |
688 | Returned value: |
713 | Returned value: |
689 | * function does not return value |
714 | * function does not return value |
690 | 715 | ||
691 | =========================================================================== |
716 | ====================================================================== |
692 | = Function 18, subfunction 9 - shutdown of the system with the parameter. = |
717 | == Function 18, subfunction 9 - system shutdown with the parameter. == |
693 | =========================================================================== |
718 | ====================================================================== |
694 | Parameters: |
719 | Parameters: |
695 | * eax = 18 - number of the function |
720 | * eax = 18 - function number |
696 | * ebx = 9 - number subfunction |
721 | * ebx = 9 - subfunction number |
697 | * ecx = parameter: |
722 | * ecx = parameter: |
698 | * 1 = On last step of shutdown to save ramdisk on a diskette then to |
723 | * 1 = on the last step of shutdown save ramdisk on a floppy and |
- | 724 | then show the exit menu and request further operations |
|
699 | output the menu of an exit and to request of the user further operations |
725 | from the user |
700 | * 2 = switch off the computer |
726 | * 2 = turn off computer |
701 | * 3 = reboot the computer |
727 | * 3 = reboot computer |
702 | * 4 = restart a kernel from the file kernel.mnt on ramdisk |
728 | * 4 = restart the kernel from the file 'kernel.mnt' on ramdisk |
703 | Returned value: |
729 | Returned value: |
704 | * At incorrect ecx the registers do not vary (i.e. eax=18) |
730 | * at incorrect ecx the registers do not change (i.e. eax=18) |
- | 731 | * by correct call function always returns eax=0 |
|
705 | * By correct call tag of success eax=0 always comes back |
732 | as the tag of success |
706 | Remarks: |
733 | Remarks: |
707 | * It is not necessary to rely on returned value by incorrect call, |
734 | * Do not rely on returned value by incorrect call, it can be |
708 | it can vary in the subsequent versions of a kernel. |
735 | changed in future versions of the kernel. |
709 | * It is possible to use subfunction 1, that on last step of termination |
736 | * It is possible to use subfunction 1, that on the last step |
710 | the user himself has selected, that it is necessary. |
737 | the user makes choice himself. |
711 | * It is not recommended to use value ecx=1 (to not irritate the user with |
738 | * It is not recommended to use value ecx=1 (to not irritate the user |
712 | excessive questions); to save ramdisk on a diskette it is possible by the |
739 | with excessive questions); to save ramdisk on a floppy use |
713 | function 16 (which admits specification, on which diskette to write), and |
740 | function 16 (which admits specification, on which floppy to |
714 | to complete operation from the menu of an output(exit) it is possible |
741 | write), and to shutdown with the exit menu use already mentioned |
715 | already mentioned subfunction 1. |
742 | subfunction 1. |
716 | 743 | ||
717 | ======================================================================= |
744 | ====================================================================== |
718 | ====== Function 18, subfunction 10 - minimize application window. ===== |
745 | ===== Function 18, subfunction 10 - minimize application window. ===== |
719 | ======================================================================= |
746 | ====================================================================== |
720 | Turns off the own window. |
747 | Minimizes the own window. |
721 | Parameters: |
748 | Parameters: |
722 | * eax = 18 - number of the function |
749 | * eax = 18 - function number |
723 | * ebx = 10 - number subfunction |
750 | * ebx = 10 - subfunction number |
724 | Returned value: |
751 | Returned value: |
725 | * function does not return value |
752 | * function does not return value |
726 | Remarks: |
753 | Remarks: |
727 | * The minimized window from the point of view of the function 9 saves |
754 | * The minimized window from the point of view of function 9 |
728 | a location and sizes. |
755 | keeps position and sizes. |
729 | * Restoring of an application window occurs at activation subfunction 3. |
756 | * Restoring of an application window occurs at its activation by |
- | 757 | subfunction 3. |
|
730 | * Usually there is no necessity obviously to turn off/restore the window: |
758 | * Usually there is no necessity to minimize/restire a window |
731 | turn off of the window is carried out by the system at pressing the button |
759 | obviously: minimization of a window is carried out by the system |
732 | of minimization (which for windows with SKIN is defined automatically by |
760 | at pressing the minimization button (for skinned windows |
- | 761 | it is defined automatically by function 0, |
|
733 | function 0, for windows without SKIN it is possible to define by the |
762 | for other windows it can be defined manually by function 8), |
734 | function 8), restoring - application @panel. |
763 | restore of a window is done by the application '@panel'. |
735 | 764 | ||
736 | ====================================================================== |
- | |
737 | ==================== Function 18, subfunction 11 ===================== |
765 | ====================================================================== |
738 | ================ Get information on a disk subsystem. ================ |
766 | Function 18, subfunction 11 - get information on the disk subsystem. |
739 | ====================================================================== |
767 | ====================================================================== |
740 | Parameters: |
768 | Parameters: |
741 | * eax = 18 - number of the function |
769 | * eax = 18 - function number |
742 | * ebx = 11 - number subfunction |
770 | * ebx = 11 - subfunction number |
743 | * ecx = type of the table: |
771 | * ecx = type of the table: |
744 | * 1 = short version, 10 bytes |
772 | * 1 = short version, 10 bytes |
745 | * 2 = full version, 65536 bytes |
773 | * 2 = full version, 65536 bytes |
746 | * edx = pointer on the buffer (in the application) for table |
774 | * edx = pointer to the buffer (in the application) for the table |
747 | Returned value: |
775 | Returned value: |
748 | * function does not return value |
776 | * function does not return value |
749 | Format of the table: the short version: |
777 | Format of the table: short version: |
750 | * +0: byte: information about FDD's (drives for diskettes), AAAABBBB, |
778 | * +0: byte: information about FDD's (drives for floppies), |
751 | where AAAA sets type of the first drive, BBBB - second disk agrees |
779 | AAAABBBB, where AAAA gives type of the first drive, BBBB - |
752 | to the following list: |
780 | of the second regarding to the following list: |
753 | * 0 = there is no drive |
781 | * 0 = there is no drive |
754 | * 1 = 360Kb, 5.25'' |
782 | * 1 = 360Kb, 5.25'' |
755 | * 2 = 1.2Mb, 5.25'' |
783 | * 2 = 1.2Mb, 5.25'' |
756 | * 3 = 720Kb, 3.5'' |
784 | * 3 = 720Kb, 3.5'' |
757 | * 4 = 1.44Mb, 3.5'' |
785 | * 4 = 1.44Mb, 3.5'' |
758 | * 5 = 2.88Mb, 3.5'' (such diskettes already are not used) |
786 | * 5 = 2.88Mb, 3.5'' (such drives are not used anymore) |
759 | For example, for the standard configuration from one 1.44-drive here will |
787 | For example, for the standard configuration from one 1.44-drive |
760 | be 40h, and for a case 1.2Mb on A: and 1.44Mb on B: the value appears 24h. |
788 | here will be 40h, and for the case 1.2Mb on A: and 1.44Mb on B: |
- | 789 | the value is 24h. |
|
761 | * +1: byte: information about hard disks and CD - drives, AABBCCDD, |
790 | * +1: byte: information about hard disks and CD-drives, AABBCCDD, |
762 | where AA corresponds to the controller IDE0, ..., DD - IDE3: |
791 | where AA corresponds to the controller IDE0, ..., DD - IDE3: |
763 | * 0 = device is absent |
792 | * 0 = device is absent |
764 | * 1 = hard disk |
793 | * 1 = hard drive |
765 | * 2 = CD - drive |
794 | * 2 = CD-drive |
766 | For example, in a case HD on IDE0 and CD on IDE2 here will be 48h. |
795 | For example, in the case HD on IDE0 and CD on IDE2 |
- | 796 | this field contains 48h. |
|
767 | * +2: 4 db: Number of the retrieved sections on hard disks with |
797 | * +2: 4 db: number of the retrieved partitions on hard disks |
768 | accordingly IDE0..., IDE3. |
798 | at accordingly IDE0,...,IDE3. |
769 | At absence of the hard disk on IDEx appropriate byte zero, at presence |
799 | If the hard disk on IDEx is absent, appropriate byte is zero, |
770 | shows number of the recognized partitions, which can and to not be (if the |
800 | otherwise it shows number of the recognized partitions, which |
771 | drive is not formatted or if the file system is not supported). In the |
801 | can be not presented (if the drive is not formatted or if |
772 | current version of a kernel for hard disks are supported only FAT16 |
802 | the file system is not supported). Current version of the kernel |
773 | and FAT32. |
803 | supports only FAT16 and FAT32 for hard disks. |
774 | * +6: 4 db: reserved |
804 | * +6: 4 db: reserved |
775 | Format of the table: the complete version: |
805 | Format of the table: full version: |
776 | * +0: 10 db: same, as well as in the short version |
806 | * +0: 10 db: same as for the short version |
777 | * +10: 100 db: data for the first partition |
807 | * +10: 100 db: data for the first partition |
778 | * +110: 100 db: data for the second partition |
808 | * +110: 100 db: data for the second partition |
779 | * ... |
809 | * ... |
780 | * +10+100*(n-1): 100 db: data for the last partition |
810 | * +10+100*(n-1): 100 db: data for the last partition |
781 | The sections are located in the following order: at first sequentially all |
811 | The partitions are located as follows: at first sequentially all |
782 | recognized partitions on HD on IDE0 (if are), then on HD on IDE1 (if is) |
812 | recoginzed partitions on HD on IDE0 (if present), |
783 | etc. up to IDE3. |
813 | then on HD on IDE1 (if present) and so on up to IDE3. |
784 | Format of the information about partition (while is supported only FAT): |
814 | Format of the information about partition |
- | 815 | (at moment only FAT is supported): |
|
785 | * +0: dword: first physical sector of the partition |
816 | * +0: dword: first physical sector of the partition |
786 | * +4: dword: last physical sector of the partition |
817 | * +4: dword: last physical sector of the partition |
787 | (belongs to partition) |
818 | (belongs to the partition) |
788 | * +8: dword: sectors in one copy FAT |
819 | * +8: dword: sectors per one copy of FAT |
789 | * +12 = +0xC: dword: number of copies FAT |
820 | * +12 = +0xC: dword: number of copies of FAT |
790 | * +16 = +0x10: dword: number of sectors in a cluster |
821 | * +16 = +0x10: dword: number of sectors per cluster |
791 | * +20 = +0x14: dword: byte in sector; the current implementation expects, |
822 | * +20 = +0x14: dword: bytes per sector; |
792 | that here 0x200 = 512 |
823 | current implementation expects 0x200 = 512 in this field |
793 | * +24 = +0x18: dword: first cluster of the root in FAT32, 0 for FAT16 |
824 | * +24 = +0x18: dword: first root cluster in FAT32, 0 for FAT16 |
794 | * +28 = +0x1C: dword: first physical sector FAT |
825 | * +28 = +0x1C: dword: first physical sector of FAT |
795 | * +32 = +0x20: dword: first physical sector of the root for FAT16, |
826 | * +32 = +0x20: dword: first physical root sector for FAT16, |
796 | is ignored for FAT32 |
827 | ignored for FAT32 |
797 | * +36 = +0x24: dword: number of sectors in the root for FAT16, 0 for FAT32 |
828 | * +36 = +0x24: dword: number of root sectors for FAT16, |
- | 829 | 0 for FAT32 |
|
798 | * +40 = +0x28: dword: physical sector of a beginning of area of the data |
830 | * +40 = +0x28: dword: physical sector of the beginning of |
- | 831 | the data area |
|
799 | * +44 = +0x2C: dword: maximum number of a cluster |
832 | * +44 = +0x2C: dword: maximum number of a cluster |
800 | * +48 = +0x30: dword: physical sector of the information about a file system |
833 | * +48 = +0x30: dword: physical sector of the information |
801 | for FAT32, is ignored for FAT16 |
834 | about the file system for FAT32, ignored for FAT16 |
802 | * +52 = +0x34: dword: value used as boundary of special values in FAT |
835 | * +52 = +0x34: dword: value used as boundary for special |
- | 836 | values in FAT |
|
803 | * +56 = +0x38: dword: value used for bad clusters in FAT |
837 | * +56 = +0x38: dword: value used for bad clusters in FAT |
804 | * +60 = +0x3C: dword: Value used as the end mark at recording of a chain |
838 | * +60 = +0x3C: dword: value used as the end marker for FAT chain |
805 | in FAT |
- | |
806 | * +64 = +0x40: dword: mask superimposed on a unit FAT |
839 | * +64 = +0x40: dword: mask for FAT items |
807 | * +68 = +0x44: byte: type of a file system: 16 or 32 |
840 | * +68 = +0x44: byte: file system type: 16 èëè 32 |
808 | * +69 = +0x45: 31 db: reserved |
841 | * +69 = +0x45: 31 db: reserved |
809 | Remarks: |
842 | Remarks: |
810 | * Short table can be used for obtaining the information about available |
843 | * The short table can be used for obtaining the information about |
811 | devices. |
844 | available devices. |
812 | * First two information fields about partition in the complete version of |
845 | * First two fields in the information about partition |
813 | the table inform parameters of the unit which has stayed - parameters of |
846 | gives the parameters of partition, other - parameters of |
814 | a file system FAT. For other file systems (when they will be supported) |
847 | FAT file system. For other file systems (when they will be |
815 | information, specific to a file system, naturally, there will be another, |
848 | supported) specific for file system information will be, of |
816 | but first two fields will be saved constant. |
849 | course, another, but first two fields will have the same sense. |
817 | 850 | ||
818 | ====================================================================== |
851 | ====================================================================== |
819 | ======== Function 18, subfunction 13 - get version of a kernel. ====== |
852 | ========== Function 18, subfunction 13 - get kernel version. ========= |
820 | ====================================================================== |
853 | ====================================================================== |
821 | Parameters: |
854 | Parameters: |
822 | * eax = 18 - number of the function |
855 | * eax = 18 - function number |
823 | * ebx = 13 - number subfunction |
856 | * ebx = 13 - subfunction number |
824 | * ecx = pointer on the buffer (not less than 16 bytes), where the |
857 | * ecx = pointer to the buffer (not less than 16 bytes), where |
825 | information will be placed |
858 | the information will be placed |
826 | Returned value: |
859 | Returned value: |
827 | * function does not return value |
860 | * function does not return value |
828 | Structure of the buffer: |
861 | Structure of the buffer: |
829 | db a,b,c,d for version a.b.c.d |
862 | db a,b,c,d for version a.b.c.d |
830 | db UID_xxx: one of UID_NONE=0, UID_MENUET=1, UID_KOLIBRI=2 |
863 | db UID_xxx: one of UID_NONE=0, UID_MENUET=1, UID_KOLIBRI=2 |
831 | db 'name',0 - ASCIIZ-string with a name |
864 | db 'name',0 - ASCIIZ-string with the name |
832 | For kernel Kolibri 0.5.8.1: |
865 | For Kolibri 0.5.8.1 kernel: |
833 | db 0,5,8,1 |
866 | db 0,5,8,1 |
834 | db 2 |
867 | db 2 |
835 | db 'Kolibri',0 |
868 | db 'Kolibri',0 |
836 | 869 | ||
837 | ========================================================================= |
870 | ====================================================================== |
838 | ====================== Function 18, subfunction 14 ====================== |
- | |
839 | = Expect a beginning of retrace of a ray of scanning of screen monitor. = |
871 | ======= Function 18, subfunction 14 - wait for screen retrace. ======= |
- | 872 | ====================================================================== |
|
- | 873 | Waits for the beginning of retrace of the scanning ray of the screen |
|
840 | ========================================================================= |
874 | monitor. |
841 | Parameters: |
875 | Parameters: |
842 | * eax = 18 - number of the function |
876 | * eax = 18 - function number |
843 | * ebx = 14 - number subfunction |
877 | * ebx = 14 - subfunction number |
844 | Returned value: |
878 | Returned value: |
845 | * eax = 0 as tag of success |
879 | * eax = 0 as the tag of success |
846 | Remarks: |
880 | Remarks: |
847 | * Function is intended only for the active high-efficiency graphics |
881 | * Function is intended only for active high-efficiency graphics |
848 | applications; is used for smooth output of a graphics. |
882 | applications; is used for smooth output of a graphics. |
849 | 883 | ||
850 | ============================================================================ |
884 | ====================================================================== |
851 | = Function 18, subfunction 15 - place a mouse pointer in centre of screen. = |
885 | == Function 18, subfunction 15 - center mouse cursor on the screen. == |
852 | ============================================================================ |
886 | ====================================================================== |
853 | Parameters: |
887 | Parameters: |
854 | * eax = 18 - number of the function |
888 | * eax = 18 - function number |
855 | * ebx = 15 - number subfunction |
889 | * ebx = 15 - subfunction number |
856 | Returned value: |
890 | Returned value: |
857 | * eax = 0 as tag of success |
891 | * eax = 0 as the tag of success |
858 | - | ||
859 | ====================================================================== |
892 | |
860 | ====================== Function 18, subfunction 16 =================== |
893 | ====================================================================== |
861 | ====================== Get a size of the free RAM. =================== |
894 | ========= Function 18, subfunction 16 - get size of free RAM. ======== |
862 | ====================================================================== |
895 | ====================================================================== |
863 | Parameters: |
896 | Parameters: |
864 | * eax = 18 - number of the function |
897 | * eax = 18 - function number |
865 | * ebx = 16 - number subfunction |
898 | * ebx = 16 - subfunction number |
866 | Returned value: |
899 | Returned value: |
867 | * eax = size of free memory in kilobytes |
900 | * eax = size of free memory in kilobytes |
868 | 901 | ||
869 | ====================================================================== |
902 | ====================================================================== |
870 | ====================== Function 18, subfunction 17 =================== |
903 | ======== Function 18, subfunction 17 - get full amount of RAM. ======= |
871 | ====================== Get a size of the amount RAM. ================= |
- | |
872 | ====================================================================== |
904 | ====================================================================== |
873 | Parameters: |
905 | Parameters: |
874 | * eax = 18 - number of the function |
906 | * eax = 18 - function number |
875 | * ebx = 17 - number subfunction |
907 | * ebx = 17 - subfunction number |
876 | Returned value: |
908 | Returned value: |
877 | * eax = common size of amount memory in kilobytes |
909 | * eax = total size of existing memory in kilobytes |
878 | 910 | ||
879 | ====================================================================== |
911 | ====================================================================== |
880 | ====================== Function 18, subfunction 18 =================== |
912 | ===================== Function 18, subfunction 18 ==================== |
881 | ============= complete process/thread on the identifier. ============= |
913 | ============= Terminate process/thread by the identifier. ============ |
882 | ====================================================================== |
914 | ====================================================================== |
883 | Parameters: |
915 | Parameters: |
884 | * eax = 18 - number of the function |
916 | * eax = 18 - function number |
885 | * ebx = 18 - number subfunction |
917 | * ebx = 18 - subfunction number |
886 | * ecx = identifier of process/thread (PID/TID) |
918 | * ecx = identifer of process/thread (PID/TID) |
887 | Returned value: |
919 | Returned value: |
888 | * eax = 0 - successfully |
920 | * eax = 0 - success |
889 | * eax = -1 - error (the process is not retrieved or is system) |
921 | * eax = -1 - error (process is not found or is system) |
890 | Remarks: |
922 | Remarks: |
891 | * It is impossible to complete thread of an operating system OS/IDLE |
923 | * It is impossible to terminate system thread OS/IDLE (identifier |
892 | (number of the slot 1), it is possible to complete any usual thread/process. |
924 | 1), it is possible to terminate any normal process/thread. |
- | 925 | * See also subfunction 2 - terminate |
|
893 | * See also subfunction 2 - completion of process / thread on the given slot. |
926 | process/thread by given slot. |
894 | 927 | ||
895 | ====================================================================== |
928 | ====================================================================== |
896 | ============ Function 19 - start application with ramdisk. =========== |
929 | ============ Function 19 - start application from ramdisk. =========== |
897 | ====================================================================== |
930 | ====================================================================== |
898 | Parameters: |
931 | Parameters: |
- | 932 | * eax = 19 - function number |
|
899 | * eax = 19 - number of the function |
933 | * ebx = pointer to the application name in format similar |
900 | * ebx = pointer on an application name in format similar to function 6 |
934 | to function 6 |
901 | * ecx = 0 or ecx = the pointer on parameters of the command line |
935 | * ecx = 0 or ecx = pointer to command line parameters |
902 | Returned value: |
936 | Returned value: |
903 | * If eax > 0, eax contains PID of the created process |
937 | * If eax > 0, then eax contains PID of the created process |
904 | * If eax < 0, -eax - error code of a file system |
938 | * If eax < 0, then -eax - file system error code |
905 | Remarks: |
939 | Remarks: |
906 | * This function is obsolete; use subfunction 7 functions 70. |
940 | * This function is obsolete; use subfunction 7 of function 70. |
907 | * Command line should be ended by the character with the code 0 |
941 | * Command line must be terminated by the character with the code 0 |
- | 942 | (ASCIIZ-string); function takes into account either all characters |
|
908 | (ASCIIZ-strings); it are taken into account or all characters up to |
943 | up to terminating zero inclusively or first 256 character |
909 | completing zero inclusively, or the first 256 characters, that are less. |
944 | regarding what is less. |
910 | 945 | ||
911 | ====================================================================== |
946 | ====================================================================== |
912 | ==================== Function 20 - interface MIDI. =================== |
947 | ==================== Function 20 - MIDI interface. =================== |
913 | ====================================================================== |
948 | ====================================================================== |
914 | 949 | ||
915 | ------------------------ Subfunction 1 - reset ------------------------ |
950 | ----------------------- Subfunction 1 - reset ------------------------ |
916 | Parameters: |
951 | Parameters: |
917 | * eax = 20 - number of the function |
952 | * eax = 20 - function number |
918 | * ebx = 1 - number subfunction |
953 | * ebx = 1 - subfunction number |
919 | 954 | ||
920 | -------------------- Subfunction 2 - output byte --------------------- |
955 | -------------------- Subfunction 2 - output byte --------------------- |
921 | Parameters: |
956 | Parameters: |
922 | * eax = 20 - number of the function |
957 | * eax = 20 - function number |
923 | * ebx = 2 - number subfunction |
958 | * ebx = 2 - subfunction number |
924 | * cl = byte for output |
959 | * cl = byte for output |
925 | Returned value (is identical to both subfunctions): |
960 | Returned value (is the same for both subfunctions): |
926 | * eax = 0 - successfully |
961 | * eax = 0 - success |
927 | * eax = 1 - base port is not defined |
962 | * eax = 1 - base port is not defined |
928 | Remarks: |
963 | Remarks: |
929 | * Base port previously should be defined by call |
964 | * Previously the base port must be defined by |
930 | subfunction of 1 function 21. |
965 | subfunction 1 of function 21. |
931 | 966 | ||
932 | ====================================================================== |
967 | ====================================================================== |
933 | ==== Function 21, subfunction 1 - install a base port MPU MIDI. ====== |
968 | ======== Function 21, subfunction 1 - set MPU MIDI base port. ======== |
934 | ====================================================================== |
969 | ====================================================================== |
935 | Parameters: |
970 | Parameters: |
936 | * eax = 21 - number of the function |
971 | * eax = 21 - function number |
937 | * ebx = 1 - number subfunction |
972 | * ebx = 1 - subfunction number |
938 | * ecx = number of a base port |
973 | * ecx = number of base port |
939 | Returned value: |
974 | Returned value |
940 | * eax = 0 - successfully |
975 | * eax = 0 - success |
941 | * eax = -1 - erratic number of a port |
976 | * eax = -1 - erratic number of a port |
942 | Remarks: |
977 | Remarks: |
943 | * Number of a port should satisfy to conditions 0x100<=ecx<=0xFFFF. |
978 | * Number of a port must satisfy to conditions 0x100<=ecx<=0xFFFF. |
944 | * Installation of base is necessary for operation of the function 20. |
- | |
945 | * Get installed base port it is possible by call |
979 | * The installation of base is necessary for function 20. |
946 | subfunction of 1 function 26. |
980 | * To get base port use subfunction 1 of function 26. |
947 | 981 | ||
948 | ====================================================================== |
982 | ====================================================================== |
949 | ======== Function 21, subfunction 2 - install keyboard layout. ======= |
983 | ========== Function 21, subfunction 2 - set keyboard layout. ========= |
950 | ====================================================================== |
984 | ====================================================================== |
951 | Keyboard layout is used for conversion scancodes, acting from the keyboard, |
985 | Keyboard layout is used to convert keyboard scancodes to ASCII-codes, |
952 | in ASCII-codes which were read - out by the function 2. |
986 | which will be read by function 2. |
953 | Parameters: |
987 | Parameters: |
954 | * eax = 21 - number of the function |
988 | * eax = 21 - function number |
955 | * ebx = 2 - number subfunction |
989 | * ebx = 2 - subfunction number |
956 | * ecx = what layout to install: |
990 | * ecx = which layout to set: |
957 | * 1 = normal layout |
991 | * 1 = normal layout |
958 | * 2 = layout at pressed Shift |
992 | * 2 = layout at pressed Shift |
959 | * 3 = layout at pressed Alt |
993 | * 3 = layout at pressed Alt |
960 | * edx = pointer on layout - table of length 128 bytes |
994 | * edx = pointer to layout - table of length 128 bytes |
961 | Or: |
995 | Or: |
962 | * ecx = 9 |
996 | * ecx = 9 |
963 | * dx = identifier of the country (1=eng, 2=fi, 3=ger, 4=rus) |
997 | * dx = country identifier (1=eng, 2=fi, 3=ger, 4=rus) |
964 | Returned value: |
998 | Returned value: |
965 | * eax = 0 - successfully |
999 | * eax = 0 - success |
966 | * eax = 1 - parameter is given incorrectly |
1000 | * eax = 1 - incorrect parameter |
967 | Remarks: |
1001 | Remarks: |
968 | * If is pressed Alt, the layout with Alt is used; if not is pressed Alt, |
1002 | * If Alt is pressed, the layout with Alt is used; |
- | 1003 | if Alt is not pressed, but Shift is pressed, |
|
969 | but is pressed Shift, the layout with Shift is used; if not are |
1004 | the layout with Shift is used; |
970 | pressed Alt and Shift, but is pressed Ctrl, the normal layout is used, |
1005 | if Alt and Shift are not pressed, but Ctrl is pressed, the normal |
971 | then from the code is subtracted 0x60; if not any of direction keys |
1006 | layout is used and then from the code is subtracted 0x60; |
972 | is pressed, the normal layout is used. |
1007 | if no control key is pressed, the normal layout is used. |
973 | * get layouts and identifier of the country it is possible with the help |
1008 | * To get layout and country identifier use |
974 | subfunction 2 functions 26. |
1009 | subfunction 2 of function 26. |
975 | * The identifier of the country - global environment variable, which by |
1010 | * Country identifier is global system variable, which is not used |
976 | kernel is not used; however application @panel displays an icon, |
1011 | by the kernel itself; however the application '@panel' displays |
977 | appropriate to the current country. |
1012 | the corresponding icon. |
978 | * Application @panel switches layouts on search of the user. |
1013 | * The application @panel switches layouts on user request. |
979 | 1014 | ||
980 | ====================================================================== |
1015 | ====================================================================== |
981 | =========== Function 21, subfunction 3 - install base CD. ============ |
1016 | ============== Function 21, subfunction 3 - set CD base. ============= |
982 | ====================================================================== |
1017 | ====================================================================== |
983 | Parameters: |
1018 | Parameters: |
984 | * eax = 21 - number of the function |
1019 | * eax = 21 - function number |
985 | * ebx = 3 - number subfunction |
1020 | * ebx = 3 - subfunction number |
986 | * ecx = base CD: 1=IDE0, 2=IDE1, 3=IDE2, 4=IDE3 |
1021 | * ecx = CD base: 1=IDE0, 2=IDE1, 3=IDE2, 4=IDE3 |
987 | Returned value: |
1022 | Returned value: |
988 | * eax = 0 |
1023 | * eax = 0 |
989 | Remarks: |
1024 | Remarks: |
990 | * Base CD is used by the function 24. |
1025 | * CD base is used by function 24. |
991 | * Receive the installed base CD it is possible by call |
- | |
992 | subfunction 3 functions 26. |
1026 | * To get CD base use subfunction 3 of function 26. |
993 | 1027 | ||
994 | ====================================================================== |
1028 | ====================================================================== |
995 | === Function 21, subfunction 4 - install base port Sound Blaster. ==== |
1029 | ====== Function 21, subfunction 4 - set Sound Blaster base port. ===== |
996 | ====================================================================== |
1030 | ====================================================================== |
997 | Parameters: |
1031 | Parameters: |
998 | * eax = 21 - number of the function |
1032 | * eax = 21 - function number |
999 | * ebx = 4 - number subfunction |
1033 | * ebx = 4 - subfunction number |
1000 | * ecx = number base port |
1034 | * ecx = number of the base port |
1001 | Returned value: |
1035 | Returned value: |
1002 | * eax = 0 - successfully |
1036 | * eax = 0 - success |
1003 | * eax = -1 - erratic number of a port |
1037 | * eax = -1 - erratic port number |
1004 | Remarks: |
1038 | Remarks: |
1005 | * Number of a port should satisfy to conditions 0x100<=ecx<=0xFFFF. |
1039 | * Number of the port must satisfy to conditions 0x100<=ecx<=0xFFFF. |
- | 1040 | * The installation of the base is necessary for |
|
1006 | * Installation of base is necessary for operation of functions 25, 28, 55. |
1041 | functions 25, 28, 55. |
1007 | * Get installed base port it is possible by call subfunction 4 functions 26. |
1042 | * To get base port use subfunction 4 of function 26. |
1008 | 1043 | ||
1009 | ====================================================================== |
1044 | ====================================================================== |
1010 | ==== Function 21, subfunction 5 - install the language of system. ==== |
1045 | ========== Function 21, subfunction 5 - set system language. ========= |
1011 | ====================================================================== |
1046 | ====================================================================== |
1012 | Parameters: |
1047 | Parameters: |
1013 | * eax = 21 - number of the function |
1048 | * eax = 21 - function number |
1014 | * ebx = 5 - number subfunction |
1049 | * ebx = 5 - subfunction number |
1015 | * ecx = language of system (1=eng, 2=fi, 3=ger, 4=rus) |
1050 | * ecx = system language (1=eng, 2=fi, 3=ger, 4=rus) |
1016 | Returned value: |
1051 | Returned value: |
1017 | * eax = 0 |
1052 | * eax = 0 |
1018 | Remarks: |
1053 | Remarks: |
1019 | * Language of the system - global environment variable in any way which |
1054 | * System language is global system variable and is not used |
1020 | is not used by kernel, however application @panel draws |
1055 | by the kernel itself, however application @panel draws the |
1021 | an appropriate icon. |
1056 | appropriate icon. |
1022 | * Checks on a correctness is not done, as the kernel this variable |
1057 | * Function does not check for correctness, as the kernel does not |
1023 | does not use. |
1058 | use this variable. |
1024 | * Get language of the system it is possible by call |
- | |
1025 | subfunction 5 functions 26. |
1059 | * To get system language use subfunction 5 of function 26. |
1026 | 1060 | ||
1027 | ====================================================================== |
1061 | ====================================================================== |
1028 | ========= Function 21, subfunction 6 - install base port WSS. ======== |
1062 | =========== Function 21, subfunction 6 - set WSS base port. ========== |
1029 | ====================================================================== |
1063 | ====================================================================== |
1030 | Parameters: |
1064 | Parameters: |
1031 | * eax = 21 - number of the function |
1065 | * eax = 21 - function number |
1032 | * ebx = 6 - number subfunction |
1066 | * ebx = 6 - subfunction number |
1033 | * ecx = base port |
1067 | * ecx = base port |
1034 | Returned value: |
1068 | Returned value: |
1035 | * eax = 0 - successfully |
1069 | * eax = 0 - success |
1036 | * eax = -1 - erratic number of a port |
1070 | * eax = -1 - erratic port number |
1037 | Remarks: |
1071 | Remarks: |
1038 | * Number of a port should satisfy to conditions 0x100<=ecx. |
1072 | * Port number must satisfy to condition 0x100<=ecx. |
1039 | * Base WSS is used by the function 27. |
- | |
1040 | * Get installed base port WSS it is possible by call |
1073 | * WSS base is used by function 27. |
1041 | subfunction 6 functions 26. |
1074 | * To get WSS base port use subfunction 6 of function 26. |
1042 | 1075 | ||
1043 | ====================================================================== |
1076 | ====================================================================== |
1044 | =========== Function 21, subfunction 7 - install base HD. ============ |
1077 | ============== Function 21, subfunction 7 - set HD base. ============= |
1045 | ====================================================================== |
1078 | ====================================================================== |
1046 | The base HD is necessary for definition, on what hard disk to write, at usage |
1079 | The HD base defines hard disk to write with usage of obsolete |
1047 | of out-of-date functions of operation with a file system and functions |
1080 | file system functions and functions implicitly using the hard disk |
1048 | implicitly using the hard disk (such as subfunction of 6 functions 18); |
1081 | (such as subfunction 6 of function 18); |
1049 | At usage of functions 58 and 70 and modern syntax /HD0, /HD1, /HD2, /HD3 |
1082 | at usage of function 58 and 70 and modern syntax /HD0,/HD1,/HD2,/HD3 |
1050 | these functions install base. |
1083 | these function set base themselves. |
1051 | Parameters: |
1084 | Parameters: |
1052 | * eax = 21 - number of the function |
1085 | * eax = 21 - function number |
1053 | * ebx = 7 - number subfunction |
1086 | * ebx = 7 - subfunction number |
1054 | * ecx = base HD: 1=IDE0, 2=IDE1, 3=IDE2, 4=IDE3 |
1087 | * ecx = HD base: 1=IDE0, 2=IDE1, 3=IDE2, 4=IDE3 |
1055 | Returned value: |
1088 | Returned value: |
1056 | * eax = 0 |
1089 | * eax = 0 |
1057 | Remarks: |
1090 | Remarks: |
1058 | * Any application at any moment of time can change base. |
1091 | * Any application at any time can change the base. |
1059 | * It is not necessary to change base, when any application works |
1092 | * Do not change base, when any application works with hard disk. |
1060 | with the hard disk. If not want errors of the system. |
1093 | If you do not want system bugs. |
1061 | * Get installed base it is possible by call subfunction 7 functions 26. |
1094 | * To get HD base use subfunction 7 of function 26. |
1062 | * It is necessary also to define used partition of |
1095 | * It is also necessary to define used partition of hard disk by |
1063 | the hard disk subfunction 8. |
1096 | subfunction 8. |
1064 | 1097 | ||
1065 | ====================================================================== |
1098 | ====================================================================== |
1066 | ========= Function 21, subfunction 8 - install partition HD. ========= |
1099 | ========= Function 21, subfunction 8 - set used HD partition. ======== |
1067 | ====================================================================== |
1100 | ====================================================================== |
1068 | The section HD is necessary for definition, on what partition of the hard disk |
1101 | The HD partition defines partition of the hard disk to write with |
1069 | to write, at usage of out-of-date functions of operation with a file system and |
1102 | usage of obsolete file system functions and functions implicitly |
1070 | functions implicitly using the hard disk (such as subfunction of 6 functions |
1103 | using the hard disk (such as subfunction 6 of function 18); |
1071 | 18); at usage of functions 58 and 70 and modern syntax /HD0, /HD1, /HD2, /HD3 |
1104 | at usage of functions 58 and 70 and modern syntax /HD0,/HD1,/HD2,/HD3 |
1072 | these functions install base and partition. |
1105 | these functions set base and partition themselves. |
1073 | Parameters: |
1106 | Parameters: |
1074 | * eax = 21 - number of the function |
1107 | * eax = 21 - function number |
1075 | * ebx = 8 - number subfunction |
1108 | * ebx = 8 - subfunction number |
1076 | * ecx = partition HD (beginning from 1) |
1109 | * ecx = HD partition (beginning from 1) |
1077 | Returned value: |
1110 | Return value: |
1078 | * eax = 0 |
1111 | * eax = 0 |
1079 | Remarks: |
1112 | Remarks: |
1080 | * Any application at any moment of time can change partition. |
1113 | * Any application at any time can change partition. |
1081 | * It is not necessary to change partition, when any application works |
1114 | * Do not change partition when any application works with hard disk. |
1082 | with the hard disk. If not want errors of the system. |
1115 | If you do not want system bugs. |
1083 | * Get installed partition it is possible by call subfunction 8 functions 26. |
1116 | * To get used partition use subfunction 8 of function 26. |
1084 | * Checks on a correctness is not done. |
1117 | * There is no correctness checks. |
1085 | * Find out number of partitions on the hard disk it is possible by call |
1118 | * To get the number of partitions of a hard disk use |
1086 | subfunction 11 functions 18. |
1119 | subfunction 11 of function 18. |
1087 | * It is necessary also to define used base of the hard disk subfunction 7 |
1120 | * It is also necessary to define used HD base by subfunction 7. |
1088 | 1121 | ||
1089 | ====================================================================== |
1122 | ====================================================================== |
1090 | === Function 21, subfunction 10 - install channel DMA for a sound. === |
1123 | ======== Function 21, subfunction 10 - set sound DMA channel. ======== |
1091 | ====================================================================== |
1124 | ====================================================================== |
1092 | Parameters: |
1125 | Parameters: |
1093 | * eax = 21 - number of the function |
1126 | * eax = 21 - function number |
1094 | * ebx = 10 - number subfunction |
1127 | * ebx = 10 - subfunction number |
1095 | * ecx = number of channel (from 0 up to 3 inclusively) |
1128 | * ecx = number of channel (from 0 up to 3 inclusively) |
1096 | Returned value: |
1129 | Returned value: |
1097 | * eax = 0 - successfully |
1130 | * eax = 0 - success |
1098 | * eax = -1 - incorrect number of the channel |
1131 | * eax = -1 - incorrect channel number |
1099 | Remarks: |
1132 | Remarks: |
1100 | * Number of the channel DMA is used in subfunction of 1 function 55. |
- | |
1101 | * Get channel DMA for a sound it is possible by call |
1133 | * Number of DMA channel is used in subfunction 1 of function 55. |
1102 | subfunction 10 functions 26. |
1134 | * To get sound DMA channel use subfunction 10 of function 26. |
1103 | - | ||
1104 | ====================================================================== |
1135 | |
1105 | ====================== Function 21, subfunction 11 =================== |
1136 | ====================================================================== |
1106 | =============== Permit/prohibit low level access to HD. ============== |
1137 | Function 21, subfunction 11 - enable/disable low-level access to HD. |
1107 | ====================================================================== |
1138 | ====================================================================== |
1108 | Parameters: |
1139 | Parameters: |
1109 | * eax = 21 - number of the function |
1140 | * eax = 21 - function number |
1110 | * ebx = 11 - number subfunction |
1141 | * ebx = 11 - subfunction number |
1111 | * ecx = 0/1 - prohibit/permit |
1142 | * ecx = 0/1 - disable/enable |
1112 | Returned value: |
1143 | Returned value: |
1113 | * eax = 0 |
1144 | * eax = 0 |
1114 | Remarks: |
1145 | Remarks: |
1115 | * Is used at LBA-reading (subfunction 8 functions 58). |
1146 | * Is used in LBA-read (subfunction 8 of function 58). |
1116 | * Current realization uses only low bit ecx. |
1147 | * The current implementation uses only low bit of ecx. |
1117 | * Get a current status it is possible by call subfunction 11 functions 26. |
1148 | * To get current status use subfunction 11 of function 26. |
1118 | 1149 | ||
1119 | ====================================================================== |
- | |
1120 | ====================== Function 21, subfunction 12 =================== |
1150 | ====================================================================== |
1121 | ============= Permit/prohibit low level access to PCI. =============== |
1151 | Function 21, subfunction 12 - enable/disable low-level access to PCI. |
1122 | ====================================================================== |
1152 | ====================================================================== |
1123 | Parameters: |
1153 | Parameters: |
1124 | * eax = 21 - number of the function |
1154 | * eax = 21 - function number |
1125 | * ebx = 12 - number subfunction |
1155 | * ebx = 12 - subfunction number |
1126 | * ecx = 0/1 - prohibit/permit |
1156 | * ecx = 0/1 - disable/enable |
1127 | Returned value: |
1157 | Returned value: |
1128 | * eax = 0 |
1158 | * eax = 0 |
1129 | Remarks: |
1159 | Remarks: |
1130 | * Is used by operation with the bus PCI (function 62). |
1160 | * Is used in operations with PCI bus (function 62). |
1131 | * Current realization uses only low bit ecx. |
1161 | * The current implementation uses only low bit of ecx. |
1132 | * Get a current status it is possible by call subfunction 12 functions 26. |
1162 | * To get current status use subfunction 12 of function 26. |
1133 | 1163 | ||
1134 | ====================================================================== |
1164 | ====================================================================== |
1135 | ============= Function 21, subfunction 13, subsubfunction 1 ========== |
1165 | ============ Function 21, subfunction 13, subsubfunction 1 =========== |
1136 | ======= Initialize + get information on the driver vmode.mdr. ======== |
1166 | ======== Initialize + get information on the driver vmode.mdr. ======= |
1137 | ====================================================================== |
1167 | ====================================================================== |
1138 | Parameters: |
1168 | Parameters: |
1139 | * eax = 21 - number of the function |
1169 | * eax = 21 - function number |
1140 | * ebx = 13 - number subfunction |
1170 | * ebx = 13 - subfunction number |
1141 | * ecx = 1 - number of the function äðàéâåðà |
1171 | * ecx = 1 - number of the driver function |
1142 | * edx = pointer on the buffer of a size of 512 bytes |
1172 | * edx = pointer to 512-bytes buffer |
- | 1173 | Returned value: |
|
1143 | Returned value: |
1174 | * if driver is not loaded |
1144 | * If the driver is not loaded (never it happens in current implementation): |
1175 | (never happens in the current implementation): |
1145 | * eax = -1 |
1176 | * eax = -1 |
1146 | * ebx, ecx fail |
1177 | * ebx, ecx destroyed |
1147 | * If the driver is loaded: |
1178 | * if driver is loaded: |
1148 | * eax = 'MDAZ' (in style fasm, i.e. 'M' - low byte, |
1179 | * eax = 'MDAZ' (in fasm style, that is 'M' - low byte, 'Z' - high) |
1149 | 'Z' - high) - signature |
1180 | - signature |
1150 | * ebx = current frequency of the scanning (in a Hz) |
1181 | * ebx = current frequency of the scanning (in Hz) |
1151 | * ecx fail |
1182 | * ecx destroyed |
1152 | * buffer, which specifies edx, is filled |
1183 | * buffer pointed to by edx is filled |
1153 | Format of the buffer: |
1184 | Format of the buffer: |
1154 | * +0: 32*byte: name of the driver, " Trans VideoDriver " (without quotes, |
1185 | * +0: 32*byte: driver name, "Trans VideoDriver" |
1155 | is supplemented by blanks) |
1186 | (without quotes, supplemented by spaces) |
1156 | * +32 = +0x20: dword: version of the driver (version x.y is encoded |
1187 | * +32 = +0x20: dword: driver version (version x.y is encoded as |
1157 | as y*65536+x), for current implementation 1 (1.0) |
1188 | y*65536+x), for the current implementation is 1 (1.0) |
1158 | * +36 = +0x24: 7*dword: reserved (0 in current implementation) |
1189 | * +36 = +0x24: 7*dword: reserved (0 in the current implementation) |
1159 | * +64 = +0x40: 32*word: list of supported videomodes (each word - number |
1190 | * +64 = +0x40: 32*word: list of supported videomodes (each word |
1160 | of videomode, after the purely list there are zero) |
1191 | is number of a videomode, after list itself there are zeroes) |
1161 | * +128 = +0x80: 32*(5*word): list of supported frequencies of the scannings |
1192 | * +128 = +0x80: 32*(5*word): list of supported frequences of the |
1162 | for videomodes: for each videomode indicated in the previous field, |
1193 | scannings for videomodes: for each videomode listed in the |
1163 | up to 5 supported frequencies (in unused positions are indicated the zero) |
1194 | previous field up to 5 supported frequences are given |
1164 | are written. |
1195 | (unused positions contain zeroes) |
1165 | Remarks: |
1196 | Remarks: |
1166 | * Function initializes the driver (if it is not initialized yet) and should |
1197 | * Function initializes the driver (if it is not initialized yet) |
1167 | be called by first, before others (differently they will return -1, |
1198 | and must be called first, before others (otherwise they will do |
1168 | nothing doing). |
1199 | nothing and return -1). |
1169 | * In current implementation one frequency of the scanning on videomode |
1200 | * The current implementation supports only one frequency |
1170 | is supported only. |
1201 | of the scanning on videomode. |
1171 | 1202 | ||
1172 | ====================================================================== |
1203 | ====================================================================== |
1173 | ============= Function 21, subfunction 13, subsubfunction 2 ========== |
1204 | ============ Function 21, subfunction 13, subsubfunction 2 =========== |
1174 | ================= Get information on current videomode. ============== |
1205 | ================ Get information on current videomode. =============== |
1175 | ====================================================================== |
1206 | ====================================================================== |
1176 | Parameters: |
1207 | Parameters: |
1177 | * eax = 21 - number of the function |
1208 | * eax = 21 - function number |
1178 | * ebx = 13 - number subfunction |
1209 | * ebx = 13 - subfunction number |
1179 | * ecx = 2 - number of the function of the driver |
1210 | * ecx = 2 - number of the driver function |
1180 | Returned value: |
1211 | Returned value: |
1181 | * eax = -1 - driver is not loaded or is not initialized; |
1212 | * eax = -1 - driver is not loaded or not initialized; |
1182 | ebx,ecx fail |
1213 | ebx,ecx are destroyed |
1183 | * eax = [width]*65536 + [height] |
1214 | * eax = [width]*65536 + [height] |
1184 | * ebx = frequency of the vertical scanning (in a Hz) |
1215 | * ebx = frequency of the vertical scanning (in Hz) |
1185 | * ecx = number of current videomode |
1216 | * ecx = number of current videomode |
1186 | Remarks: |
1217 | Remarks: |
- | 1218 | * Driver must be initialized by call to |
|
1187 | * Driver previously should be initialized by function call of the driver 1. |
1219 | driver function 1. |
- | 1220 | * If only screen sizes are required, it is more expedient to use |
|
1188 | * If the sizes of the screen are necessary only, it is more expedient |
1221 | function 14 taking into account that it |
1189 | to use the function 14 that it returns sizes on 1 less. |
1222 | returns sizes on 1 less. |
1190 | 1223 | ||
1191 | ====================================================================== |
1224 | ====================================================================== |
1192 | = Function 21, subfunction 13, subsubfunction 3 - install videomode. |
1225 | === Function 21, subfunction 13, subsubfunction 3 - set videomode. === |
1193 | ====================================================================== |
1226 | ====================================================================== |
1194 | Parameters: |
1227 | Parameters: |
1195 | * eax = 21 - number of the function |
1228 | * eax = 21 - function number |
1196 | * ebx = 13 - number subfunction |
1229 | * ebx = 13 - subfunction number |
1197 | * ecx = 3 - number of the function of the driver |
1230 | * ecx = 3 - number of the driver function |
1198 | * edx = [frequency of the scanning] *65536 + [number of videomode] |
1231 | * edx = [scanning frequency]*65536 + [videomode number] |
- | 1232 | Returned value: |
|
1199 | Returned value: |
1233 | * eax = -1 - driver is not loaded, not initialized or |
1200 | * eax = -1 - driver is not loaded, not initialized or has taken place error |
1234 | an error has occured |
1201 | * eax = 0 - successfully |
1235 | * eax = 0 - success |
1202 | * ebx, ecx fail |
1236 | * ebx, ecx destroyed |
1203 | Remarks: |
1237 | Remarks: |
1204 | * Driver previously should be initialized by function call of the driver 1. |
1238 | * Driver must be initialized by driver function 1. |
1205 | * Number of videomode and frequency should be in the table returned |
1239 | * The videomode number and frequency must be in the table |
1206 | function 1 of the driver. |
1240 | returned by driver function 1. |
1207 | 1241 | ||
1208 | ====================================================================== |
1242 | ====================================================================== |
1209 | ============= Function 21, subfunction 13, subsubfunction 4 ========== |
1243 | ============ Function 21, subfunction 13, subsubfunction 4 =========== |
1210 | ===================== Return to former videomode. ==================== |
1244 | ================== Return to the initial videomode. ================== |
1211 | ====================================================================== |
1245 | ====================================================================== |
1212 | Âîçâðàùàåò ýêðàí â videomode, óñòàíîâëåííîì ïðè çàãðóçêå ñèñòåìû. |
1246 | Returns the screen to the videomode set at system boot. |
1213 | Parameters: |
1247 | Parameters: |
1214 | * eax = 21 - number of the function |
1248 | * eax = 21 - function number |
1215 | * ebx = 13 - number subfunction |
1249 | * ebx = 13 - subfunction number |
1216 | * ecx = 4 - number of the function of the driver |
1250 | * ecx = 4 - number of the driver function |
1217 | Returned value: |
1251 | Returned value: |
1218 | * eax = -1 - driver is not loaded or is not initialized |
1252 | * eax = -1 - driver is not loaded or not initialized |
1219 | * eax = 0 - successfully |
1253 | * eax = 0 - success |
1220 | * ebx, ecx fail |
1254 | * ebx, ecx destroyed |
1221 | Remarks: |
1255 | Remarks: |
1222 | * Driver previously should be initialized by function call of the driver 1. |
1256 | * Driver must be initialized by call to driver function 1. |
1223 | 1257 | ||
1224 | ======================================================================= |
1258 | ====================================================================== |
1225 | ============= Function 21, subfunction 13, subsubfunction 5 =========== |
1259 | ============ Function 21, subfunction 13, subsubfunction 5 =========== |
1226 | ====== Increase/reduce a size of visible area of screen monitor. ====== |
1260 | ===== Increase/decrease the size of the visible area of monitor. ===== |
1227 | ======================================================================= |
1261 | ====================================================================== |
1228 | Parameters: |
1262 | Parameters: |
1229 | * eax = 21 - number of the function |
1263 | * eax = 21 - function number |
1230 | * ebx = 13 - number subfunction |
1264 | * ebx = 13 - subfunction number |
1231 | * ecx = 5 - number of the function of the driver |
1265 | * ecx = 5 - number of the driver function |
1232 | * edx = 0/1 - reduce/increase a size on a horizontal by one position |
1266 | * edx = 0/1 - decrease/increase horizontal size on 1 position |
1233 | * edx = 2/3 - in current realization is not supported; is planned as |
1267 | * edx = 2/3 - is not supported in the current implementation; |
1234 | decrease/increase of a size on a vertical for one position |
1268 | is planned as decrease/increase vertical size on 1 position |
1235 | Returned value: |
1269 | Returned value: |
1236 | * eax = -1 - driver is not loaded or is not initialized |
1270 | * eax = -1 - driver is not loaded or not initialized |
1237 | * eax = 0 - successfully |
1271 | * eax = 0 - success |
1238 | * ebx, ecx fail |
1272 | * ebx, ecx destroyed |
1239 | Remarks: |
1273 | Remarks: |
1240 | * Driver previously should be initialized by function call of the driver 1. |
1274 | * Driver must be initialized by call to driver function 1. |
1241 | * Function influences only a physical size of the map on the screen monitor; |
1275 | * Function influences only the physical size of the screen image; |
1242 | the logical size (number of pixels) does not vary. |
1276 | the logical size (number of pixels) does not change. |
1243 | 1277 | ||
1244 | ====================================================================== |
1278 | ====================================================================== |
1245 | =============== Function 22 - install system date/time. ============== |
1279 | ================= Function 22 - set system date/time. ================ |
1246 | ====================================================================== |
1280 | ====================================================================== |
1247 | Parameters: |
1281 | Parameters: |
1248 | * eax = 22 - number of the function |
1282 | * eax = 22 - function number |
1249 | * ebx = 0 - install time |
1283 | * ebx = 0 - set time |
1250 | * ecx = 0x00SSMMHH - time in a binary-decimal code (BCD): |
1284 | * ecx = 0x00SSMMHH - time in the binary-decimal code (BCD): |
1251 | * HH=hour 00..23 |
1285 | * HH=hour 00..23 |
1252 | * MM=minute 00..59 |
1286 | * MM=minute 00..59 |
1253 | * SS=second 00..59 |
1287 | * SS=second 00..59 |
1254 | * ebx = 1 - óñòàíîâèòü äàòó |
1288 | * ebx = 1 - set date |
1255 | * ecx = 0x00DDMMYY - date in a binary-decimal code (BCD): |
1289 | * ecx = 0x00DDMMYY - date in the binary-decimal code (BCD): |
1256 | * DD=day 01..31 |
1290 | * DD=day 01..31 |
1257 | * MM=month 01..12 |
1291 | * MM=month 01..12 |
1258 | * YY=year 00..99 |
1292 | * YY=year 00..99 |
1259 | * ebx = 2 - install day of week |
1293 | * ebx = 2 - set day of week |
1260 | * ecx = 1 for Sunday, ..., 7 for Saturday |
1294 | * ecx = 1 for Sunday, ..., 7 for Saturday |
1261 | * ebx = 3 - install an alarm clock |
1295 | * ebx = 3 - set alarm clock |
1262 | * ecx = 0x00SSMMHH |
1296 | * ecx = 0x00SSMMHH |
1263 | Returned value: |
1297 | Returned value: |
1264 | * eax = 0 - successfully |
1298 | * eax = 0 - success |
1265 | * eax = 1 - parameter is given incorrectly |
1299 | * eax = 1 - incorrect parameter |
1266 | * eax = 2 - CMOS-battery was unloaded |
1300 | * eax = 2 - CMOS-battery was unloaded |
1267 | Remarks: |
1301 | Remarks: |
1268 | * value of installation of day of week is represented doubtful, as it a |
1302 | * Value of installation of day of week seems to be doubtful, |
- | 1303 | as it a little where is used |
|
1269 | little where is used (day of week it is possible to calculate by date of). |
1304 | (day of week can be calculated by date). |
1270 | * Alarm clock can be installed on operation in the given time each day. |
1305 | * Alarm clock can be set on operation in the given time every day. |
1271 | Thus to disable by its existing system functions it is impossible. |
1306 | But there is no existing system function to disable it. |
1272 | * Operation of an alarm clock consists in generation IRQ8. |
1307 | * Operation of alarm clock consists in generation IRQ8. |
1273 | * Generally CMOS supports for an alarm clock installation of value 0xFF |
1308 | * Generally CMOS supports for alarm clock set of value 0xFF |
1274 | as one of parameters and means it, that the appropriate parameter |
1309 | as one of parameters and it means that the appropriate parameter |
1275 | is ignored. But in current implementation it will not pass |
1310 | is ignored. But current implementation does not allow this |
1276 | (will return value 1). |
1311 | (will return 1). |
1277 | * Alarm clock - global system resource; the installation of an alarm clock |
1312 | * Alarm clock is a global system resource; the set of |
1278 | automatically cancels the previous installation. However, at present any |
1313 | an alarm clock cancels automatically the previous set. |
1279 | program it does not use. |
1314 | However, at moment no program uses it. |
1280 | 1315 | ||
1281 | ====================================================================== |
1316 | ====================================================================== |
1282 | ============== Function 23 - expect event with timeout. ============= |
1317 | ============= Function 23 - wait for event with timeout. ============= |
1283 | ====================================================================== |
1318 | ====================================================================== |
- | 1319 | If the message queue is empty, waits for new message in the queue, |
|
1284 | If message queue is empty, waits for appearance of the message in queue, but no more indicated time. Then reads out the message from queue. |
1320 | but no more than given time. Then reads out a message from the queue. |
1285 | 1321 | ||
1286 | Parameters: |
1322 | Parameters: |
1287 | * eax = 23 - number of the function |
1323 | * eax = 23 - function number |
1288 | * ebx = timeout (in 1/100 of second) |
1324 | * ebx = timeout (in 1/100 of second) |
1289 | Returned value: |
1325 | Returned value: |
1290 | * eax = 0 - message queue is empty |
1326 | * eax = 0 - the message queue is empty |
1291 | * differently eax = event (look the list of events) |
1327 | * otherwise eax = event (see the list of events) |
1292 | Remarks: |
1328 | Remarks: |
1293 | * Those events are taken into account only which enter into a mask installed |
1329 | * Only those events are taken into account, which enter into |
1294 | by the function 40. By default it is events redraw, pressing keys |
1330 | the mask set by function 40. By default it is |
1295 | and buttons. |
1331 | redraw, key and button events. |
1296 | * For check, whether there is a message in queue, use the function 11. |
1332 | * To check for presence of a message in the queue use function 11. |
1297 | To wait as much as long, use the function 10. |
1333 | To wait without timeout use function 10. |
1298 | * Transmission ebx=0 results in instant returning eax=0. |
1334 | * Transmission ebx=0 results in immediate returning eax=0. |
1299 | * At current realization there will be an immediate return from the function |
1335 | * Current implementation returns immediately with eax=0, |
1300 | with eax=0, if the addition ebx with current value of the counter of time |
1336 | if the addition of ebx with the current value of time counter |
1301 | will call 32-bit overflow. |
1337 | makes 32-bit overflow. |
1302 | 1338 | ||
1303 | ====================================================================== |
1339 | ====================================================================== |
1304 | ======= Function 24, subfunction 1 - begin to play a CD - audio. ===== |
1340 | ======== Function 24, subfunction 1 - begin to play CD-audio. ======== |
1305 | ====================================================================== |
1341 | ====================================================================== |
1306 | Parameters: |
1342 | Parameters: |
1307 | * eax = 24 - number of the function |
1343 | * eax = 24 - function number |
1308 | * ebx = 1 - number subfunction |
1344 | * ebx = 1 - subfunction number |
1309 | * ecx = 0x00FRSSMM, where |
1345 | * ecx = 0x00FRSSMM, where |
1310 | * MM = initial minute |
1346 | * MM = starting minute |
1311 | * SS = initial second |
1347 | * SS = starting second |
1312 | * FR = initial frame |
1348 | * FR = starting frame |
1313 | Returned value: |
1349 | Returned value: |
1314 | * eax = 0 - successfully |
1350 | * eax = 0 - success |
1315 | * eax = 1 - base CD is not defined |
1351 | * eax = 1 - CD base is not defined |
1316 | Remarks: |
1352 | Remarks: |
1317 | * Previously it is necessary to define a base port CD by call |
1353 | * Previously CD base must be defined by the call to |
1318 | subfunction 3 functions 21. |
1354 | subfunction 3 of function 21. |
1319 | * In one second 75 frames, in one minute 60 seconds. |
1355 | * One second includes 75 frames, one minute includes 60 seconds. |
1320 | * Function is asynchronous (returns handle, when the playing) began. |
1356 | * The function is asynchronous (returns control, when play begins). |
1321 | 1357 | ||
1322 | ====================================================================== |
1358 | ====================================================================== |
1323 | ====== Function 24, subfunction 2 - get information on tracks. ======= |
1359 | ======= Function 24, subfunction 2 - get information on tracks. ====== |
1324 | ====================================================================== |
1360 | ====================================================================== |
1325 | Parameters: |
1361 | Parameters: |
1326 | * eax = 24 - number of the function |
1362 | * eax = 24 - function number |
1327 | * ebx = 2 - number subfunction |
1363 | * ebx = 2 - subfunction number |
1328 | * ecx = pointer on the buffer for the table |
1364 | * ecx = pointer to the buffer for the table |
1329 | (maximal 8*64h+4 byte =100 tracks) |
1365 | (maximum 8*64h+4 bytes=100 tracks) |
1330 | Returned value: |
1366 | Returned value: |
1331 | * eax = 0 - successfully |
1367 | * eax = 0 - success |
1332 | * eax = 1 - base CD is not defined |
1368 | * eax = 1 - CD base is not defined |
1333 | Remarks: |
1369 | Remarks: |
1334 | * The format of the table with the information on tracks same, as well |
1370 | * The format of the table with tracks information is the same as |
1335 | as for a ATAPI-CD of the command 43h (READ TOC), usual table |
1371 | for ATAPI-CD command 43h (READ TOC), usual table (subcommand 00h). |
1336 | (subcommand 00h). The addresses come back in the format MSF. |
1372 | Function returns addresses in MSF. |
1337 | * Previously it is necessary to define a base port CD by call |
1373 | * Previously CD base port must be set by call to |
1338 | subfunction 3 functions 21. |
1374 | subfunction 3 of function 21. |
1339 | * Function returns the information only about no more than 100 first tracks. |
1375 | * Function returns information only about no more than 100 |
1340 | In most cases it is enough of it. |
1376 | first tracks. In most cases it is enough. |
1341 | 1377 | ||
1342 | ====================================================================== |
1378 | ====================================================================== |
1343 | ========= Function 24, subfunction 3 - stop play CD - audio. ========= |
1379 | ========== Function 24, subfunction 3 - stop play CD-audio. ========== |
1344 | ====================================================================== |
1380 | ====================================================================== |
1345 | Parameters: |
1381 | Parameters: |
1346 | * eax = 24 - number of the function |
1382 | * eax = 24 - function number |
1347 | * ebx = 1 - number subfunction |
1383 | * ebx = 1 - subfunction number |
1348 | Returned value: |
1384 | Returned value: |
1349 | * eax = 0 - successfully |
1385 | * eax = 0 - success |
1350 | * eax = 1 - base CD is not defined |
1386 | * eax = 1 - CD base is not defined |
1351 | Remarks: |
1387 | Çàìå÷àíèÿ: |
1352 | * Previously it is necessary to define a base port CD by call |
1388 | * Previously CD base port must be defined by call to |
1353 | subfunction 3 functions 21. |
1389 | subfunction 3 of function 21. |
1354 | 1390 | ||
1355 | ====================================================================== |
1391 | ====================================================================== |
1356 | ================= Function 25 - install volume SBPro. ================ |
1392 | =================== Function 25 - set SBPro volume. ================== |
1357 | ====================================================================== |
1393 | ====================================================================== |
- | 1394 | Parameters: |
|
1358 | Parameters: |
1395 | * eax = 25 - function number |
1359 | * eax = 25 - number of the function |
1396 | * ebx = what to set: |
1360 | * ebx = what to install: |
1397 | * 1 - set common volume |
1361 | * 1 - install common volume |
1398 | * 2 - set CD-audio volume |
1362 | * 2 - install volume of CD - audio |
1399 | * cl = volume level: high 4 bits for the left column, |
1363 | * cl = Level of volume: high 4 bits for the left column, low 4 - for right |
1400 | low 4 bits for the right one |
1364 | Returned value: |
1401 | Returned value: |
- | 1402 | * eax = 0 - success |
|
1365 | * eax = 0 - successfully |
1403 | * eax = 1 - SB base is not defined |
1366 | * eax = 1 - base SB is not defined |
1404 | * eax = 2 - incorrect subfunction |
1367 | * eax = 2 - incorrect subfunction |
1405 | Remarks: |
1368 | Remarks: |
1406 | * Previously SB base port must be defined by |
1369 | * Previously it is necessary to define a base port SB by call |
1407 | subfunction 4 of function 21. |
1370 | subfunction 4 functions 21. |
1408 | * See also function 28 which sets |
1371 | * See also function 28 installations of a sound for later standard SB16. |
1409 | volume for the later standard SB16. |
1372 | 1410 | ||
1373 | ====================================================================== |
1411 | ====================================================================== |
1374 | ======== Function 26, subfunction 1 - get base port MPU MIDI. ======== |
1412 | ======== Function 26, subfunction 1 - get MPU MIDI base port. ======== |
1375 | ====================================================================== |
1413 | ====================================================================== |
1376 | Parameters: |
1414 | Parameters: |
1377 | * eax = 26 - number of the function |
1415 | * eax = 26 - function number |
1378 | * ebx = 1 - number subfunction |
1416 | * ebx = 1 - subfunction number |
1379 | Returned value: |
1417 | Returned value: |
1380 | * eax = number of a port |
1418 | * eax = port number |
1381 | Remarks: |
1419 | Parameters: |
1382 | * Install a base port it is possible by call subfunction of 1 function 21. |
1420 | * To set base port use subfunction 1 of function 21. |
1383 | 1421 | ||
1384 | ====================================================================== |
1422 | ====================================================================== |
1385 | ========== Function 26, subfunction 2 - get keyboard layout. ========= |
1423 | ========== Function 26, subfunction 2 - get keyboard layout. ========= |
1386 | ====================================================================== |
1424 | ====================================================================== |
1387 | The keyboard layout is used for conversion scancodes, acting from the keyboard, |
1425 | The keyboard layout is used to convert keyboard scancodes to |
1388 | in ASCII-codes which were read - out by the function 2. |
1426 | ASCII-codes for function 2. |
1389 | Parameters: |
1427 | Parameters: |
1390 | * eax = 26 - number of the function |
1428 | * eax = 26 - function number |
1391 | * ebx = 2 - number subfunction |
1429 | * ebx = 2 - subfunction number |
1392 | * ecx = what layout to get: |
1430 | * ecx = what layout to get: |
1393 | * 1 = normal layout |
1431 | * 1 = normal layout |
1394 | * 2 = layout at pressed Shift |
1432 | * 2 = layout with pressed Shift |
1395 | * 3 = layout at pressed Alt |
1433 | * 3 = layout with pressed Alt |
1396 | * edx = pointer on the buffer of length 128 bytes, where the layout |
1434 | * edx = pointer to the 128-bytes buffer, where the layout will be |
1397 | will be copied |
1435 | copied |
1398 | Returned value: |
1436 | Returned value: |
1399 | * function does not return value |
1437 | * function does not return value |
1400 | Èëè: |
1438 | Or: |
1401 | * eax = 26 - number of the function |
1439 | * eax = 26 - function number |
1402 | * ebx = 2 - number subfunction |
1440 | * ebx = 2 - subfunction number |
1403 | * ecx = 9 |
1441 | * ecx = 9 |
1404 | Returned value: |
1442 | Returned value: |
1405 | * eax = identifier of the country (1=eng, 2=fi, 3=ger, 4=rus) |
1443 | * eax = country identifier (1=eng, 2=fi, 3=ger, 4=rus) |
1406 | Remarks: |
1444 | Remarks: |
1407 | * If is pressed Alt, the layout with Alt is used; if not is pressed Alt, |
1445 | * If Alt is pressed, the layout with Alt is used; |
- | 1446 | if Alt is not pressed, but Shift is pressed, |
|
1408 | but is pressed Shift, the layout with Shift is used; if not are |
1447 | the layout with Shift is used; |
1409 | pressed Alt and Shift, but is pressed Ctrl, the normal layout is used, |
1448 | if Alt and Shift are not pressed, but Ctrl is pressed, the normal |
1410 | then from the code is subtracted 0x60; if not any of direction keys |
1449 | layout is used and then from the code is subtracted 0x60; |
1411 | is pressed, the normal layout is used. |
1450 | if no control key is pressed, the normal layout is used. |
1412 | * Install layouts and identifier of the country it is possible with the help |
1451 | * To set layout and country identifier use |
1413 | subfunction 2 functions 21. |
1452 | subfunction 2 of function 21. |
1414 | * The identifier of the country - global environment variable, which by |
1453 | * Country identifier is global system variable, which is not used |
1415 | kernel is not used; however application @panel displays an icon, |
1454 | by the kernel itself; however the application '@panel' displays |
1416 | appropriate to the current country (using the described function). |
1455 | the corresponding icon (using this function). |
1417 | * Application @panel switches layouts on search of the user. |
1456 | * The application @panel switches layouts on user request. |
1418 | 1457 | ||
1419 | ====================================================================== |
1458 | ====================================================================== |
1420 | ============= Function 26, subfunction 3 - get base CD. ============== |
1459 | ============== Function 26, subfunction 3 - get CD base. ============= |
1421 | ====================================================================== |
1460 | ====================================================================== |
1422 | Parameters: |
1461 | Parameters: |
1423 | * eax = 26 - number of the function |
1462 | * eax = 26 - function number |
1424 | * ebx = 3 - number subfunction |
1463 | * ebx = 3 - subfunction number |
1425 | Returned value: |
1464 | Returned value: |
1426 | * eax = base CD: 1=IDE0, 2=IDE1, 3=IDE2, 4=IDE3 |
1465 | * eax = CD base: 1=IDE0, 2=IDE1, 3=IDE2, 4=IDE3 |
1427 | Remarks: |
1466 | Remarks: |
1428 | * Base CD is used by the function 24. |
1467 | * CD base is used by function 24. |
1429 | * Install base CD it is possible by call subfunction 3 functions 21. |
1468 | * To set CD base use subfunction 3 of function 21. |
1430 | 1469 | ||
1431 | ====================================================================== |
1470 | ====================================================================== |
1432 | ====== Function 26, subfunction 4 - get base port Sound Blaster. ===== |
1471 | ====== Function 26, subfunction 4 - get Sound Blaster base port. ===== |
1433 | ====================================================================== |
1472 | ====================================================================== |
1434 | Parameters: |
1473 | Parameters: |
1435 | * eax = 26 - number of the function |
1474 | * eax = 26 - function number |
1436 | * ebx = 4 - number subfunction |
1475 | * ebx = 4 - subfunction number |
1437 | Returned value: |
1476 | Returned value: |
1438 | * eax = number of a base port |
1477 | * eax = base port number |
1439 | Remarks: |
1478 | Remarks: |
1440 | * Installation of base is necessary for operation of functions 25, 55. |
1479 | * Bae port is used by functions 25, 55. |
1441 | * Install a base port it is possible by call subfunction 4 functions 21. |
1480 | * To set base port use subfunction 4 of function 21. |
1442 | 1481 | ||
1443 | ====================================================================== |
1482 | ====================================================================== |
1444 | ======== Function 26, subfunction 5 - get language of system. ======== |
1483 | ========== Function 26, subfunction 5 - get system language. ========= |
1445 | ====================================================================== |
1484 | ====================================================================== |
1446 | Parameters: |
1485 | Parameters: |
1447 | * eax = 26 - number of the function |
1486 | * eax = 26 - function number |
1448 | * ebx = 5 - number subfunction |
1487 | * ebx = 5 - subfunction number |
1449 | Returned value: |
1488 | Returned value: |
1450 | * eax = language of system (1=eng, 2=fi, 3=ger, 4=rus) |
1489 | * eax = system language (1=eng, 2=fi, 3=ger, 4=rus) |
1451 | Remarks: |
1490 | Remarks: |
1452 | * Language of the system - global environment variable in any way which |
- | |
1453 | is not used by kernel, however application @panel draws |
1491 | * System language is global system variable and is not used |
1454 | an appropriate icon (using described function). |
1492 | by the kernel itself, however application @panel draws the |
1455 | * Install the language of the system it is possible by call |
1493 | appropriate icon (using this function). |
1456 | subfunction 5 functions 21. |
1494 | * To set system language use subfunction 5 of function 21. |
1457 | 1495 | ||
1458 | ====================================================================== |
1496 | ====================================================================== |
1459 | =========== Function 26, subfunction 6 - get base port WSS. ========== |
1497 | =========== Function 26, subfunction 6 - get WSS base port. ========== |
1460 | ====================================================================== |
1498 | ====================================================================== |
1461 | Parameters: |
1499 | Parameters: |
1462 | * eax = 26 - number of the function |
1500 | * eax = 26 - function number |
1463 | * ebx = 6 - number subfunction |
1501 | * ebx = 6 - subfunction number |
1464 | Returned value: |
1502 | Returned value: |
1465 | * eax = base port |
1503 | * eax = base port |
1466 | Remarks: |
1504 | Remarks: |
1467 | * Base WSS is used by the function 27. |
1505 | * WSS base is used by function 27. |
1468 | * Install a base port WSS it is possible by call subfunction 6 functions 21. |
1506 | * To set WSS base port use subfunction 6 of function 21. |
1469 | 1507 | ||
1470 | ====================================================================== |
1508 | ====================================================================== |
1471 | ============== Function 26, subfunction 7 - get base HD. ============= |
1509 | ============== Function 26, subfunction 7 - get HD base. ============= |
1472 | ====================================================================== |
1510 | ====================================================================== |
1473 | The base HD is necessary for definition, on what hard disk to write, at usage |
1511 | The HD base defines hard disk to write with usage of obsolete |
1474 | of out-of-date functions of operation with a file system and functions |
1512 | file system functions and functions implicitly using the hard disk |
1475 | implicitly using the hard disk (such as subfunction of 6 functions 18); |
1513 | (such as subfunction 6 of function 18); |
1476 | At usage of functions 58 and 70 and modern syntax /HD0, /HD1, /HD2, /HD3 |
1514 | at usage of function 58 and 70 and modern syntax /HD0,/HD1,/HD2,/HD3 |
1477 | these functions install base. |
1515 | these function set base themselves. |
1478 | Parameters: |
1516 | Parameters: |
1479 | * eax = 26 - number of the function |
1517 | * eax = 26 - function number |
1480 | * ebx = 7 - number subfunction |
1518 | * ebx = 7 - subfunction number |
1481 | Returned value: |
1519 | Returned value: |
1482 | * eax = base HD: 1=IDE0, 2=IDE1, 3=IDE2, 4=IDE3 |
1520 | * eax = HD base: 1=IDE0, 2=IDE1, 3=IDE2, 4=IDE3 |
1483 | Remarks: |
1521 | Remarks: |
1484 | * Any application at any moment of time can change áàçó. |
1522 | * Any application in any time can change HD base. |
1485 | * Install base it is possible by call subfunction 7 functions 21. |
1523 | * To set base use subfunction 7 of function 21. |
1486 | * Get used partition of the hard disk it is possible subfunction 8. |
1524 | * To get used partition of hard disk use subfunction 8. |
1487 | 1525 | ||
1488 | ====================================================================== |
1526 | ====================================================================== |
1489 | =========== Function 26, subfunction 8 - get partition HD. =========== |
1527 | ========= Function 26, subfunction 8 - get used HD partition. ======== |
1490 | ====================================================================== |
1528 | ====================================================================== |
1491 | The partition HD is necessary for definition, on what partition of the hard disk |
1529 | The HD partition defines partition of the hard disk to write with |
1492 | to write, at usage of out-of-date functions of operation with a file system and |
1530 | usage of obsolete file system functions and functions implicitly |
1493 | functions implicitly using the hard disk (such as subfunction of 6 functions |
1531 | using the hard disk (such as subfunction 6 of function 18); |
1494 | 18); at usage of functions 58 and 70 and modern syntax /HD0, /HD1, /HD2, /HD3 |
1532 | at usage of functions 58 and 70 and modern syntax /HD0,/HD1,/HD2,/HD3 |
1495 | these functions install base and partition. |
1533 | these functions set base and partition themselves. |
1496 | Parameters: |
1534 | Parameters: |
1497 | * eax = 26 - number of the function |
1535 | * eax = 26 - function number |
1498 | * ebx = 8 - number subfunction |
1536 | * ebx = 8 - subfunction number |
1499 | Returned value: |
1537 | Returned value: |
1500 | * eax = partition HD (beginning from 1) |
1538 | * eax = HD partition (beginning from 1) |
1501 | Remarks: |
1539 | Remarks: |
1502 | * Any application at any moment of time can change partition. |
1540 | * Any application in any time can change partition. |
1503 | * Install partition it is possible by call subfunction 8 functions 21. |
1541 | * To set partition use subfunction 8 of function 21. |
1504 | * Find out number of partitions on the hard disk it is possible by call |
1542 | * To get number of partitions on a hard disk use |
1505 | subfunction 11 functions 18. |
1543 | subfunction 11 of function 18. |
1506 | * Get used base of the hard disk it is possible subfunction 7. |
1544 | * To get base of used hard disk, use subfunction 7. |
1507 | 1545 | ||
1508 | ====================================================================== |
1546 | ====================================================================== |
1509 | === Function 26, subfunction 9 - get value of the counter of time. === |
1547 | === Function 26, subfunction 9 - get the value of the time counter. == |
1510 | ====================================================================== |
1548 | ====================================================================== |
1511 | Parameters: |
1549 | Parameters: |
1512 | * eax = 26 - number of the function |
1550 | * eax = 26 - function number |
1513 | * ebx = 9 - number subfunction |
1551 | * ebx = 9 - subfunction number |
1514 | Returned value: |
1552 | Returned value: |
1515 | * eax = number of 1/100 second, past from the moment of start of the system |
1553 | * eax = number of 1/100s of second, past from the system boot time |
1516 | Remarks: |
1554 | Remarks: |
1517 | * counter takes modulo 2^32, that there corresponds by little more+ |
1555 | * Counter takes modulo 2^32, that correspond to a little more |
1518 | than 497 day. |
1556 | than 497 days. |
1519 | * System time can be get by the function 3. |
1557 | * To get system time use function 3. |
1520 | 1558 | ||
1521 | ====================================================================== |
1559 | ====================================================================== |
1522 | ====== Function 26, subfunction 10 - get channel DMA for a sound. ==== |
1560 | ======== Function 26, subfunction 10 - get sound DMA channel. ======== |
1523 | ====================================================================== |
1561 | ====================================================================== |
1524 | Parameters: |
1562 | Parameters: |
1525 | * eax = 26 - number of the function |
1563 | * eax = 26 - function number |
1526 | * ebx = 10 - number subfunction |
1564 | * ebx = 10 - subfunction number |
1527 | Returned value: |
1565 | Returned value: |
1528 | * eax = number of the channel (from 0 up to 3 inclusively) |
- | |
1529 | Remarks: |
1566 | * eax = number of the channel (from 0 to 3 inclusive) |
1530 | * Number of the channel DMA is used in subfunction 1 function 55. |
1567 | Remarks: |
1531 | * Install the channel DMA for a sound it is possible by call |
1568 | * Number of the DMA channel is used by subfunction 1 of function 55. |
1532 | subfunction 10 functions 21. |
1569 | * To set the sound DMA channel use subfunction 10 of function 21. |
1533 | 1570 | ||
1534 | ====================================================================== |
1571 | ====================================================================== |
1535 | ====================== Function 26, subfunction 11 =================== |
1572 | ===================== Function 26, subfunction 11 ==================== |
1536 | ========= Find out, whether low level access to HD is allowed. ======= |
1573 | ========== Find out whether low-level HD access is enabled. ========== |
1537 | ====================================================================== |
1574 | ====================================================================== |
1538 | Parameters: |
1575 | Parameters: |
1539 | * eax = 26 - number of the function |
1576 | * eax = 26 - function number |
1540 | * ebx = 11 - number subfunction |
- | |
1541 | Returned value: |
1577 | * ebx = 11 - subfunction number |
1542 | * eax = 0/1 - prohibit/permit |
1578 | Returned value: |
1543 | Remarks: |
1579 | * eax = 0/1 - disabled/enabled |
1544 | * Is used at LBA-reading (subfunction 8 functions 58). |
1580 | Remarks: |
1545 | * Install a current status it is possible by call |
1581 | * Is used in LBA read (subfunction 8 of function 58). |
1546 | subfunction 11 functions 21. |
1582 | * To set current state use subfunction 11 of function 21. |
1547 | 1583 | ||
1548 | ====================================================================== |
1584 | ====================================================================== |
1549 | ====================== Function 26, subfunction 12 =================== |
1585 | ===================== Function 26, subfunction 12 ==================== |
1550 | ======= Find out, whether low level access to PCI is allowed. ======== |
1586 | ========== Find out whether low-level PCI access is enabled. ========= |
1551 | ====================================================================== |
1587 | ====================================================================== |
1552 | Parameters: |
1588 | Parameters: |
1553 | * eax = 26 - number of the function |
1589 | * eax = 26 - function number |
1554 | * ebx = 12 - number subfunction |
1590 | * ebx = 12 - subfunction number |
1555 | Returned value: |
- | |
1556 | * eax = 0/1 - prohibit/permit |
1591 | Returned value: |
1557 | Remarks: |
1592 | * eax = 0/1 - disabled/enabled |
1558 | * Is used by operation with the bus PCI (function 62). |
1593 | Remarks: |
1559 | * Current realization uses only low bit ecx. |
1594 | * Is used by operations with PCI bus (function 62). |
1560 | * install a current status it is possible by call |
1595 | * The current implementation uses only low bit of ecx. |
1561 | subfunction 12 functions 21. |
1596 | * To set the current state use subfunction 12 of function 21. |
1562 | 1597 | ||
1563 | ====================================================================== |
1598 | ====================================================================== |
1564 | ==== Function 27 - install volume Windows Sound System (WSS). === |
1599 | ======== Function 27 - set Windows Sound System (WSS) volume. ======== |
1565 | ====================================================================== |
1600 | ====================================================================== |
1566 | Parameters: |
1601 | Parameters: |
1567 | * eax = 27 - number of the function |
1602 | * eax = 27 - function number |
1568 | * ebx = what to install: |
1603 | * ebx = what to set: |
1569 | * 1 - install common volume |
1604 | * 1 - set common volume |
1570 | * 2 - install volume Line In |
1605 | * 2 - set Line In volume |
1571 | * cl = Level of volume (0x0 = highest, 0x1F = lowest, |
1606 | * cl = volume level (0x0=highest, 0x1F=lowest, |
1572 | installed bit 0x80 = to disable) |
1607 | if bit 0x80 is set=disable) |
1573 | Returned value: |
1608 | Returned value: |
1574 | * eax = 0 - successfully |
1609 | * eax = 0 - success |
1575 | * eax = 1 - the base WSS is not defined |
1610 | * eax = 1 - WSS base is not defined |
1576 | * eax = 2 - incorrect subfunction |
1611 | * eax = 2 - incorrect subfunction |
1577 | Remarks: |
1612 | Remarks: |
1578 | * Previously it is necessary to define a base port WSS by call |
1613 | * Previously WSS base port must be defined by call to |
1579 | subfunction 6 functions 21. |
1614 | subfunction 6 of function 21. |
1580 | * Installation of common volume is actually ignored (comes back eax=0). |
1615 | * Set of common volume is ignored (function simply returns eax=0). |
1581 | * In old documentation and in source code of a kernel subfunction 2 |
1616 | * Old documentation and kernel sources erraticly name function 2 |
1582 | is erraticly called as volume of a CD - audio. |
1617 | as CD-audio volume. |
1583 | 1618 | ||
1584 | ====================================================================== |
1619 | ====================================================================== |
1585 | ================= Function 28 - install volume SB16. ================= |
1620 | =================== Function 28 - set SB16 volume. =================== |
1586 | ====================================================================== |
1621 | ====================================================================== |
1587 | Parameters: |
1622 | Parameters: |
1588 | * eax = 28 - number of the function |
1623 | * eax = 28 - function number |
1589 | * ebx = what to install: |
1624 | * ebx = what to install: |
1590 | * 1 - install common volume |
1625 | * 1 - install common volume |
1591 | * 2 - install volume of a CD - audio |
1626 | * 2 - install CD-audio volume |
1592 | * cl = level of volume (0=off, 0xFF=max) |
1627 | * cl = volume level (0=off, 0xFF=max) |
1593 | Returned value: |
1628 | Returned value: |
1594 | * eax = 0 - successfully |
1629 | * eax = 0 - success |
1595 | * eax = 1 - the base SB is not defined |
1630 | * eax = 1 - SB base is not defined |
1596 | * eax = 2 - incorrect subfunction |
1631 | * eax = 2 - incorrect subfunction |
1597 | Remarks: |
1632 | Remarks: |
1598 | * Previously it is necessary to define a base port SB by call |
1633 | * Previously SB base port must be defined by |
1599 | subfunction 4 functions 21. |
1634 | subfunction 4 of function 21. |
1600 | * This function gives more variants for volume, than function 25. |
1635 | * This function gives more variants for volume, that function 25. |
1601 | 1636 | ||
1602 | ====================================================================== |
1637 | ====================================================================== |
1603 | ==================== Function 29 - get system date. ================== |
1638 | =================== Function 29 - get system date. =================== |
1604 | ====================================================================== |
1639 | ====================================================================== |
1605 | Parameters: |
1640 | Parameters: |
1606 | * eax = 29 - number of the function |
1641 | * eax = 29 - function number |
1607 | Returned value: |
1642 | Returned value: |
1608 | * eax = 0x00DDMMYY, where |
1643 | * eax = 0x00DDMMYY, where |
1609 | (binary-decimal coding is used, BCD) |
1644 | (binary-decimal coding, BCD, is used) |
1610 | * YY = two low digits of year (00.. 99) |
1645 | * YY = two low digits of year (00..99) |
1611 | * MM = month (01.. 12) |
1646 | * MM = month (01..12) |
1612 | * DD = day (01.. 31) |
1647 | * DD = day (01..31) |
1613 | Remarks: |
1648 | Remarks: |
1614 | * The system date can be installed by the function 22. |
1649 | * To set system date use function 22. |
1615 | 1650 | ||
1616 | ====================================================================== |
1651 | ====================================================================== |
1617 | =============== Function 32 - delete file with ramdisk. ============== |
1652 | =============== Function 32 - delete file from ramdisk. ============== |
1618 | ====================================================================== |
1653 | ====================================================================== |
1619 | Parameters: |
1654 | Parameters: |
1620 | * eax = 32 - number of the function |
1655 | * eax = 32 - function number |
1621 | * ebx = pointer on a filename |
1656 | * ebx = pointer to the filename |
1622 | Returned value: |
1657 | Returned value: |
1623 | * eax = 0 - successfully; differently error code of a file system |
1658 | * eax = 0 - success; otherwise file system error code |
1624 | Remarks: |
1659 | Remarks: |
1625 | * This function is obsolete; the function 58 allows to fulfil the same |
1660 | * This function is obsolete; function 58 allows to fulfill |
1626 | operations with the extended possibilities. |
1661 | the same operations with the extended possibilities. |
1627 | * Current realization returns only values 0 (successes) |
1662 | * The current implementation returns only values 0(success) and |
1628 | and 5 (the file is not retrieved). |
1663 | 5(file not found). |
- | 1664 | * The filename must be either in the format 8+3 characters |
|
1629 | * The filename should be or in the format 8+3 characters (first 8 characters |
1665 | (first 8 characters - name itself, last 3 - extension, |
1630 | - purely name, last 3 - extension, the short names and extensions are |
1666 | the short names and extensions are supplemented with spaces), |
1631 | supplemented by blanks), or in the format 8.3 characters |
1667 | or in the format 8.3 characters "FILE.EXT"/"FILE.EX " |
1632 | "FILE.EXT" / "FILE.EX" (name no more than 8 characters, point, |
1668 | (name no more than 8 characters, dot, extension 3 characters |
1633 | extension 3 characters supplemented if necessary by blanks). |
1669 | supplemented if necessary by spaces). |
1634 | Filename should be written by capital letters. The completing character |
1670 | The filename must be written with capital letters. The terminating |
- | 1671 | character with code 0 is not necessary (not ASCIIZ-string). |
|
1635 | with the code 0 is not necessary (ASCIIZ-string). |
1672 | * This function does not support folders on the ramdisk. |
1636 | 1673 | ||
1637 | ====================================================================== |
1674 | ====================================================================== |
1638 | =============== Function 33 - save file on ramdisk. ================== |
1675 | ================ Function 33 - write file to ramdisk. ================ |
1639 | ====================================================================== |
1676 | ====================================================================== |
1640 | Parameters: |
1677 | Parameters: |
1641 | * eax = 33 - number of the function |
1678 | * eax = 33 - function number |
1642 | * ebx = pointer on a filename |
1679 | * ebx = pointer to the filename |
1643 | * ecx = pointer on data for save |
1680 | * ecx = pointer to data for writing |
1644 | * edx = number byte for save |
1681 | * edx = number of bytes for writing |
1645 | * it is necessary to install esi=0 |
1682 | * should be set esi=0 |
1646 | Returned value: |
1683 | Returned value: |
1647 | * eax = 0 - successfully, differently error code of a file system |
1684 | * eax = 0 - success, otherwise file system error code |
1648 | Remarks: |
1685 | Remarks: |
1649 | * This function is obsolete; the function 58 allows to fulfil the same |
1686 | * This function is obsolete; function 70 allows to fulfil |
1650 | operations with the extended possibilities. |
1687 | the same operations with extended possibilities. |
1651 | * If to specify non-zero value in esi and on ramdisk already there is an |
1688 | * If esi contains non-zero value and selected file already exists, |
1652 | indicated file, one more file with the same name will be created. |
1689 | one more file with the same name will be created. |
1653 | * Otherwise file is resave. |
1690 | * Otherwise file will be overwritten. |
- | 1691 | * The filename must be either in the format 8+3 characters |
|
1654 | * The filename should be or in the format 8+3 characters (first 8 characters |
1692 | (first 8 characters - name itself, last 3 - extension, |
1655 | - purely name, last 3 - extension, the short names and extensions are |
1693 | the short names and extensions are supplemented with spaces), |
1656 | supplemented by blanks), or in the format 8.3 characters |
1694 | or in the format 8.3 characters "FILE.EXT"/"FILE.EX " |
1657 | "FILE.EXT" / "FILE.EX" (name no more than 8 characters, point, |
1695 | (name no more than 8 characters, dot, extension 3 characters |
1658 | extension 3 characters supplemented if necessary by blanks). |
1696 | supplemented if necessary by spaces). |
1659 | Filename should be written by capital letters. The completing character |
1697 | The filename must be written with capital letters. The terminating |
- | 1698 | character with code 0 is not necessary (not ASCIIZ-string). |
|
1660 | with the code 0 is not necessary (ASCIIZ-string). |
1699 | * This function does not support folders on the ramdisk. |
1661 | 1700 | ||
1662 | ====================================================================== |
1701 | ====================================================================== |
1663 | ======== Function 35 - read colour of a point on the screen. ========= |
1702 | ======= Function 35 - read the color of a pixel on the screen. ======= |
1664 | ====================================================================== |
1703 | ====================================================================== |
1665 | Parameters: |
1704 | Parameters: |
1666 | * eax = 35 |
1705 | * eax = 35 |
1667 | * ebx = y*xsize+x, where |
1706 | * ebx = y*xsize+x, where |
1668 | * (x,y) = coordinates of a point (considering from 0) |
1707 | * (x,y) = coordinates of a pixel (beginning from 0) |
1669 | * xsize = size of the screen on a horizontal |
1708 | * xsize = horizontal screen size |
1670 | Returned value: |
1709 | Returned value: |
1671 | * eax = colour 0x00RRGGBB |
1710 | * eax = color 0x00RRGGBB |
1672 | Remarks: |
1711 | Remarks: |
1673 | * Find out sizes of the screen it is possible by function call 14. |
1712 | * To get screen sizes use function 14. Pay attention, |
1674 | Pay attention, that it subtracts 1 of both sizes. |
1713 | that it subtracts 1 from both sizes. |
1675 | * To a video memory there is also direct access (without calls of system |
1714 | * There is also direct access (without any system calls) |
1676 | functions) through the selector gs. Parameters of current videomode |
1715 | to videomemory through the selector gs. To get parameters of |
1677 | it is possible to receive by the function 61. |
1716 | the current videomode, use function 61. |
1678 | 1717 | ||
1679 | ====================================================================== |
1718 | ====================================================================== |
1680 | =========== Function 37 - get coordinate/status of mouse. ============ |
1719 | ========= Function 37 - get coordinates/status of the mouse. ========= |
1681 | ====================================================================== |
1720 | ====================================================================== |
1682 | 1721 | ||
1683 | ------------ Subfunction 0 - screen coordinates of mouse ------------- |
1722 | ---------- Subfunction 0 - screen coordinates of the mouse ----------- |
1684 | Parameters: |
1723 | Parameters: |
1685 | * eax = 37 - number of the function |
1724 | * eax = 37 - function number |
1686 | * ebx = 0 - number subfunction |
1725 | * ebx = 0 - subfunction number |
- | 1726 | Returned value: |
|
1687 | Returned value: |
1727 | * eax = x*65536 + y, (x,y)=coordinates of the mouse pointer |
1688 | * eax = x*65536 + y, (x,y)=coordinates of mouse pointer (considering from 0) |
1728 | (beginning from 0) |
1689 | 1729 | ||
1690 | ------ Subfunction 1 - coordinates of mouse concerning window ------- |
1730 | -- Subfunction 1 - coordinates of the mouse relative to the window --- |
1691 | Parameters: |
1731 | Parameters: |
1692 | * eax = 37 - number of the function |
1732 | * eax = 37 - function number |
1693 | * ebx = 1 - number subfunction |
1733 | * ebx = 1 - subfunction number |
1694 | Returned value: |
1734 | Returned value: |
1695 | * eax = x*65536 + y, (x,y)=coordinates of mouse pointer concerning |
1735 | * eax = x*65536 + y, (x,y)=coordinates of the mouse pointer |
1696 | an application window (considering from 0) |
1736 | relative to the application window (beginning from 0) |
1697 | Remarks: |
1737 | Remarks: |
1698 | * Value is calculated under the formula (x-xwnd) *65536 + (y-ywnd). |
1738 | * The value is calculated by formula (x-xwnd)*65536 + (y-ywnd). |
1699 | If y > =ywnd, the low word nonnegatively also contains relative |
1739 | If y>=ywnd, the low word is non-negative and contains |
- | 1740 | relative y-coordinate, and the high word - relative x-coordinate |
|
1700 | y-coordinate, and high - relative x-coordinate (correct sign). |
1741 | (with correct sign). Otherwise the low word is negative and still |
1701 | Otherwise low word negatively and all the same contains relative |
1742 | contains relative y-coordinate, and to the high word |
1702 | y-coordinate, and to a high word it is necessary to add 1. |
1743 | 1 should be added. |
1703 | 1744 | ||
1704 | ---------------- Subfunction 2 - pressed mouse buttons ---------------- |
1745 | ------------ Subfunction 2 - pressed buttons of the mouse ------------ |
1705 | Parameters: |
1746 | Parameters: |
1706 | * eax = 37 - number of the function |
1747 | * eax = 37 - function number |
1707 | * ebx = 2 - number subfunction |
1748 | * ebx = 2 - subfunction number |
1708 | Returned value: |
1749 | Returned value: |
1709 | * eax contains information on the pressed mouse buttons: |
1750 | * eax contains information on the pressed mouse buttons: |
1710 | * Bit 0 installed = left button pressed |
1751 | * bit 0 is set = left button is pressed |
1711 | * Bit 1 installed = right button pressed |
1752 | * bit 1 is set = right button is pressed |
1712 | * Other bits are reset |
1753 | * other bits are cleared |
1713 | 1754 | ||
1714 | ====================================================================== |
1755 | ====================================================================== |
1715 | ====================== Function 38 - draw line. ====================== |
1756 | ====================== Function 38 - draw line. ====================== |
1716 | ====================================================================== |
1757 | ====================================================================== |
1717 | Parameters: |
1758 | Parameters: |
1718 | * eax = 38 - number of the function |
1759 | * eax = 38 - function number |
1719 | * ebx = [coordinate began on axis x] *65536 + |
1760 | * ebx = [start coordinate on axis x]*65536 + |
1720 | [coordinate of the end on axis x] |
1761 | [end coordinate on axis x] |
1721 | * ecx = [coordinate began on axis y]*65536 + |
1762 | * ecx = [start coordinate on axis y]*65536 + |
1722 | [coordinate of the end on axis y] |
1763 | [end coordinate on axis y] |
1723 | * edx = 0x00RRGGBB - colour |
1764 | * edx = 0x00RRGGBB - color |
1724 | Returned value: |
1765 | Returned value: |
1725 | * function does not return value |
1766 | * function does not return value |
1726 | Remarks: |
1767 | Remarks: |
1727 | * Coordinates take concerning window. |
1768 | * Coordinates are relative to the window. |
1728 | * Finite point also is drawn. |
1769 | * End point is also drawn. |
1729 | 1770 | ||
1730 | ====================================================================== |
1771 | ====================================================================== |
1731 | ===== Function 39, subfunction 1 - get size of background image. ===== |
1772 | == Function 39, subfunction 1 - get a size of the background image. == |
1732 | ====================================================================== |
1773 | ====================================================================== |
1733 | Parameters: |
1774 | Parameters: |
1734 | * eax = 39 - number of the function |
1775 | * eax = 39 - function number |
1735 | * ebx = 1 - number subfunction |
1776 | * ebx = 1 - subfunction number |
1736 | Returned value: |
1777 | Returned value: |
1737 | * eax = [width]*65536 + [height] |
1778 | * eax = [width]*65536 + [height] |
1738 | Remarks: |
1779 | Remarks: |
1739 | * There is a pair command of installation of sizes of background image - |
1780 | * There is a pair function to set sizes of background image - |
1740 | subfunction of 1 function 15. After which, certainly, it is necessary |
1781 | subfunction 1 of function 15. After which it is necessary, |
1741 | anew to define image. |
1782 | of course, anew to define image. |
1742 | 1783 | ||
1743 | ====================================================================== |
1784 | ====================================================================== |
1744 | == Function 39, subfunction 2 - read a point from background image. == |
1785 | == Function 39, subfunction 2 - get pixel from the background image. = |
1745 | ====================================================================== |
1786 | ====================================================================== |
1746 | Parameters: |
1787 | Parameters: |
1747 | * eax = 39 - number of the function |
1788 | * eax = 39 - function number |
1748 | * ebx = 2 - number subfunction |
1789 | * ebx = 2 - subfunction number |
1749 | * ecx = offset |
1790 | * ecx = offset |
1750 | Returned value: |
1791 | Returned value: |
- | 1792 | * eax = 0x00RRGGBB - pixel color, if offset is valid |
|
1751 | * eax = 0x00RRGGBB - colour of a point, if offset is valid (less 0x160000-16) |
1793 | (less than 0x160000-16) |
1752 | * eax = 2 - differently |
1794 | * eax = 2 otherwise |
1753 | Remarks: |
1795 | Remarks: |
1754 | * It is not necessary to rely on returned value in case of incorrect offset, |
1796 | * Do not rely on returned value for invalid offsets, it may be |
1755 | it can vary in the following versions of a kernel. |
1797 | changed in future kernel versions. |
- | 1798 | * Offset for pixel with coordinates (x,y) |
|
1756 | * Offset of a point with coordinates (x, y) is calculated as (x+y*xsize) *3. |
1799 | is calculated as (x+y*xsize)*3. |
1757 | * There is a pair function of installation of a point on background image - |
1800 | * There is a pair function to set pixel on the background image - |
1758 | subfunction 2 functions 15. |
1801 | subfunction 2 of function 15. |
1759 | 1802 | ||
1760 | ====================================================================== |
1803 | ====================================================================== |
1761 | ==== Function 39, subfunction 4 - get mode redraw of background. ===== |
1804 | == Function 39, subfunction 4 - get drawing mode for the background. = |
1762 | ====================================================================== |
1805 | ====================================================================== |
1763 | Parameters: |
1806 | Parameters: |
1764 | * eax = 39 - number of the function |
1807 | * eax = 39 - function number |
1765 | * ebx = 4 - number subfunction |
1808 | * ebx = 4 - subfunction number |
1766 | Returned value: |
1809 | Returned value: |
1767 | * eax = 1 - tiled |
1810 | * eax = 1 - tile |
1768 | * eax = 2 - stretched |
1811 | * eax = 2 - stretch |
1769 | Remarks: |
1812 | Remarks: |
1770 | * There is a pair function of installation of mode redraw of a background - |
1813 | * There is a pair function to set drawing mode - |
1771 | subfunction 4 functions 15. |
1814 | subfunction 4 of function 15. |
1772 | 1815 | ||
1773 | ====================================================================== |
1816 | ====================================================================== |
1774 | ========== Function 40 - install a mask for expected events. ========= |
1817 | =========== Function 40 - set the mask for expected events. ========== |
1775 | ====================================================================== |
1818 | ====================================================================== |
1776 | Mask for expected events influences function of operation with events 10, |
1819 | The mask for expected events affects function working with events |
1777 | 11, 23 - they inform only events allowed by this mask. |
1820 | 10, 11, 23 - they notify only about events allowed by this mask. |
1778 | Parameters: |
1821 | Parameters: |
1779 | * eax = 40 - number of the function |
1822 | * eax = 40 - function number |
1780 | * ebx = mask: bit i corresponds to event i+1 (see list of events) |
1823 | * ebx = mask: bit i corresponds to event i+1 (see list of events) |
1781 | (installed bit permits notice on event) |
1824 | (set bit permits notice on event) |
1782 | Returned value: |
1825 | Returned value: |
1783 | * function does not return value |
1826 | * function does not return value |
1784 | Remarks: |
1827 | Remarks: |
1785 | * Mask by default (7=111b) permits notices about redraw, |
1828 | * Default mask (7=111b) enables nofices about redraw, |
1786 | pressings keys and buttons. |
- | |
1787 | It is enough of it for the majority of the applications. |
1829 | keys and buttons. This is enough for many applications. |
1788 | * The events prohibited in a mask, are all same saved, if come; |
1830 | * Events prohibited in the mask are saved anyway, when come; |
1789 | with events simply do not inform on them functions of operation. |
1831 | they are simply not informed with event functions. |
1790 | * Functions of operation with events take into account a mask on moment |
1832 | * Event functions take into account the mask on moment of |
1791 | of function call, instead of on moment of arrival of message. |
1833 | function call, not on moment of event arrival. |
1792 | 1834 | ||
1793 | ====================================================================== |
1835 | ====================================================================== |
1794 | =============== Function 41 - find out the owner IRQ. ================ |
1836 | ==================== Function 41 - get IRQ owner. ==================== |
1795 | ====================================================================== |
1837 | ====================================================================== |
1796 | Parameters: |
1838 | Parameters: |
1797 | * eax = 41 - number of the function |
1839 | * eax = 41 - function number |
1798 | * ebx = number IRQ, 0..15 |
1840 | * ebx = IRQ number, 0..15 |
1799 | Returned value: |
1841 | Returned value: |
1800 | * eax = PID of owner |
1842 | * eax = owner PID |
1801 | * eax = 0, if owner is not present |
1843 | * eax = 0, if there is no owner |
1802 | * eax = -1 for incorrect ebx |
1844 | * eax = -1 for incorrect ebx |
1803 | 1845 | ||
1804 | ====================================================================== |
1846 | ====================================================================== |
1805 | =============== Function 42 - read data obtained on IRQ. ============= |
1847 | ==================== Function 42 - read IRQ data. ==================== |
1806 | ====================================================================== |
1848 | ====================================================================== |
1807 | At occurrence IRQ system can read out data from indicated earlier by |
1849 | When an IRQ occurs, the system reads data from ports indicated |
1808 | function 44 ports and to write these data in buffer. |
1850 | earlier by function 44 and writes this data to |
1809 | Described function reads out on byte the data from this buffer. |
1851 | internal buffer. This function reads out data from that buffer |
- | 1852 | bytewise. |
|
1810 | Parameters: |
1853 | Parameters: |
1811 | * eax = 42 - number of the function |
1854 | * eax = 42 - function number |
1812 | * ebx = number IRQ, 0..15 |
1855 | * ebx = IRQ number, 0..15 |
1813 | Returned value: (situation can be distinguished on value ecx) |
1856 | Returned value: (use value of ecx to distinguish) |
1814 | * if thread is not owner IRQ |
1857 | * if the thread is not IRQ owner (or IRQ number is incorrect): |
1815 | (or number IRQ is given incorrectly): |
- | |
1816 | * ecx = 2 |
1858 | * ecx = 2 |
1817 | * if data is not present: |
1859 | * if there is no data: |
1818 | * eax = 0 |
1860 | * eax = 0 |
1819 | * ecx = 1 |
1861 | * ecx = 1 |
1820 | * ebx fail |
1862 | * ebx destroyed |
1821 | * if all in the order and data were: |
1863 | * if all is ok: |
1822 | * eax = size given, yet not read from the buffer (in bytes) |
1864 | * eax = byte size of data, not yet read from buffer |
1823 | * ecx = 0 |
1865 | * ecx = 0 |
1824 | * ebx = current byte |
1866 | * ebx = current byte |
1825 | Remarks: |
1867 | Remarks: |
1826 | * Previously thread should reserve for itself indicated IRQ |
1868 | * Previously the thread must reserve indicated IRQ for itself |
1827 | by the function 45. |
1869 | by function 45. |
1828 | * Size of the buffer for the data - 4000 bytes, at overflow |
1870 | * The size of data buffer is 4000 bytes, on overflow |
1829 | the "fresh" data cease to be written in the buffer. |
1871 | "fresh" data cease to be written in the buffer. |
1830 | 1872 | ||
1831 | ====================================================================== |
1873 | ====================================================================== |
1832 | ================ Function 43 - input/output in port. ================= |
1874 | ================ Function 43 - input/output to a port. =============== |
1833 | ====================================================================== |
1875 | ====================================================================== |
1834 | 1876 | ||
1835 | ------------------------ Data output in port ------------------------- |
1877 | ------------------------ Output data to port ------------------------- |
1836 | Parameters: |
1878 | Parameters: |
1837 | * eax = 43 - number of the function |
1879 | * eax = 43 - function number |
1838 | * bl = byte for output |
1880 | * bl = byte for output |
1839 | * ecx = number of port 0xnnnn (from 0 up to 0xFFFF) |
1881 | * ecx = port number 0xnnnn (from 0 to 0xFFFF) |
1840 | Returned value: |
1882 | Returned value: |
1841 | * eax = 0 - successfully |
1883 | * eax = 0 - success |
1842 | * eax = 1 - thread the indicated port has not reserved |
1884 | * eax = 1 - the thread has not reserved the selected port |
1843 | 1885 | ||
1844 | ------------------------ Data input from a port ------------------------ |
1886 | ------------------------ Input data from port ------------------------ |
1845 | Parameters: |
1887 | Parameters: |
1846 | * eax = 43 - number of the function |
1888 | * eax = 43 - function number |
1847 | * ebx ignored |
1889 | * ebx is ignored |
1848 | * ecx = 0x8000nnnn, where nnnn = number of port (from 0 up to 0xFFFF) |
1890 | * ecx = 0x8000nnnn, where nnnn = port number (from 0 to 0xFFFF) |
1849 | Returned value: |
1891 | Returned value: |
1850 | * eax = 0 - successfully, thus ebx = entered byte |
1892 | * eax = 0 - success, thus ebx = entered byte |
1851 | * eax = 1 - thread the given port has not reserved |
1893 | * eax = 1 - the thread has not reserved the selected port |
1852 | Remarks: |
1894 | Remarks: |
1853 | * Previously thread should reserve behind itself the indicated port |
1895 | * Previously the thread must reserve the selected port |
1854 | by the function 46. |
1896 | for itself by function 46. |
1855 | * For the reserved ports instead of call of these functions it is better |
- | |
1856 | to use commands of the processor in/out is much faster both a little bit |
1897 | * Instead of call to this function it is better to use |
1857 | more shortly and easier. From the non-reserved ports to read all the same |
1898 | processor instructions in/out - this is much |
1858 | it is impossible. |
1899 | faster and a bit shorter and easier. |
1859 | 1900 | ||
1860 | ====================================================================== |
1901 | ====================================================================== |
1861 | =========== Function 44 - define operations at arrival IRQ. ========== |
1902 | =========== Function 44 - define operations at IRQ arrival. ========== |
1862 | ====================================================================== |
1903 | ====================================================================== |
1863 | At occurrence IRQ the system can read out the data from the ports, indicated |
1904 | At IRQ arrival the system can read the data from ports defined |
1864 | by this function, and to write these data in the buffer, whence they can be |
1905 | by this function and write these data to internal buffer, whence |
1865 | read by the function 42. |
1906 | they can be read by ôóíêöèåé 42. |
1866 | Parameters: |
1907 | Parameters: |
1867 | * eax = 44 - number of the function |
1908 | * eax = 44 - function number |
1868 | * ebx = pointer on the array of structures describing on one port: |
1909 | * ebx = pointer to the array of structures each describing one port: |
1869 | * +0: word: 0 means the end of the array, differently number of a port |
1910 | * +0: word: 0 means end of array, otherwise port number |
1870 | * +2: byte: reserved (ignored) |
1911 | * +2: byte: reserved (ignored) |
1871 | * +3: byte: 1 = read out byte from this port, 2 = read out a word |
1912 | * +3: byte: 1=read byte from this port, 2=read word |
1872 | * ecx = number IRQ, 0..15 |
1913 | * ecx = IRQ number, 0..15 |
1873 | Returned value: |
1914 | Returned value: |
1874 | * eax = 0 - successfully |
1915 | * eax = 0 - success |
1875 | * eax = 1 - thread is not owner indicated IRQ |
1916 | * eax = 1 - the thread is not owner of selected IRQ |
1876 | Remarks: |
1917 | Remarks: |
1877 | * Previously thread should reserve behind itself indicated IRQ |
1918 | * Previously the thread must reserve for itself selected IRQ |
1878 | by the function 45. |
1919 | by function 45. |
1879 | * First 16 ports are considered only. |
1920 | * First 16 ports are considered only. |
1880 | * Current implementation considers incorrect value of a field +3 |
1921 | * The current implementation considers incorrect value of field +3 |
1881 | as a signal of termination of processing IRQ. |
1922 | as a signal to terminate IRQ processing. |
1882 | 1923 | ||
1883 | ====================================================================== |
1924 | ====================================================================== |
1884 | ============ Function 45 - reserve/free IRQ. ============ |
1925 | =================== Function 45 - reserve/free IRQ. ================== |
1885 | ====================================================================== |
1926 | ====================================================================== |
1886 | Parameters: |
1927 | Parameters: |
- | 1928 | * eax = 45 - function number |
|
1887 | * eax = 45 - number of the function |
1929 | * ebx = 0 - reserve, 1 = free |
1888 | * ebx = 0 - reserve, 1 = free |
1930 | * ecx = IRQ number, 0..15 |
1889 | * ecx = number IRQ, 0..15 |
1931 | Returned value: |
1890 | Returned value: |
1932 | * eax = 0 - success |
1891 | * eax = 0 - successfully |
1933 | * eax = 1 - error (invalid IRQ number |
1892 | * eax = 1 - error (incorrect number IRQ or attempt reserve not free IRQ |
1934 | or attempt to reserve not free IRQ |
1893 | or to free IRQ, not reserved by current stream) |
1935 | or to free IRQ, not reserved by this thread) |
1894 | Remarks: |
1936 | Remarks: |
- | 1937 | * IRQ reservation is required for functions 42 and 44. |
|
1895 | * Reserved IRQ is necessary for operation of functions 42 and 44. |
1938 | * Only one thread can reserve the specific IRQ. |
1896 | * Only one thread can reserve selected IRQ. |
1939 | * IRQs, handled by the system itself, are reserved by the system |
1897 | * IRQ, processed by the system is independent, are reserved by |
1940 | (thread 1) at booting. |
1898 | the system (stream 1) at loading. |
1941 | * When a thread terminates, all reserved by it IRQs |
1899 | * At completion thread are automatically released all reserved by it IRQ. |
1942 | are freed automatically. |
- | 1943 | ||
1900 | 1944 | ====================================================================== |
|
1901 | ====================================================================== |
1945 | ====== Function 46 - reserve/free a group of input/output ports. ===== |
1902 | ==== Function 46 - reserve/free group of ports of input/output. ====== |
1946 | ====================================================================== |
1903 | ====================================================================== |
1947 | To work with reserved ports an application can access directly by |
1904 | It is possible to access to the reserved ports directly from the application by |
1948 | commands in/out (recommended way) and can use function 43 |
1905 | commands in/out (recommended way) and function call 43 (not recommended way). |
1949 | (not recommended way). |
1906 | Parameters: |
1950 | Parameters: |
1907 | * eax = 46 - number of the function |
1951 | * eax = 46 - function number |
1908 | * ebx = 0 - reserve, 1 - free |
1952 | * ebx = 0 - reserve, 1 - free |
1909 | * ecx = number of a beginning of a range of ports |
1953 | * ecx = start port number |
1910 | * edx = number of the end of a range of ports (inclusively) |
1954 | * edx = end port number (inclusive) |
1911 | Returned value: |
1955 | Returned value: |
1912 | * eax = 0 - successfully |
1956 | * eax = 0 - success |
1913 | * eax = 1 - error |
1957 | * eax = 1 - error |
1914 | Remarks: |
1958 | Remarks: |
1915 | * In case of backup of ports the error considers execution of one |
1959 | * For ports reservation: an error occurs if and only if |
1916 | of conditions: |
1960 | one from the following condition satisfies: |
1917 | * beginning address more than end address; |
1961 | * start port is more than end port; |
1918 | * indicated range contains incorrect number of a port |
1962 | * the selected range contains incorrect port number |
1919 | (correct - from 0 up to 0xFFFF); |
1963 | (correct are from 0 to 0xFFFF); |
1920 | * limitation on a total number of the reserved areas - |
1964 | * limit for the total number of reserved areas is exceeded |
1921 | is exceeded the maximal 255 is admitted; |
1965 | (maximum 255 are allowed); |
1922 | * indicated range is intersected with one of earlier reserved |
1966 | * the selected range intersects with any of earlier reserved |
1923 | * In case of release of ports the error considers attempt of release of |
1967 | * For ports free: an error is an attempt to free range, |
1924 | a range, which was not wholly reserved by same function (with the same |
1968 | that was not earlier reserved by this function |
- | 1969 | (with same ecx,edx). |
|
1925 | values ecx, edx) earlier. |
1970 | * If an error occurs (for both cases) function performs no action. |
1926 | * At detection of an error (in both cases) any operations is not does. |
1971 | * At booting the system reserves for itself ports 0..0xff, and if |
1927 | * At loading the system reserved behind itself ports 0.. 0xff, and at |
1972 | COM-mouse is detected - additionally range of COM-ports |
1928 | detection of COM-mouse - in addition range of COM-ports 0x3f0.. 0x3ff |
1973 | 0x3f0..0x3ff and/or 0x2f0..0x2ff. |
1929 | and/or 0x2f0.. 0x2ff. |
1974 | * When a thread terminates, all reserved by it ports |
1930 | * At completion thread all ports, reserved by it are automatically free. |
1975 | are freed automatically. |
1931 | 1976 | ||
1932 | ====================================================================== |
1977 | ====================================================================== |
1933 | ============== Function 47 - draw number in window. ================== |
1978 | ============= Function 47 - draw a number in the window. ============= |
1934 | ====================================================================== |
1979 | ====================================================================== |
1935 | Parameters: |
1980 | Parameters: |
1936 | * eax = 47 - number of the function |
1981 | * eax = 47 - function number |
1937 | * ebx = parameters of conversion of number in the text: |
1982 | * ebx = parameters of conversion number to text: |
1938 | * bl = 0 - ecx contains number |
1983 | * bl = 0 - ecx contains number |
1939 | * bl = 1 - ecx contains the pointer on dword-number |
1984 | * bl = 1 - ecx contains pointer to dword-number |
1940 | * bh = 0 - to display in a decimal number system |
1985 | * bh = 0 - display in decimal number system |
1941 | * bh = 1 - to display in the hexadecimal system |
1986 | * bh = 1 - display in hexadecimal system |
1942 | * bh = 2 - to display in the binary system |
1987 | * bh = 2 - display in binary system |
1943 | * Bits 16-21 = how many digits to display |
1988 | * áèòû 16-21 = how many digits to display |
1944 | * The bits 22-31 are reserved and should be installed in 0 |
1989 | * áèòû 22-31 reserved and must be set to 0 |
1945 | * ecx = number (at bl=0) or pointer (at bl=1) |
1990 | * ecx = number (if bl=0) or pointer (if bl=1) |
1946 | * edx = [coordinate on axis x]*65536 + [coordinate on axis y] |
1991 | * edx = [coordinate on axis x]*65536 + [coordinate on axis y] |
1947 | * esi = 0xN0RRGGBB, RRGGBB=colour, N=font (0/1) |
1992 | * esi = 0xN0RRGGBB, RRGGBB=color, N=font (0/1) |
1948 | Returned value: |
1993 | Returned value: |
1949 | * function does not return value |
1994 | * function does not return value |
1950 | Remarks: |
1995 | Remarks: |
1951 | * Indicated length should not exceed 60. |
1996 | * The given length must not exceed 60. |
1952 | * The equally indicated amount of digits is output. If the number a little |
1997 | * The exactly given amount of digits is output. If number is small |
1953 | also can be written by smaller amount of digits, it is supplemented by |
1998 | and can be written by smaller amount of digits, it is supplemented |
1954 | leading zeroes; if the number is great and can not be written by such |
1999 | by leading zeroes; if the number is big and can not be written by |
1955 | amount of digits, the "superfluous" carrying on digits are not draw. |
2000 | given amount of digits, extra digits are not drawn. |
1956 | * Parameters of fonts are indicated in the description of the function 4 |
2001 | * Parameters of fonts are shown in the description of function 4 |
1957 | (output of the text). |
2002 | (text output). |
1958 | 2003 | ||
1959 | ====================================================================== |
2004 | ====================================================================== |
1960 | ===== Function 48, subfunction 0 - apply adjustments of screen. ====== |
2005 | ========= Function 48, subfunction 0 - apply screen settings. ======== |
1961 | ====================================================================== |
2006 | ====================================================================== |
1962 | Parameters: |
2007 | Parameters: |
1963 | * eax = 48 - number of the function |
2008 | * eax = 48 - function number |
1964 | * ebx = 0 - number subfunction |
2009 | * ebx = 0 - subfunction number |
1965 | * ecx = 0 - reserved |
2010 | * ecx = 0 - reserved |
1966 | Returned value: |
2011 | Returned value: |
1967 | * function does not return value |
2012 | * function does not return value |
1968 | Remarks: |
2013 | Remarks: |
1969 | * Function redraw the screen after change of parameters |
2014 | * Function redraws the screen after parameters change by |
1970 | subfunctions 1 and 2. |
2015 | subfunctions 1 and 2. |
1971 | * Function call without prior calls indicated subfunctions is ignored. |
2016 | * Function call without prior call to one of indicated subfunctions |
- | 2017 | is ignored. |
|
1972 | * Function call with non-zero ecx is ignored. |
2018 | * Function call with nonzero ecx is ignored. |
1973 | 2019 | ||
1974 | ====================================================================== |
2020 | ====================================================================== |
1975 | ======= Function 48, subfunction 1 - install style of buttons. ======= |
2021 | =========== Function 48, subfunction 1 - set button style. =========== |
1976 | ====================================================================== |
2022 | ====================================================================== |
1977 | Parameters: |
2023 | Parameters: |
1978 | * eax = 48 - number of the function |
2024 | * eax = 48 - function number |
1979 | * ebx = 1 - number subfunction |
2025 | * ebx = 1 - subfunction number |
1980 | * ecx = type of buttons: |
2026 | * ecx = button style: |
1981 | * 0 = flat buttons |
2027 | * 0 = flat |
1982 | * 1 = 3d buttons |
- | |
1983 | Returned value: |
- | |
1984 | * function does not return value |
- | |
1985 | Remarks: |
- | |
1986 | * After call of the described function follows redraw |
- | |
1987 | the screen subfunction 0. |
- | |
1988 | * Type of buttons influences only their plotting by the function 8. |
- | |
1989 | - | ||
1990 | ======================================================================== |
- | |
1991 | == Function 48, subfunction 2 - install standard colours of windows. === |
- | |
1992 | ======================================================================== |
- | |
1993 | Parameters: |
- | |
1994 | * eax = 48 - number of the function |
- | |
1995 | * ebx = 2 - number subfunction |
- | |
1996 | * ecx = pointer on the color table |
- | |
1997 | * edx = size of the color table |
- | |
1998 | (should be 40 bytes for the future compatibility) |
- | |
1999 | Format of the color table is indicated in the description subfunction 3. |
2028 | * 1 = 3d |
2000 | Returned value: |
2029 | Returned value: |
2001 | * function does not return value |
2030 | * function does not return value |
2002 | Remarks: |
2031 | Remarks: |
2003 | * After call of the described function follows redraw |
2032 | * After call to this function one should redraw the screen by |
2004 | the screen subfunction 0. |
2033 | subfunction 0. |
2005 | * Table of standard colours influences only the applications, which receive |
2034 | * Button style influences only to their draw of function 8. |
2006 | this table by an obvious way (subfunction 3) and use (specifying colours |
- | |
2007 | from it by calls of functions of drawing). |
- | |
2008 | * Table of standard colours enters in skin and is installed anew |
- | |
2009 | at installation skin (subfunction 8). |
- | |
2010 | * Color table can be viewed/changed online with the help of |
- | |
2011 | the application desktop. |
- | |
2012 | 2035 | ||
2013 | ====================================================================== |
2036 | ====================================================================== |
2014 | === Function 48, subfunction 3 - get standard colours of windows. ==== |
2037 | ====== Function 48, subfunction 2 - set standard window colors. ====== |
2015 | ====================================================================== |
2038 | ====================================================================== |
2016 | Parameters: |
2039 | Parameters: |
2017 | * eax = 48 - number of the function |
2040 | * eax = 48 - function number |
2018 | * ebx = 3 - number subfunction |
2041 | * ebx = 2 - subfunction number |
2019 | * ecx = pointer on the buffer the size edx byte, where will write the table |
2042 | * ecx = pointer to the color table |
2020 | * edx = size of the color table |
2043 | * edx = size of the color table |
- | 2044 | (must be 40 bytes for future compatibility) |
|
2021 | (should be 40 bytes for the future compatibility) |
2045 | Format of the color table is shown in description of subfunction 3. |
2022 | Returned value: |
2046 | Returned value: |
- | 2047 | * function does not return value |
|
- | 2048 | Remarks: |
|
- | 2049 | * After call to this function one should redraw the screen by |
|
- | 2050 | subfunction 0. |
|
- | 2051 | * Table of standard colors influences only to applications, |
|
- | 2052 | which receive this table obviously (by subfunction 3) |
|
- | 2053 | and use it (specifying colors from it to drawing functions). |
|
- | 2054 | * Table of standard colors is included in skin and is installed |
|
- | 2055 | anew with skin installation (by subfunction 8). |
|
- | 2056 | * Color table can be viewed/changed interactively with |
|
- | 2057 | the application 'desktop'. |
|
- | 2058 | ||
- | 2059 | ====================================================================== |
|
- | 2060 | ====== Function 48, subfunction 3 - get standard window colors. ====== |
|
- | 2061 | ====================================================================== |
|
- | 2062 | Parameters: |
|
- | 2063 | * eax = 48 - function number |
|
- | 2064 | * ebx = 3 - subfunction number |
|
- | 2065 | * ecx = pointer to the buffer with size edx bytes, |
|
- | 2066 | where table will be written |
|
- | 2067 | * edx = size of color table |
|
- | 2068 | (must be 40 bytes for future compatibility) |
|
- | 2069 | Returned value: |
|
2023 | * function does not return value |
2070 | * function does not return value |
2024 | Format of the color table: each unit - |
2071 | Format of the color table: |
2025 | dword-value of colour 0x00RRGGBB |
2072 | each item is dword-value for color 0x00RRGGBB |
2026 | * +0: dword: frames - colour of frame |
2073 | * +0: dword: frames - color of frame |
2027 | * +4: dword: grab - colour of header |
2074 | * +4: dword: grab - color of header |
2028 | * +8: dword: grab_button - colour of the button on a bar of header |
2075 | * +8: dword: grab_button - color of button on header bar |
2029 | * +12 = +0xC: dword: grab_button_text - colour of the text on the button |
2076 | * +12 = +0xC: dword: grab_button_text - color of text on button |
2030 | on a bar of header |
2077 | on header bar |
2031 | * +16 = +0x10: dword: grab_text - colour of the text on header |
2078 | * +16 = +0x10: dword: grab_text - color of text on header |
2032 | * +20 = +0x14: dword: work - colour of a working area |
2079 | * +20 = +0x14: dword: work - color of working area |
2033 | * +24 = +0x18: dword: work_button - colour of the button in a working area |
2080 | * +24 = +0x18: dword: work_button - color of button in working area |
2034 | * +28 = +0x1C: dword: work_button_text - colour of the text on the button |
2081 | * +28 = +0x1C: dword: work_button_text - color of text on button |
2035 | in a working area |
2082 | in working area |
2036 | * +32 = +0x20: dword: work_text - colour of the text in a working area |
2083 | * +32 = +0x20: dword: work_text - color of text in working area |
2037 | * +36 = +0x24: dword: work_graph - colour of a graphics in a working area |
2084 | * +36 = +0x24: dword: work_graph - color of graphics in working area |
2038 | Remarks: |
2085 | Remarks: |
2039 | * structure of the color table is described in the standard included file |
2086 | * Structure of the color table is described in the standard |
2040 | macros.inc under the name system_colors; for example, it is possible |
2087 | include file 'macros.inc' as 'system_colors'; for example, |
2041 | to write: |
2088 | it is possible to write: |
2042 | sc system_colors ; declaration of a variable |
2089 | sc system_colors ; variable declaration |
2043 | ... ; where it is necessary to call |
2090 | ... ; somewhere one must call |
2044 | ; described function with ecx=sc |
2091 | ; this function with ecx=sc |
2045 | mov ecx, [sc.work_button_text] ; read colour of the text |
2092 | mov ecx, [sc.work_button_text] ; read text color on |
2046 | ; on the button in a working area |
2093 | ; buttin in working area |
2047 | * Usage/non-use of these colours - business is exclusively of the program. |
2094 | * A program itself desides to use or not to use color table. |
2048 | For usage it is necessary simply at call of functions of drawing to |
2095 | For usage program must simply at calls to drawing functions select |
2049 | specify colour, taken from this table. |
2096 | color taken from the table. |
2050 | * At change of the table of standard colours (subfunction 2 with the |
2097 | * At change of the table of standard colors (by subfunction 2 with |
2051 | subsequent application of changes subfunction 0 or at installation skin |
2098 | the subsequent application of changes by subfunction 0 or |
2052 | subfunction 8) all windows the message on necessity redraw (event with |
2099 | at skin set by subfunction 8) the system sends to all windows |
2053 | the code 1) is dispatched. |
2100 | redraw message (the event with code 1). |
2054 | * Color table can be viewed/changed online with the help of |
2101 | * Color table can be viewed/changed interactively with |
2055 | the application desktop. |
2102 | the application 'desktop'. |
2056 | 2103 | ||
2057 | ====================================================================== |
2104 | ====================================================================== |
2058 | ========== Function 48, subfunction 4 - get height of skin. ========== |
2105 | ============ Function 48, subfunction 4 - get skin height. =========== |
2059 | ====================================================================== |
2106 | ====================================================================== |
2060 | Parameters: |
2107 | Parameters: |
2061 | * eax = 48 - number of the function |
2108 | * eax = 48 - function number |
2062 | * ebx = 4 - number subfunction |
2109 | * ebx = 4 - subfunction number |
2063 | Returned value: |
2110 | Returned value: |
2064 | * eax = height of skin |
2111 | * eax = skin height |
2065 | Remarks: |
2112 | Remarks: |
2066 | * Height skin on definition considers height of header |
2113 | * Skin height is defined as the height of a header |
2067 | of windows using skin. |
2114 | of skinned windows. |
2068 | * See also common structure of the window in the description |
2115 | * See also general structure of window in the description |
2069 | of the function 0. |
2116 | of function 0. |
2070 | 2117 | ||
2071 | ====================================================================== |
2118 | ====================================================================== |
2072 | ==== Function 48, subfunction 5 - get working area of the screen. ==== |
2119 | ======== Function 48, subfunction 5 - get screen working area. ======= |
2073 | ====================================================================== |
2120 | ====================================================================== |
2074 | Parameters: |
2121 | Parameters: |
2075 | * eax = 48 - number of the function |
2122 | * eax = 48 - function number |
2076 | * ebx = 5 - number subfunction |
2123 | * ebx = 5 - subfunction number |
2077 | Returned value: |
2124 | Returned value: |
2078 | * eax = [left]*65536 + [right] |
2125 | * eax = [left]*65536 + [right] |
2079 | * ebx = [top]*65536 + [bottom] |
2126 | * ebx = [top]*65536 + [bottom] |
2080 | Remarks: |
2127 | Remarks: |
2081 | * Working area of the screen defines a location and coordinates |
2128 | * The screen working area defines position and coordinates of |
2082 | of the maximized window. |
2129 | a maximized window. |
2083 | * Working area of the screen by normal operation is all screen |
2130 | * The screen working area in view of normal work is all screen |
2084 | minus the panel (@panel). |
2131 | without system panel (the application '@panel'). |
2085 | * (left,top) - coordinates of the left upper corner, |
2132 | * (left,top) are coordinates of the left upper corner, |
2086 | (right,bottom) - coordinates of the right lower corner. |
2133 | (right,bottom) are coordinates of the right lower one. |
2087 | Thus, the size of a working area on an axis x is defined by |
2134 | Thus the size of working area on x axis can be calculated by |
2088 | the formula right-left+1, on an axis y - formula bottom-right+1. |
2135 | formula right-left+1, on y axis - by formula bottom-right+1. |
- | 2136 | * See also function 14, |
|
2089 | * See also function 14, permitting to define sizes of all screen. |
2137 | to get sizes of all screen. |
2090 | * There is a pair function of installation of a working area - |
2138 | * There is a pair function to set working area - subfunction 6. |
2091 | subfunction 6. |
- | |
2092 | 2139 | ||
2093 | ====================================================================== |
2140 | ====================================================================== |
2094 | === Function 48, subfunction 6 - install a working area of screen. === |
2141 | ======== Function 48, subfunction 6 - set screen working area. ======= |
2095 | ====================================================================== |
2142 | ====================================================================== |
2096 | Parameters: |
2143 | Parameters: |
2097 | * eax = 48 - number of the function |
2144 | * eax = 48 - function number |
2098 | * ebx = 6 - number subfunction |
2145 | * ebx = 6 - subfunction number |
2099 | * ecx = [left]*65536 + [right] |
2146 | * ecx = [left]*65536 + [right] |
2100 | * edx = [top]*65536 + [bottom] |
2147 | * edx = [top]*65536 + [bottom] |
2101 | Returned value: |
2148 | Returned value: |
2102 | * function does not return value |
2149 | * function does not return value |
2103 | Remarks: |
2150 | Remarks: |
2104 | * Working area of the screen defines a location and coordinates |
2151 | * The screen working area defines position and coordinates of |
2105 | of the maximized window. |
2152 | a maximized window. |
2106 | * This function is used only by application @panel, installing by |
2153 | * This function is used only by the application '@panel', |
2107 | a working area all screen minus the panel. |
2154 | which set working area to all screen without system panel. |
2108 | * (left,top) - coordinates of the left upper corner, |
2155 | * (left,top) are coordinates of the left upper corner, |
2109 | (right,bottom) - coordinates of the right lower corner. |
2156 | (right,bottom) are coordinates of the right lower one. |
2110 | Thus, the size of a working area on an axis x is defined by |
2157 | Thus the size of working area on x axis can be calculated by |
2111 | the formula right-left+1, on an axis y - formula bottom-right+1. |
2158 | formula right-left+1, on y axis - by formula bottom-right+1. |
2112 | * If left > =right, the x-coordinates of a working area do not vary. |
2159 | * If 'left'>='right', x-coordinate of working area is not changed. |
2113 | If left < 0, left is not installed. If right it is more or equally |
2160 | If 'left'<0, 'left' will not be set. If 'right' is greater than or |
2114 | width of the screen, right is not installed. Similarly on an axis y. |
2161 | equal to screen width, 'right' will not be set. |
- | 2162 | Similarly on y axis. |
|
- | 2163 | * See also function 14, |
|
2115 | * See also function 14, permitting to define sizes of all screen. |
2164 | to get sizes of all screen. |
2116 | * There is a pair function of get of a working area - subfunction 5. |
2165 | * There is a pair function to get working area - subfunction 5. |
2117 | * This function automatically redraw the screen, on a course of business |
2166 | * This function redraws the screen automatically, |
2118 | updates coordinates and rule(situation) of the maximized windows. |
2167 | updating coordinates and sizes of maximized windows. |
2119 | All windows are informed on necessity redraw (event 1). |
2168 | The system sends to all windows redraw message (the event 1). |
2120 | 2169 | ||
2121 | ====================================================================== |
2170 | ====================================================================== |
2122 | ====================== Function 48, subfunction 7 ==================== |
- | |
2123 | ================= Get skin area for the text of header. ============== |
2171 | =========== Function 48, subfunction 7 - get skin margins. =========== |
2124 | ====================================================================== |
2172 | ====================================================================== |
2125 | Returns title bar of the window with skin, intended for output of the |
2173 | Returns the area of a header of a skinned window, intended for |
2126 | text of header. |
2174 | a text of a header. |
2127 | Parameters: |
2175 | Parameters: |
2128 | * eax = 48 - number of the function |
2176 | * eax = 48 - function number |
2129 | * ebx = 7 - number subfunction |
2177 | * ebx = 7 - subfunction number |
2130 | Returned value: |
2178 | Returned value: |
2131 | * eax = [left]*65536 + [right] |
2179 | * eax = [left]*65536 + [right] |
2132 | * ebx = [top]*65536 + [bottom] |
2180 | * ebx = [top]*65536 + [bottom] |
2133 | Remarks: |
2181 | Remarks: |
2134 | * Usage/non-use of this function - personal business of the application. |
2182 | * An application decides itself to use or not to use this function. |
2135 | * It is recommended to take into account values returned by this function, |
2183 | * It is recommended to take into account returned value |
2136 | at choice of a place for drawing the text of header (function 4) or any |
2184 | of this function for choice of a place for drawing header text |
2137 | of a substitute of the text of header (at the discretion of the |
2185 | (by function 4) or a substitute of header text |
2138 | application). |
2186 | (at the discretion of an application). |
2139 | 2187 | ||
2140 | ====================================================================== |
2188 | ====================================================================== |
2141 | ===== Function 48, subfunction 8 - install used skin of windows. ===== |
2189 | ============= Function 48, subfunction 8 - set used skin. ============ |
2142 | ====================================================================== |
2190 | ====================================================================== |
2143 | Parameters: |
2191 | Parameters: |
2144 | * eax = 48 - number of the function |
2192 | * eax = 48 - function number |
2145 | * ebx = 8 - number subfunction |
2193 | * ebx = 8 - subfunction number |
2146 | * ecx = pointer on the block for the function 58, in which the field of |
2194 | * ecx = pointer to a block for function 58, in |
2147 | the intermediate buffer is placed(installed) and the filename is indicated |
2195 | which the fields of intermediate buffer and file name are filled |
2148 | Returned value: |
2196 | Returned value: |
2149 | * eax = 0 - successfully |
2197 | * eax = 0 - success |
- | 2198 | * otherwise eax = file system error code; if file does not |
|
2150 | * differently eax = an error code of a file system; if the file does |
2199 | contain valid skin, function returns error 3 |
2151 | not set skin, comes back error 3 (unknown file system). |
2200 | (unknown file system). |
2152 | Remarks: |
2201 | Remarks: |
2153 | * At successful loading skin all windows are informed on necessity |
2202 | * After successful skin loading the system sends to all windows |
2154 | redraw (event 1). |
2203 | redraw message (the event 1). |
- | 2204 | * At booting the system reads skin from file 'default.skn' |
|
2155 | * At loading the system reads out skin from the file default.skn on ramdisk. |
2205 | on ramdisk. |
2156 | * User can change skin statically, having created default.skn, |
2206 | * User can change the skin statically by creating hisself |
2157 | or dynamically with the help of the application desktop. |
2207 | 'default.skn' or dynamically with the application 'desktop'. |
2158 | 2208 | ||
2159 | ====================================================================== |
2209 | ====================================================================== |
2160 | ============ Function 49 - Advanced Power Management (APM). =========== |
2210 | =========== Function 49 - Advanced Power Management (APM). =========== |
- | 2211 | ====================================================================== |
|
2161 | ====================================================================== |
2212 | Parameters: |
2162 | Parameters: |
2213 | * eax = 49 - function number |
2163 | * eax = 49 - number of the function |
2214 | * dx = number of the APM function |
2164 | * dx = number of the function APM (clone ax in the specification) |
2215 | (analogue of ax in APM specification) |
2165 | * bx, cx = parameters of the function APM |
2216 | * bx, cx = parameters of the APM function |
2166 | Returned value: |
2217 | Returned value: |
2167 | * 16-bit registers ax, bx, cx, dx, si, di and flag CF are installed |
2218 | * 16-bit registers ax, bx, cx, dx, si, di and carry flag CF |
- | 2219 | are set according to the APM specification |
|
2168 | according to the specification APM |
2220 | * high halves of 32-bit registers eax, ebx, ecx, |
2169 | * high halves of 32-bit registers eax, ebx, ecx, edx, esi, edi fail |
2221 | edx, esi, edi are destroyed |
2170 | Remarks: |
2222 | Remarks: |
2171 | * Specification APM 1.2 is described in document |
2223 | * APM 1.2 specification is described in the document |
2172 | "Advanced Power Management (APM) BIOS Specification " |
2224 | "Advanced Power Management (APM) BIOS Specification" |
2173 | (Revision 1.2), accessible on |
2225 | (Revision 1.2), available at |
2174 | http://www.microsoft.com/whdc/archive/amp_12.mspx; |
2226 | http://www.microsoft.com/whdc/archive/amp_12.mspx; |
2175 | besides it is included in known Interrupt List by Ralf Brown |
2227 | besides it is included in famous Interrupt List by Ralf Brown |
2176 | (http://www.pobox.com/~ralf/files.html, |
2228 | (http://www.pobox.com/~ralf/files.html, |
2177 | ftp://ftp.cs.cmu.edu/afs/cs/user/ralf/pub/). |
2229 | ftp://ftp.cs.cmu.edu/afs/cs/user/ralf/pub/). |
2178 | 2230 | ||
2179 | ====================================================================== |
2231 | ====================================================================== |
2180 | =========== Function 50 - installation of form of window. ============ |
2232 | =================== Function 50 - set window shape. ================== |
2181 | ====================================================================== |
2233 | ====================================================================== |
2182 | The usual windows represent rectangles. With the help of this function the |
2234 | Normal windows have rectangular shape. This function can give to |
2183 | window can add the arbitrary form. The form sets by a set of points inside |
2235 | a window any shape. The shape is given by a set of points inside |
2184 | a framing rectangle concerning to the window. Location and the sizes of |
2236 | the base rectangle belonging to a window. Position and coordinates |
2185 | a framing rectangle are set by the function 0 and vary with the function 67. |
2237 | of the base rectangle are set by function 0 |
- | 2238 | and changed by function 67. |
|
2186 | 2239 | ||
2187 | ----------- Installation of data with information on form ------------ |
2240 | --------------------------- Set shape data --------------------------- |
2188 | Parameters: |
2241 | Parameters: |
2189 | * eax = 50 - number of the function |
2242 | * eax = 50 - function number |
2190 | * ebx = 0 - number subfunction |
2243 | * ebx = 0 - subfunction number |
2191 | * ecx = pointer on the given forms (array byte 0/1) |
2244 | * ecx = pointer to shape data (array of bytes 0/1) |
2192 | Returned value: |
2245 | Returned value: |
2193 | * function does not return value |
2246 | * function does not return value |
2194 | 2247 | ||
2195 | ---------------- Installation of a scale of given form --------------- |
2248 | -------------------------- Set shape scale --------------------------- |
2196 | Parameters: |
2249 | Parameters: |
2197 | * eax = 50 - number of the function |
2250 | * eax = 50 - function number |
2198 | * ebx = 1 - number subfunction |
2251 | * ebx = 1 - subfunction number |
2199 | * ecx sets a scale: each byte of the data defines |
2252 | * ecx sets a scale: each byte of data defines |
2200 | (2^scale) * (2^scale) of pixels |
2253 | (2^scale)*(2^scale) pixels |
2201 | Returned value: |
2254 | Returned value: |
2202 | * function does not return value |
2255 | * function does not return value |
2203 | Remarks: |
2256 | Remarks: |
2204 | * Scale is by default equal 0 (scaling factor 1). If in the given form |
2257 | * Default scale is 0 (scale factor is 1). If in the shape data |
2205 | of one byte corresponds to one pixel, the scale is possible to not install. |
2258 | one byte corresponds to one pixel, there is no necessity |
- | 2259 | to set scale. |
|
2206 | * Let's designate xsize = width of the window (in pixels), ysize = height; |
2260 | * Let's designate xsize = window width (in pixels), ysize = height; |
2207 | pay attention, that they on unit are more, than installed by |
2261 | pay attention, that they are one pixel more than defined by |
2208 | functions 0, 67. |
2262 | functions 0, 67. |
2209 | * On definition of a scale xsize and ysize should be divided on 2^scale. |
2263 | * On definition of scale xsize and ysize must be divisible |
- | 2264 | on 2^scale. |
|
2210 | * Byte of the data on offset a should be 0/1 and defines an accessory to |
2265 | * Byte of data on offset 'a' must be 0/1 and defines belonging |
2211 | the window of a square with the side 2^scale (at scale=0 we receive |
2266 | to a window of square with the side 2^scale (if scale=0, |
2212 | a pixel) and coordinates of the left upper corner |
2267 | this is one pixel) and coordinates of the left upper corner |
2213 | (a mod (xsize shr scale), a div (xsize shr scale)) |
2268 | (a mod (xsize shr scale), a div (xsize shr scale)) |
2214 | * Size of the data: (xsize shr scale)*(ysize shr scale). |
2269 | * Data size: (xsize shr scale)*(ysize shr scale). |
2215 | * Data should be present at memory and not vary after installation |
2270 | * Data must be presented in the memory and not change |
2216 | of the form. |
2271 | after set of shape. |
2217 | * System views the data on the form at everyone redraw of the window |
2272 | * The system views the shape data at every window redraw by |
2218 | by the function 0. |
2273 | function 0. |
2219 | * Call subfunction 0 with the zero pointer results in return to the |
2274 | * The call of subfunction 0 with NULL pointer results in return |
2220 | rectangular form. |
2275 | to the rectangular shape. |
2221 | 2276 | ||
2222 | ====================================================================== |
2277 | ====================================================================== |
2223 | ==================== Function 51 - create thread. ==================== |
2278 | ==================== Function 51 - create thread. ==================== |
2224 | ====================================================================== |
2279 | ====================================================================== |
2225 | Parameters: |
2280 | Parameters: |
2226 | * eax = 51 - number of the function |
2281 | * eax = 51 - function number |
2227 | * ebx = 1 - sole subfunction |
2282 | * ebx = 1 - unique subfunction |
2228 | * ecx = address of an entry point thread (begin eip) |
2283 | * ecx = address of thread entry point (starting eip) |
2229 | * edx = pointer of the stack thread (begin esp) |
2284 | * edx = pointer to thread stack (starting esp) |
2230 | Returned value: |
2285 | Returned value: |
2231 | * eax = -1 - error (In the system it is too much threads) |
2286 | * eax = -1 - error (there is too many threads) |
2232 | * differently eax = TID - identifier thread |
2287 | * otherwise eax = TID - thread identifier |
- | 2288 | ||
2233 | 2289 | ||
2234 | ====================================================================== |
2290 | ====================================================================== |
2235 | == Function 52, subfunction 0 - get configuration of network driver. = |
2291 | === Function 52, subfunction 0 - get network driver configuration. === |
2236 | ====================================================================== |
2292 | ====================================================================== |
2237 | Parameters: |
2293 | Parameters: |
2238 | * eax = 52 - number of the function |
2294 | * eax = 52 - function number |
2239 | * ebx = 0 - number subfunction |
2295 | * ebx = 0 - subfunction number |
2240 | Returned value: |
2296 | Returned value: |
2241 | * eax = double word of the configuration |
2297 | * eax = configuration dword |
2242 | Remarks: |
2298 | Remarks: |
2243 | * Word of the configuration can be installed subfunction 2. |
2299 | * Configuration dword can be set by subfunction 2. |
2244 | * Kernel does not use an appropriate variable. The value of this variable |
2300 | * The kernel does not use this variable. The value of this |
- | 2301 | variable and working with it subfunctions 0 and 2 is represented |
|
2245 | and working with it(her) subfunctions 0 and 2 is represented doubtful. |
2302 | doubtful. |
2246 | 2303 | ||
2247 | ====================================================================== |
2304 | ====================================================================== |
2248 | ========= Function 52, subfunction 1 - get local IP address. ========= |
2305 | ========= Function 52, subfunction 1 - get local IP-address. ========= |
2249 | ====================================================================== |
2306 | ====================================================================== |
2250 | Parameters: |
2307 | Parameters: |
2251 | * eax = 52 - number of the function |
2308 | * eax = 52 - function number |
2252 | * ebx = 1 - number subfunction |
2309 | * ebx = 1 - subfunction number |
2253 | Returned value: |
2310 | Returned value: |
2254 | * eax = IP-address (4 bytes) |
2311 | * eax = IP-address (4 bytes) |
2255 | Remarks: |
2312 | Remarks: |
2256 | * Local IP-address is installed subfunction 3. |
2313 | * Local IP-address is set by subfunction 3. |
2257 | 2314 | ||
2258 | ====================================================================== |
2315 | ====================================================================== |
2259 | Function 52, subfunction 2 - install configuration of network driver. |
2316 | === Function 52, subfunction 2 - set network driver configuration. === |
2260 | ====================================================================== |
2317 | ====================================================================== |
2261 | Parameters: |
2318 | Parameters: |
2262 | * eax = 52 - number of the function |
2319 | * eax = 52 - function number |
2263 | * ebx = 2 - number subfunction |
2320 | * ebx = 2 - subfunction number |
2264 | * ecx = Double word of the configuration; if the low 7 bits will derivate |
2321 | * ecx = configuration dword; if low 7 bits derivate the number 3, |
2265 | number 3, it is perceived as call about reinitialization |
2322 | function [re-]initializes Ethernet-card, otherwise |
2266 | of a Ethernet-map, otherwise Ethernet is switched off |
2323 | Ethernet turns off |
2267 | Returned value: |
2324 | Returned value: |
2268 | * if not the Ethernet-interface is requested, comes back eax=2, |
2325 | * if Ethernet-interface is not requested, function returns eax=2, |
2269 | but it can vary in the future versions of a kernel |
2326 | but this can be changed in future kernel versions |
2270 | * if the Ethernet-interface is requested, eax=0 means an error |
2327 | * if Ethernet-interface is requested, eax=0 means error |
2271 | (absence of a Ethernet-map), and non-zero value - success |
2328 | (absence of Ethernet-card), and nonzero value - success |
2272 | Remarks: |
2329 | Remarks: |
2273 | * Word of the configuration can be read subfunction 0. |
2330 | * Configuration dword can be read by subfunction 0. |
2274 | * Kernel does not use an appropriate variable. The value of this variable, |
2331 | * The kernel does not use this variable. The value of this |
2275 | subfunction 0 and part subfunction 2, installing this variable, |
2332 | variable, subfunction 0 and part of subfunction 2, which set it, |
2276 | is represented doubtful. |
2333 | is represented doubtful. |
2277 | 2334 | ||
2278 | ====================================================================== |
2335 | ====================================================================== |
2279 | ========= Function 52, subfunction 3 - set local IP-address. ========= |
2336 | ========= Function 52, subfunction 3 - set local IP-address. ========= |
2280 | ====================================================================== |
2337 | ====================================================================== |
2281 | Parameters: |
2338 | Parameters: |
2282 | * eax = 52 - number of the function |
2339 | * eax = 52 - function number |
2283 | * ebx = 3 - number subfunction |
2340 | * ebx = 3 - subfunction number |
2284 | * ecx = IP-address (4 bytes) |
2341 | * ecx = IP-address (4 bytes) |
2285 | Returned value: |
2342 | Returned value: |
2286 | * Current realization returns eax=3, but it can be changed |
2343 | * the current implementation returns eax=3, but this can be changed |
2287 | in the future versions |
2344 | in future versions |
2288 | Remarks: |
2345 | Remarks: |
2289 | * Local IP-address can be received subfunction 1. |
2346 | * Local IP-address can be get by subfunction 1. |
2290 | 2347 | ||
2291 | ====================================================================== |
2348 | ====================================================================== |
2292 | = Function 52, subfunction 6 - add data in stack of an input queue. == |
2349 | = Function 52, subfunction 6 - add data to the stack of input queue. = |
2293 | ====================================================================== |
2350 | ====================================================================== |
2294 | Parameters: |
2351 | Parameters: |
2295 | * eax = 52 - number of the function |
2352 | * eax = 52 - function number |
2296 | * ebx = 6 - number subfunction |
2353 | * ebx = 6 - subfunction number |
2297 | * edx = size of the data |
2354 | * edx = data size |
2298 | * esi = pointer on the data |
2355 | * esi = data pointer |
2299 | Returned value: |
2356 | Returned value: |
2300 | * eax = -1 - error |
2357 | * eax = -1 - error |
2301 | * eax = 0 - successfully |
2358 | * eax = 0 - success |
2302 | Remarks: |
2359 | Remarks: |
- | 2360 | * This function is intended only for slow network drivers |
|
2303 | * This function is intended only for slow network drivers (PPP, SLIP). |
2361 | (PPP, SLIP). |
2304 | * Size of the data should not exceed 1500 bytes, though checks |
2362 | * Data size must not exceed 1500 bytes, though function |
2305 | of a correctness is not done(made). |
2363 | performs no checks on correctness. |
2306 | - | ||
2307 | ====================================================================== |
2364 | |
2308 | ====================== Function 52, subfunction 8 ==================== |
2365 | ====================================================================== |
2309 | ============== Read given from a network output queue. =============== |
2366 | Function 52, subfunction 8 - read data from the network output queue. |
2310 | ====================================================================== |
2367 | ====================================================================== |
2311 | Parameters: |
2368 | Parameters: |
2312 | * eax = 52 - number of the function |
2369 | * eax = 52 - function number |
2313 | * ebx = 8 - number subfunction |
2370 | * ebx = 8 - subfunction number |
2314 | * esi = pointer on the buffer by a size of 1500 bytes |
2371 | * esi = pointer to 1500-byte buffer |
2315 | Returned value: |
2372 | Returned value: |
2316 | * eax = Number read byte (in current implementation or |
2373 | * eax = number of read bytes (in the current implementation |
2317 | 0 = there are no data, or 1500) |
2374 | either 0 = no data or 1500) |
2318 | * data are copied in the buffer |
2375 | * data was copied in buffer |
- | 2376 | Remarks: |
|
2319 | Remarks: |
2377 | * This function is intended only for slow network drivers |
2320 | * This function is intended only for slow network drivers (PPP, SLIP). |
2378 | (PPP, SLIP). |
2321 | 2379 | ||
2322 | ====================================================================== |
2380 | ====================================================================== |
2323 | =========== Function 52, subfunction 9 - get gateway IP. ========== |
2381 | ============ Function 52, subfunction 9 - get gateway IP. ============ |
2324 | ====================================================================== |
2382 | ====================================================================== |
2325 | Parameters: |
2383 | Parameters: |
2326 | * eax = 52 - number of the function |
2384 | * eax = 52 - function number |
2327 | * ebx = 9 - number subfunction |
2385 | * ebx = 9 - subfunction number |
2328 | Returned value: |
2386 | Returned value: |
2329 | * eax = gateway IP (4 bytes) |
2387 | * eax = gateway IP (4 bytes) |
2330 | 2388 | ||
2331 | ====================================================================== |
2389 | ====================================================================== |
2332 | ========= Function 52, subfunction 10 - get mask of a subnet. ======== |
2390 | =========== Function 52, subfunction 10 - get subnet mask. =========== |
2333 | ====================================================================== |
2391 | ====================================================================== |
2334 | Parameters: |
2392 | Parameters: |
2335 | * eax = 52 - number of the function |
2393 | * eax = 52 - function number |
2336 | * ebx = 10 - number subfunction |
2394 | * ebx = 10 - subfunction number |
2337 | Returned value: |
2395 | Returned value: |
2338 | * eax = mask of a subnet |
2396 | * eax = subnet mask |
2339 | 2397 | ||
2340 | ====================================================================== |
2398 | ====================================================================== |
2341 | ========= Function 52, subfunction 11 - install gateway IP. ========= |
2399 | ============ Function 52, subfunction 11 - set gateway IP. =========== |
2342 | ====================================================================== |
2400 | ====================================================================== |
2343 | Parameters: |
2401 | Parameters: |
2344 | * eax = 52 - number of the function |
2402 | * eax = 52 - function number |
2345 | * ebx = 11 - number subfunction |
2403 | * ebx = 11 - subfunction number |
2346 | * ecx = gateway IP (4 bytes) |
2404 | * ecx = gateway IP (4 bytes) |
2347 | Returned value: |
2405 | Returned value: |
2348 | * current realization returns eax=11, but it can be changed in the |
2406 | * the current implementation returns eax=11, but this can be changed |
2349 | future realizations |
2407 | in future versions |
2350 | 2408 | ||
2351 | ====================================================================== |
2409 | ====================================================================== |
2352 | ====== Function 52, subfunction 12 - install mask of a subnet. ======= |
2410 | =========== Function 52, subfunction 12 - set subnet mask. =========== |
2353 | ====================================================================== |
2411 | ====================================================================== |
2354 | Parameters: |
2412 | Parameters: |
2355 | * eax = 52 - number of the function |
2413 | * eax = 52 - function number |
2356 | * ebx = 12 - number subfunction |
2414 | * ebx = 12 - subfunction number |
2357 | * ecx = mask of a subnet |
2415 | * ecx = subnet mask |
2358 | Returned value: |
2416 | Returned value: |
2359 | * Current realization returns eax=12, but it can be changed |
2417 | * the current implementation returns eax=12, but this can be changed |
2360 | in the future versions |
2418 | in future versions |
2361 | 2419 | ||
2362 | ====================================================================== |
2420 | ====================================================================== |
2363 | ============ Function 52, subfunction 13 - get DNS IP. ============ |
2421 | ============== Function 52, subfunction 13 - get DNS IP. ============= |
2364 | ====================================================================== |
2422 | ====================================================================== |
2365 | Parameters: |
2423 | Parameters: |
2366 | * eax = 52 - number of the function |
2424 | * eax = 52 - function number |
2367 | * ebx = 13 - number subfunction |
2425 | * ebx = 13 - subfunction number |
2368 | Returned value: |
2426 | Returned value: |
2369 | * eax = DNS IP (4 bytes) |
2427 | * eax = DNS IP (4 bytes) |
2370 | 2428 | ||
2371 | ====================================================================== |
2429 | ====================================================================== |
2372 | =========== Function 52, subfunction 14 - install DNS IP. ============ |
2430 | ============== Function 52, subfunction 14 - set DNS IP. ============= |
2373 | ====================================================================== |
2431 | ====================================================================== |
2374 | Parameters: |
2432 | Parameters: |
2375 | * eax = 52 - number of the function |
2433 | * eax = 52 - function number |
2376 | * ebx = 14 - number subfunction |
2434 | * ebx = 14 - subfunction number |
2377 | * ecx = DNS IP (4 bytes) |
2435 | * ecx = DNS IP (4 bytes) |
2378 | Returned value: |
2436 | Returned value: |
2379 | * Current realization returns eax=14, but it can be changed |
2437 | * the current implementation returns eax=14, but this can be changed |
2380 | in the future versions |
2438 | in future versions |
2381 | 2439 | ||
2382 | ====================================================================== |
2440 | ====================================================================== |
2383 | ============ Function 53, subfunction 0 - open UDP-socket. ============ |
2441 | ============ Function 53, subfunction 0 - open UDP-socket. =========== |
2384 | ====================================================================== |
2442 | ====================================================================== |
2385 | Parameters: |
2443 | Parameters: |
2386 | * eax = 53 - number of the function |
2444 | * eax = 53 - function number |
2387 | * ebx = 0 - number subfunction |
2445 | * ebx = 0 - subfunction number |
2388 | * ecx = local port (is taken into account only low word) |
2446 | * ecx = local port (only low word is taken into account) |
2389 | * edx = remote port (is taken into account only low word) |
2447 | * edx = remote port (only low word is taken into account) |
2390 | * esi = remote IP |
2448 | * esi = remote IP |
2391 | Returned value: |
2449 | Returned value: |
2392 | * eax = -1 = 0xFFFFFFFF - error; ebx fail |
2450 | * eax = -1 = 0xFFFFFFFF - error; ebx destroyed |
2393 | * eax = socket number (some number unambiguously identifying socket and |
2451 | * eax = socket handle (some number which unambiguously identifies |
2394 | having sense only for the system) - successfully |
2452 | socket and have sense only for the system) - success; |
2395 | ebx fail |
2453 | ebx destroyed |
2396 | 2454 | ||
2397 | ====================================================================== |
2455 | ====================================================================== |
2398 | ============ Function 53, subfunction 1 - close UDP-socket. =========== |
2456 | =========== Function 53, subfunction 1 - close UDP-socket. =========== |
2399 | ====================================================================== |
2457 | ====================================================================== |
2400 | Parameters: |
2458 | Parameters: |
2401 | * eax = 53 - number of the function |
2459 | * eax = 53 - function number |
2402 | * ebx = 1 - number subfunction |
2460 | * ebx = 1 - subfunction number |
2403 | * ecx = socket number |
2461 | * ecx = socket handle |
2404 | Returned value: |
2462 | Returned value: |
2405 | * eax = -1 - incorrect number |
2463 | * eax = -1 - incorrect handle |
2406 | * eax = 0 - successfully |
2464 | * eax = 0 - success |
2407 | * ebx fail |
2465 | * ebx destroyed |
2408 | Remarks: |
2466 | Remarks: |
2409 | * The current realization does not close automatically all sockets thread |
2467 | * The current implementation does not close automatically all |
- | 2468 | sockets of a thread at termination. In particular, one should not |
|
2410 | at its completion. In particular, it is not necessary to kill thread |
2469 | kill a thread with many opened sockets - there will be an outflow |
2411 | with a heap open sockets - there will be an outflow of resources. |
2470 | of resources. |
2412 | * The current realization does not do checks on a correctness |
2471 | * The current implementation does no checks on correctness |
2413 | (sole, to what the attempt comes back error, - to close not open socket |
2472 | (function returns error only if thread tries to close not opened |
2414 | with correct number). |
2473 | socket with correct handle). |
2415 | 2474 | ||
2416 | ====================================================================== |
2475 | ====================================================================== |
2417 | ============== Function 53, subfunction 2 - poll socket. ============= |
2476 | ============== Function 53, subfunction 2 - poll socket. ============= |
2418 | ====================================================================== |
2477 | ====================================================================== |
2419 | Parameters: |
2478 | Parameters: |
2420 | * eax = 53 - number of the function |
2479 | * eax = 53 - function number |
2421 | * ebx = 2 - number subfunction |
2480 | * ebx = 2 - subfunction number |
2422 | * ecx = socket number |
2481 | * ecx = socket handle |
2423 | Returned value: |
2482 | Returned value: |
2424 | * eax = number getting bytes |
2483 | * eax = number of read bytes |
2425 | * ebx fail |
2484 | * ebx destroyed |
2426 | Remarks: |
2485 | Remarks: |
2427 | * Checks of a correctness is not done. |
2486 | * There is no checks for correctness. |
2428 | 2487 | ||
2429 | ====================================================================== |
2488 | ====================================================================== |
2430 | ======== Function 53, subfunction 3 - read byte from socket. ========= |
2489 | ========= Function 53, subfunction 3 - read byte from socket. ======== |
2431 | ====================================================================== |
2490 | ====================================================================== |
2432 | Parameters: |
2491 | Parameters: |
2433 | * eax = 53 - number of the function |
2492 | * eax = 53 - function number |
2434 | * ebx = 3 - number subfunction |
2493 | * ebx = 3 - subfunction number |
2435 | * ecx = number socket |
2494 | * ecx = socket handle |
2436 | Returned value: |
2495 | Returned value: |
- | 2496 | * if there is no read data: eax=0, bl=0, |
|
2437 | * if there are no accepted data: eax=0, bl=0, the other bits ebx fail |
2497 | other bytes of ebx are destroyed |
2438 | * If there were accepted data: eax = number stayed byte (is possible, 0), |
2498 | * if there are read data: eax=number of rest bytes |
2439 | bl = read byte, the other bits ebx fail |
2499 | (possibly 0), bl=read byte, other bytes of ebx are destroyed |
2440 | Remarks: |
2500 | Remarks: |
2441 | * Checks of a correctness is not done. |
2501 | * There is no checks for correctness. |
2442 | 2502 | ||
2443 | ====================================================================== |
2503 | ====================================================================== |
2444 | ======== Function 53, subfunction 4 - write in UDP-socket. =========== |
2504 | ========== Function 53, subfunction 4 - write to UDP-socket. ========= |
2445 | ====================================================================== |
2505 | ====================================================================== |
2446 | Parameters: |
2506 | Parameters: |
2447 | * eax = 53 - number of the function |
2507 | * eax = 53 - function number |
2448 | * ebx = 4 - number subfunction |
2508 | * ebx = 4 - subfunction number |
2449 | * ecx = number socket |
2509 | * ecx = socket handle |
2450 | * edx = number bytes for writing |
2510 | * edx = number of bytes to write |
2451 | * esi = pointer on data for writing |
2511 | * esi = pointer to data to write |
2452 | Returned value: |
2512 | Returned value: |
2453 | * eax = 0xffffffff - incorrect number |
2513 | * eax = 0xffffffff - invalid handle |
2454 | * eax = 0xffff - lack of memory |
2514 | * eax = 0xffff - not enough memory |
2455 | * eax = 0 - successfully |
2515 | * eax = 0 - success |
2456 | * ebx fail |
2516 | * ebx destroyed |
2457 | Remarks: |
2517 | Remarks: |
2458 | * Check on valid number is minimum - are eliminated only not so incorrect |
2518 | * Check on validity of handle is minimal - only not very incorrect |
2459 | not open numbers. |
2519 | not opened handles are eliminated. |
2460 | * Number bytes for writing can not exceed 1500-28, though appropriate |
2520 | * Number of bytes to write must not exceed 1500-28, though |
2461 | check is not done. |
2521 | the appropriate check is not made. |
2462 | 2522 | ||
2463 | ====================================================================== |
2523 | ====================================================================== |
2464 | ============ Function 53, subfunction 5 - open TCP-socket. =========== |
2524 | ============ Function 53, subfunction 5 - open TCP-socket. =========== |
2465 | ====================================================================== |
2525 | ====================================================================== |
2466 | Parameters: |
2526 | Parameters: |
2467 | * eax = 53 - number of the function |
2527 | * eax = 53 - function number |
2468 | * ebx = 5 - number subfunction |
2528 | * ebx = 5 - subfunction number |
2469 | * ecx = local port (is taken into account only low word) |
2529 | * ecx = local port (only low word is taken into account) |
2470 | * edx = remote port (is taken into account only low word) |
2530 | * edx = remote port (only low word is taken into account) |
2471 | * esi = remote IP |
2531 | * esi = remote IP |
2472 | * edi = mode of opening: SOCKET_PASSIVE=0 or SOCKET_ACTIVE=1 |
2532 | * edi = open mode: SOCKET_PASSIVE=0 or SOCKET_ACTIVE=1 |
2473 | Returned value: |
2533 | Returned value: |
2474 | * eax = -1 = 0xFFFFFFFF - error; ebx fail |
2534 | * eax = -1 = 0xFFFFFFFF - error; ebx destroys |
2475 | * eax = number socket (some number unambiguously identifying socket |
2535 | * eax = socket handle (some number which unambiguously identifies |
2476 | and having sense only for the system) - successfully; ebx fails |
2536 | socket and have sense only for the system) - success; |
- | 2537 | ebx destroyed |
|
2477 | 2538 | ||
2478 | ====================================================================== |
2539 | ====================================================================== |
2479 | ======== Function 53, subfunction 6 - get status TCP-socket. ========= |
2540 | ========= Function 53, subfunction 6 - get TCP-socket status. ======== |
2480 | ====================================================================== |
2541 | ====================================================================== |
2481 | Parameters: |
2542 | Parameters: |
2482 | * eax = 53 - number of the function |
2543 | * eax = 53 - function number |
2483 | * ebx = 6 - number subfunction |
2544 | * ebx = 6 - subfunction number |
2484 | * ecx = number socket |
2545 | * ecx = socket handle |
2485 | Returned value: |
2546 | Returned value: |
2486 | * eax = status socket: one of |
2547 | * eax = socket status: one of |
2487 | * TCB_LISTEN = 1 |
2548 | * TCB_LISTEN = 1 |
2488 | * TCB_SYN_SENT = 2 |
2549 | * TCB_SYN_SENT = 2 |
2489 | * TCB_SYN_RECEIVED = 3 |
2550 | * TCB_SYN_RECEIVED = 3 |
2490 | * TCB_ESTABLISHED = 4 |
2551 | * TCB_ESTABLISHED = 4 |
2491 | * TCB_FIN_WAIT_1 = 5 |
2552 | * TCB_FIN_WAIT_1 = 5 |
2492 | * TCB_FIN_WAIT_2 = 6 |
2553 | * TCB_FIN_WAIT_2 = 6 |
2493 | * TCB_CLOSE_WAIT = 7 |
2554 | * TCB_CLOSE_WAIT = 7 |
2494 | * TCB_CLOSING = 8 |
2555 | * TCB_CLOSING = 8 |
2495 | * TCB_LAST_ASK = 9 |
2556 | * TCB_LAST_ASK = 9 |
2496 | * TCB_TIME_WAIT = 10 |
2557 | * TCB_TIME_WAIT = 10 |
2497 | * TCB_CLOSED = 11 |
2558 | * TCB_CLOSED = 11 |
2498 | * ebx fail |
2559 | * ebx destroys |
2499 | Remarks: |
2560 | Remarks: |
2500 | * Checks of a correctness is not made. |
2561 | * There is no checks for correctness. |
2501 | 2562 | ||
2502 | ====================================================================== |
2563 | ====================================================================== |
2503 | ========== Function 53, subfunction 7 - write in TCP-socket. ========= |
2564 | ========== Function 53, subfunction 7 - write to TCP-socket. ========= |
2504 | ====================================================================== |
2565 | ====================================================================== |
2505 | Parameters: |
2566 | Parameters: |
2506 | * eax = 53 - number of the function |
2567 | * eax = 53 - function number |
2507 | * ebx = 7 - number subfunction |
2568 | * ebx = 7 - subfunction number |
2508 | * ecx = number socket |
2569 | * ecx = socket handle |
2509 | * edx = number bytes for writing |
2570 | * edx = number of bytes to write |
2510 | * esi = pointer on data for writing |
2571 | * esi = pointer to data to write |
2511 | Returned value: |
2572 | Returned value: |
2512 | * eax = 0xffffffff - error |
2573 | * eax = 0xffffffff - error |
2513 | * eax = 0xffff - lack of memory |
2574 | * eax = 0xffff - not enough memory |
2514 | * eax = 0 - successfully |
2575 | * eax = 0 - success |
2515 | * ebx fail |
2576 | * ebx destroyed |
2516 | Remarks: |
2577 | Remarks: |
2517 | * Check on valid number is minimum - are eliminated only not so incorrect |
2578 | * Check on validity of handle is minimal - only not very incorrect |
2518 | not open numbers. |
2579 | not opened handles are eliminated. |
2519 | * Number bytes for writing can not exceed 1500-40, though appropriate |
2580 | * Number of bytes to write must not exceed 1500-40, though |
2520 | check is not done. |
2581 | the appropriate check is not made. |
2521 | 2582 | ||
2522 | ====================================================================== |
2583 | ====================================================================== |
2523 | ============ Function 53, subfunction 8 - close TCP-socket. =========== |
2584 | =========== Function 53, subfunction 8 - close TCP-socket. =========== |
2524 | ====================================================================== |
2585 | ====================================================================== |
2525 | Parameters: |
2586 | Parameters: |
2526 | * eax = 53 - number of the function |
2587 | * eax = 53 - function number |
2527 | * ebx = 8 - number subfunction |
2588 | * ebx = 8 - subfunction number |
2528 | * ecx = number socket |
2589 | * ecx = socket handle |
2529 | Returned value: |
2590 | Returned value: |
2530 | * eax = -1 - incorrect number |
2591 | * eax = -1 - invalid handle |
2531 | * eax = 0xffff - lack of memory for the package of closing socket |
2592 | * eax = 0xffff - not enough memory for socket close packet |
2532 | * eax = 0 - successfully |
2593 | * eax = 0 - success |
2533 | * in many cases eax fails (comes back the result of the function queue) - |
2594 | * in many cases eax is destroyed (the result of function 'queue' |
2534 | probably , is an error, which will be corrected |
2595 | is returned) - probably this is bug, which will be corrected |
2535 | * ebx fail |
2596 | * ebx destroyed |
2536 | Remarks: |
2597 | Remarks: |
2537 | * The current realization does not close automatically all sockets thread |
2598 | * The current implementation does not close automatically all |
- | 2599 | sockets of a thread at termination. In particular, one should not |
|
2538 | at its completion. In particular, it is not necessary to kill thread |
2600 | kill a thread with many opened sockets - there will be an outflow |
2539 | with a heap open sockets - there will be an outflow of resources. |
2601 | of resources. |
2540 | * The current realization does not do checks on a correctness |
2602 | * The current implementation does no checks on correctness |
2541 | (sole, to what the attempt comes back error, - to close not open socket |
2603 | (function returns error only if thread tries to close not opened |
2542 | with correct number). |
2604 | socket with correct handle). |
2543 | 2605 | ||
2544 | ====================================================================== |
2606 | ====================================================================== |
2545 | ======== Function 53, subfunction 9 - check - local port is free ===== |
2607 | === Function 53, subfunction 9 - check whether local port is free. === |
2546 | ====================================================================== |
2608 | ====================================================================== |
2547 | Parameters: |
2609 | Parameters: |
2548 | * eax = 53 - number of the function |
2610 | * eax = 53 - function number |
2549 | * ebx = 9 - number subfunction |
2611 | * ebx = 9 - subfunction number |
2550 | * ecx = number of a local port (the low 16 bits are used only) |
2612 | * ecx = local port number (low 16 bits are used only) |
2551 | Returned value: |
2613 | Returned value: |
2552 | * eax = 0 - port is used |
2614 | * eax = 0 - port is used |
2553 | * eax = 1 - port is free |
2615 | * eax = 1 - port is free |
2554 | * ebx fail |
2616 | * ebx destroyed |
2555 | 2617 | ||
2556 | ====================================================================== |
2618 | ====================================================================== |
2557 | Function 53, subfunction 255 - debug information of network driver. = |
2619 | = Function 53, subfunction 255 - debug information of network driver. |
2558 | ====================================================================== |
2620 | ====================================================================== |
2559 | Parameters: |
2621 | Parameters: |
2560 | * eax = 53 - number of the function |
2622 | * eax = 53 - function number |
2561 | * ebx = 255 - number subfunction |
2623 | * ebx = 255 - subfunction number |
2562 | * ecx = type of requested information (see below) |
2624 | * ecx = type of requested information (see below) |
2563 | Returned value: |
2625 | Returned value: |
2564 | * eax = requested information |
2626 | * eax = requested information |
2565 | * ebx fail |
2627 | * ebx destroyed |
2566 | Possible values ecx: |
2628 | Possible values for ecx: |
2567 | * 100: length of queue 0 (empty queue) |
2629 | * 100: length of queue 0 (empty queue) |
2568 | * 101: length of queue 1 (ip-out queue) |
2630 | * 101: length of queue 1 (ip-out queue) |
2569 | * 102: length of queue 2 (ip-in queue) |
2631 | * 102: length of queue 2 (ip-in queue) |
2570 | * 103: length of queue 3 (net1out queue) |
2632 | * 103: length of queue 3 (net1out queue) |
2571 | * 200: number of units in the table ARP |
2633 | * 200: number of items in the ARP table |
2572 | * 201: a size of the table ARP (in units) (20 in the current version) |
2634 | * 201: size of the ARP table (in items) (20 for current version) |
2573 | * 202: read a unit edx of the table ARP in the temporary buffer, |
2635 | * 202: read item at edx of the ARP table to the temporary buffer, |
2574 | whence take the information 5 subsequent types; |
2636 | whence 5 following types take information; |
2575 | in this case eax is not defined |
2637 | in this case eax is not defined |
2576 | * 203: IP-address saved by the type 202 |
2638 | * 203: IP-address saved by type 202 |
2577 | * 204: high dword of MAC-address saved by the type 202 |
2639 | * 204: high dword of MAC-address saved by type 202 |
2578 | * 205: low word of MAC-address saved by the type 202 |
2640 | * 205: low word of MAC-address saved by type 202 |
2579 | * 206: a word of the status saved by the type 202 |
2641 | * 206: status word saved by type 202 |
2580 | * 207: a word ttl, saved by the type 202 |
2642 | * 207: ttl word saved by type 202 |
2581 | * 2: a total number of the obtained IP-packages |
2643 | * 2: total number of received IP-packets |
2582 | * 3: a total number of the transferred(handed) IP-packages |
2644 | * 3: total number of transferred IP-packets |
2583 | * 4: a total number dumps of the obtained packages |
2645 | * 4: total number of dumped received packets |
2584 | * 5: a total number of the obtained ARP-packages |
2646 | * 5: total number of received ARP-packets |
2585 | * 6: the status of the driver of packages, 0 = is inactive, |
2647 | * 6: status of packet driver, 0=inactive, nonzero=active |
2586 | non-zero value = is active |
- | |
2587 | - | ||
2588 | 2648 | ||
2589 | ====================================================================== |
2649 | ====================================================================== |
2590 | ========== Function 55, subfunction 0 - load data for SB16. ========== |
2650 | ========== Function 55, subfunction 0 - load data for SB16. ========== |
2591 | ====================================================================== |
2651 | ====================================================================== |
2592 | Parameters: |
2652 | Parameters: |
2593 | * eax = 55 - number of the function |
2653 | * eax = 55 - function number |
2594 | * ebx = 0 - number subfunction |
2654 | * ebx = 0 - subfunction number |
2595 | * ecx = pointer on the data (is copied 64 kilobytes, is used so much, |
2655 | * ecx = pointer to data (is copied 64 kilobytes, is used as much as |
2596 | how many is installed subfunction 2) |
2656 | set by subfunction 2) |
2597 | Returned value: |
2657 | Returned value: |
2598 | * function does not return value |
2658 | * function does not return value |
2599 | Remarks: |
2659 | Remarks: |
2600 | * Format and size of data are installed subfunction 2. |
2660 | * Format and size of data are set by subfunction 2. |
2601 | 2661 | ||
2602 | ====================================================================== |
2662 | ====================================================================== |
2603 | ===== Function 55, subfunction 1 - begin to play data on SB16. ======= |
2663 | ======== Function 55, subfunction 1 - begin play data on SB16. ======= |
2604 | ====================================================================== |
2664 | ====================================================================== |
2605 | Parameters: |
2665 | Parameters: |
2606 | * eax = 55 - number of the function |
2666 | * eax = 55 - function number |
2607 | * ebx = 1 - number subfunction |
2667 | * ebx = 1 - subfunction number |
2608 | Returned value: |
2668 | Returned value: |
2609 | * function does not return value |
2669 | * function does not return value |
2610 | Remarks: |
2670 | Remarks: |
2611 | * Previously data should be loaded subfunction 0 and their format |
2671 | * Previously data must be loaded by subfunction 0 and |
2612 | subfunction 2 is defined. |
2672 | their format must be defined by subfunction 2. |
2613 | * Function returns handle, when playing the data began; after that the |
2673 | * Function returns control, when playing of data began; after that |
2614 | playing goes irrespective of the application (and at all does not |
2674 | play goes independently from application (and does not use |
2615 | require loading the processor). |
2675 | processor time at all). |
2616 | * Previously should be defined a base port SB16 (subfunction 4 functions 21) |
2676 | * Previously must be defined SB16 base port |
- | 2677 | (by subfunction 4 of function 21) and DMA channel |
|
2617 | and channel DMA (subfunction 10 functions 21). |
2678 | (by subfunction 10 of function 21). |
2618 | 2679 | ||
2619 | ====================================================================== |
2680 | ====================================================================== |
2620 | ====== Function 55, subfunction 2 - install a data format SB16. ====== |
2681 | ======== Function 55, subfunction 2 - set format of SB16 data. ======= |
2621 | ====================================================================== |
2682 | ====================================================================== |
2622 | Parameters: |
2683 | Parameters: |
2623 | * eax = 55 - number of the function |
2684 | * eax = 55 - function number |
2624 | * ebx = 2 - number subfunction |
2685 | * ebx = 2 - subfunction number |
2625 | * ecx = 0 - install a digit capacity |
2686 | * ecx = 0 - set digit capacity |
2626 | * edx = 1 - 8 bits mono |
2687 | * edx = 1 - 8bit mono |
2627 | * edx = 2 - 8 bits stereo |
2688 | * edx = 2 - 8bit stereo |
2628 | * ecx = 1 - install a size of data |
2689 | * ecx = 1 - set data size |
2629 | * edx = size in bytes |
2690 | * edx = size in bytes |
2630 | * ecx = 2 - install frequency of playing |
2691 | * ecx = 2 - set play frequency |
2631 | * edx = frequency |
2692 | * edx = frequency |
2632 | Returned value: |
2693 | Returned value: |
2633 | * function does not return value |
2694 | * function does not return value |
2634 | Remarks: |
2695 | Remarks: |
2635 | * At loading the system the following default settings are installed: |
2696 | * When the system boots, it sets following default parameters: |
2636 | a digit capacity - 8 bits mono, size - 64 KB, frequency 44100 Hz. |
2697 | digit capacity - 8bit mono, size - 64 Kb, frequency - 44100 Hz. |
2637 | Nevertheless it is recommended obviously to install necessary values, |
2698 | Nevertheless it is recommended to set necessary values obviously |
2638 | as they could be reinstalled by any program. |
2699 | as they could be reset by some application. |
2639 | 2700 | ||
2640 | ====================================================================== |
- | |
2641 | ====================== Function 55, subfunction 55 =================== |
2701 | ====================================================================== |
2642 | =============== Begin to play data on built speaker. ================= |
2702 | Function 55, subfunction 55 - begin to play data on built-in speaker. |
2643 | ====================================================================== |
2703 | ====================================================================== |
2644 | Parameters: |
2704 | Parameters: |
2645 | * eax = 55 - number of the function |
2705 | * eax = 55 - function number |
2646 | * ebx = 55 - number subfunction |
2706 | * ebx = 55 - subfunction number |
2647 | * esi = pointer on the data |
2707 | * esi = pointer to data |
2648 | Returned value: |
2708 | Returned value: |
2649 | * eax = 0 - successfully |
2709 | * eax = 0 - success |
2650 | * eax = 55 - error (speaker is disconnected or occupied) |
2710 | * eax = 55 - error (speaker is off or busy) |
2651 | Data is an array of units of a variable length. |
2711 | Data is an array of items with variable length. |
2652 | Format of each unit is defined in first byte: |
2712 | Format of each item is defined by first byte: |
2653 | * 0 = end of data |
2713 | * 0 = end of data |
2654 | * 1..0x80 = sets duration of sounding in 1/100 of second of note |
2714 | * 1..0x80 = sets sound duration on 1/100 of second; sound note |
2655 | defined by direct value of frequency |
2715 | is defined by immediate value of frequency |
2656 | * following word (2 bytes) is contained by a divider of frequency; |
2716 | * following word (2 bytes) contains frequency divider; |
2657 | the frequency is defined as 1193180/divider |
2717 | frequency is defined as 1193180/divider |
2658 | * 0x81 = invalid |
2718 | * 0x81 = invalid |
2659 | * 0x82..0xFF = note defined by octave and number: |
2719 | * 0x82..0xFF = note is defined by octave and number: |
2660 | * duration in 1/100 of second = (first byte) - 0x81 |
2720 | * duration in 1/100 of second = (first byte)-0x81 |
2661 | * there is one more byte; |
2721 | * there is one more byte; |
2662 | * (second byte) = 0xFF - pause |
2722 | * (second byte)=0xFF - delay |
2663 | * differently it looks like a*0x10+b, where b=number of the note |
2723 | * otherwise it looks like a*0x10+b, where b=number of the note in |
2664 | in an octave from 1 up to 12, a=number of an octave (beginning from 0) |
2724 | an octave from 1 to 12, a=number of octave (beginning from 0) |
2665 | Remarks: |
2725 | Remarks: |
- | 2726 | * Speaker play can be disabled/enabled by |
|
2666 | * Speaker play can be disable /enable subfunction 8 functions 18. |
2727 | subfunction 8 of function 18. |
2667 | * Function returns handle, having informed where follows the information |
2728 | * Function returns control, having informed the system |
- | 2729 | an information on request. Play itself goes independently from |
|
2668 | on play. Playing goes irrespective of the program. |
2730 | the program. |
- | 2731 | * The data must be kept in the memory at least up to the end |
|
2669 | * Data should be saved in memory at least up to the end of playing. |
2732 | of play. |
2670 | 2733 | ||
2671 | ====================================================================== |
2734 | ====================================================================== |
2672 | ================ Function 56 - write file to hard disk. ============== |
2735 | =============== Function 56 - write file to hard disk. =============== |
2673 | ====================================================================== |
2736 | ====================================================================== |
2674 | Parameters: |
2737 | Parameters: |
2675 | * eax = 56 - number of the function |
2738 | * eax = 56 - function number |
2676 | * ebx = pointer on a filename |
2739 | * ebx = pointer to the file name |
2677 | * ecx = size data for writing (in bytes) |
2740 | * ecx = size of data to write (in bytes) |
2678 | * edx = pointer on data for writing |
2741 | * edx = pointer to data to write |
2679 | * esi = pointer on path (ASCIIZ-string) |
2742 | * esi = pointer to path (ASCIIZ-string) |
2680 | Returned value: |
2743 | Returned value: |
2681 | * eax = 0 - successfully, differently error code of a file system |
2744 | * eax = 0 - success, otherwise file system error code |
2682 | Remarks: |
2745 | Remarks: |
2683 | * This function is obsolete; the function 70 allows to fulfil the same |
2746 | * This function is obsolete; function 70 allows to fulfil the same |
2684 | operations with the extended possibilities. |
2747 | operations with the extended possibilities. |
2685 | * Given function assumes, that during its call one application any other |
2748 | * This function assumes that during its call by one application |
2686 | application does not work with the hard disk. |
2749 | no other application works with hard disk. |
- | 2750 | * The path to file is ASCIIZ-string, which may be empty |
|
2687 | * Path to the file - ASCIIZ-string, which can be empty (if the file creates |
2751 | (if the file is created in the root folder) or have the format |
2688 | in the root) or to have the format /d1/d2/ .../dn, where all names of |
2752 | /d1/d2/.../dn, where all folder names must have the 8+3 format, |
2689 | directories should have the format 8+3, i.e. 8 characters of a name |
2753 | i.e. 8 characters of name and 3 characters of the extension |
2690 | and 3 characters of the extension without a separator if necessary |
2754 | without separator, supplemented by blanks if necessary; |
2691 | supplemented by blanks; all characters should be capital. |
2755 | all letters must be capital. |
2692 | * Name to the file also should have the format 8+3. |
2756 | * The file name must also have the format 8+3. |
2693 | 2757 | ||
2694 | ====================================================================== |
2758 | ====================================================================== |
2695 | ============== Function 58 - ðàáîòà ñ ôàéëîâîé ñèñòåìîé. ============== |
2759 | ================ Function 58 - work with file system. ================ |
2696 | ====================================================================== |
2760 | ====================================================================== |
2697 | Parameters: |
2761 | Parameters: |
2698 | * eax = 58 |
2762 | * eax = 58 |
2699 | * ebx = pointer on information structure |
2763 | * ebx = pointer to the information structure |
2700 | Returned value: |
2764 | Returned value: |
2701 | * eax = 0 - successfully; differently error code of a file system |
2765 | * eax = 0 - success; otherwise file system error code |
2702 | * depending on subfunction the value and in other registers can come back |
2766 | * some subfunctions return value in other registers too |
2703 | Common format of information structure: |
2767 | General format of the information structure: |
2704 | * +0: dword: number subfunction |
2768 | * +0: dword: subfunction number |
2705 | * +4: dword: number of block |
2769 | * +4: dword: number of block |
2706 | * +8: dword: size |
2770 | * +8: dword: size |
2707 | * +12 = +0xC: dword: pointer on data |
2771 | * +12 = +0xC: dword: pointer to data |
2708 | * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer on memory for system operation |
2772 | * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer to a memory for system operations |
2709 | (4096 bytes) |
2773 | (4096 bytes) |
2710 | * +20 = +0x14: n db: ASCIIZ-string with a filename |
2774 | * +20 = +0x14: n db: ASCIIZ-string with the file name |
2711 | Specifications - in documentation on appropriate subfunction. |
2775 | Specifications - in documentation on the appropriate subfunction. |
2712 | Filename is insensitive to the register of latin characters, |
2776 | Filename is case-insensitive for latin letters, russian letters |
2713 | russian characters should be capital. |
2777 | must be capital. |
2714 | Format of a filename: |
2778 | Format of filename: |
2715 | /base/number/dir1/dir2/.../dirn/file, |
2779 | /base/number/dir1/dir2/.../dirn/file, |
2716 | where /base/number identifies the device, on which the file is searched: |
2780 | where /base/number identifies device, on which file is located: |
2717 | one of |
2781 | one of |
2718 | * /RD/1 = /RAMDISK/1 for access to ramdisk |
2782 | * /RD/1 = /RAMDISK/1 to access ramdisk |
2719 | * /FD/1 = /FLOPPYDISK/1 for access to first floppy - drive, |
2783 | * /FD/1 = /FLOPPYDISK/1 to access first floppy drive, |
2720 | /FD/2 = /FLOPPYDISK/2 for second floppy - drive |
2784 | /FD/2 = /FLOPPYDISK/2 to access second one |
2721 | * /HD/x = /HARDDISK/x - out-of-date variant of access to the hard disk |
2785 | * /HD/x = /HARDDISK/x - obsolete variant of access to hard disk |
2722 | (in this case base is defined subfunction 7 functions 21), |
2786 | (in this case base is defined by subfunction 7 of function 21), |
2723 | x - number of partition (beginning from 1) |
2787 | x - partition number (beginning from 1) |
2724 | * /HD0/x, /HD1/x, /HD2/x, /HD3/x for access accordingly |
2788 | * /HD0/x, /HD1/x, /HD2/x, /HD3/x to access accordingly to devices |
2725 | to devices IDE0 (Primary Master), IDE1 (Primary Slave), |
2789 | IDE0 (Primary Master), IDE1 (Primary Slave), |
2726 | IDE2 (Secondary Master), IDE3 (Secondary Slave); |
2790 | IDE2 (Secondary Master), IDE3 (Secondary Slave); |
2727 | x - number of partition on selected hard disk, varies from 1 up to 255 |
2791 | x - partition number on the selected hard drive, varies from 1 |
2728 | (on each of hard disks the indexing starts with 1) |
2792 | to 255 (on each hard drive the indexing starts from 1) |
2729 | Remarks: |
2793 | Remarks: |
2730 | * In first two cases usage FIRST instead of 1, SECOND instead of 2 is |
2794 | * In the first two cases it is also possible to use FIRST |
2731 | admitted, but to use this possibility it is not recommended for |
2795 | instead of 1, SECOND instead of 2, but it is not recommended |
2732 | convenience of transition on the future extensions. |
2796 | for convenience of transition to the future extensions. |
2733 | * Imposed limitation n<=39. |
2797 | * Limitation n<=39 is imposed. |
2734 | * Names of folders and file dir1..., dirn, file should be in the format 8.3: |
2798 | * Names of folders and file dir1,...,dirn,file must have the |
2735 | a name no more than 8 characters, point, extension no more than 3 |
2799 | format 8.3: name no more than 8 characters, dot, extension no |
2736 | characters. The tail blanks are ignored. Other blanks be does not owe. |
2800 | more than 3 characters. Trailing spaces are ignored, no other |
2737 | If the name occupies equally 8 characters, the point can be omitted |
2801 | spaces is allowed. If name occupies equally 8 characters, |
2738 | (though to use it it is not recommended for convenience of transition |
2802 | dot may be omitted (though it is not recommended to use this |
2739 | on the future extensions). |
2803 | feature for convenience of transition to the future extensions). |
- | 2804 | * This function does not support folders on ramdisk. |
|
2740 | Examples: |
2805 | Examples: |
2741 | * '/RAMDISK/FIRST/KERNEL.ASM',0 |
2806 | * '/RAMDISK/FIRST/KERNEL.ASM',0 |
2742 | '/rd/1/kernel.asm',0 |
2807 | '/rd/1/kernel.asm',0 |
2743 | * '/HD0/1/kernel.asm',0 |
2808 | * '/HD0/1/kernel.asm',0 |
2744 | * '/hd0/1/menuet/pics/tanzania.bmp',0 |
2809 | * '/hd0/1/menuet/pics/tanzania.bmp',0 |
2745 | Accessible subfunction: |
2810 | Existing subfunctions: |
2746 | * subfunction 0 - reading of a file/folder |
2811 | * subfunction 0 - read file/folder |
2747 | * subfunction 1 - overwriting of the file |
2812 | * subfunction 1 - rewrite file |
2748 | * subfunction 2 - deleting of a file/folder |
2813 | * subfunction 2 - delete file/folder |
2749 | * subfunction 3 - writing data in the existing file |
2814 | * subfunction 3 - write to existing file |
2750 | * subfunction 4 - creation of a folder |
2815 | * subfunction 4 - make folder |
2751 | * subfunction 5 - renaming/moving of a file/folder |
2816 | * subfunction 5 - rename/move file/folder |
2752 | * subfunction 8 - LBA-reading from the device |
2817 | * subfunction 8 - LBA-read from device |
2753 | * subfunction 12 - definition of a file size |
2818 | * subfunction 15 - get file system information |
2754 | * subfunction 13 - definition of attributes of a file/folder |
- | |
2755 | * subfunction 14 - definition of date/time of a file/folder |
- | |
2756 | * subfunction 15 - obtaining of the information about a file system |
- | |
2757 | * subfunction 16 - start of the application |
2819 | * subfunction 16 - start application |
2758 | - | ||
2759 | 2820 | ||
2760 | ====================================================================== |
2821 | ====================================================================== |
2761 | ======= Function 58, subfunction 0 - reading of a file/folder. ======= |
2822 | =========== Function 58, subfunction 0 - read file/folder. =========== |
2762 | ====================================================================== |
2823 | ====================================================================== |
2763 | Parameters: |
2824 | Parameters: |
2764 | * eax = 58 |
2825 | * eax = 58 |
2765 | * ebx = pointer on information structure |
2826 | * ebx = pointer to the information structure |
2766 | Format of information structure: |
2827 | Format of the information structure: |
2767 | * +0: dword: 0 = number subfunction |
2828 | * +0: dword: 0 = subfunction number |
2768 | * +4: dword: number of block for reading (beginning from 0) |
2829 | * +4: dword: first block to read (beginning from 0) |
2769 | * +8: dword: éuantity blocks for reading |
2830 | * +8: dword: amount of blocks to read |
2770 | * +12 = +0xC: dword: pointer on the buffer, where the data will be written |
2831 | * +12 = +0xC: dword: pointer to buffer for data |
2771 | * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer on the buffer for system operation |
2832 | * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer to buffer for system operations |
2772 | (4096 bytes) |
2833 | (4096 bytes) |
2773 | * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-name of the file, the rules of creation of names |
2834 | * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-name of file, the rules of names forming are |
2774 | are indicated in the common description |
2835 | given in the general description |
2775 | Returned value: |
2836 | Returned value: |
2776 | * eax = 0 - successfully, differently error code of a file system |
2837 | * eax = 0 - success, otherwise file system error code |
2777 | * ebx = file size (in bytes) or |
2838 | * ebx = file size (in bytes) or -1=0xffffffff, if file was not found |
2778 | -1=0xffffffff, if the file is not retrieved |
- | |
2779 | Remarks: |
2839 | Remarks: |
2780 | * Size of block - 512 bytes. |
2840 | * Block size is 512 bytes. |
2781 | * This function is obsolete, for reading files use subfunction 0 |
2841 | * This function is obsolete, for reading files use subfunction 0 |
2782 | functions 70, for reading folders - subfunction of 1 function 70. |
2842 | of function 70, for reading folders - subfunction 1 of |
- | 2843 | function 70. |
|
2783 | * Function allows to read contents of a folder. From file systems is |
2844 | * Function can read contents of a folder. Only FAT file system is |
2784 | supported only FAT. The format of a FAT-folder is described in any |
2845 | supported. The format of FAT-folder is described |
2785 | documentation on FAT. |
2846 | in any FAT documentation. |
2786 | * Size of a folder is defined on a size of a chain of clusters in FAT. |
2847 | * Size of a folder is determined by size of FAT clusters chain. |
2787 | * If the file was terminated earlier, than last requested block was read, |
2848 | * If file was ended before last requested block was read, |
2788 | the function will read, how many can, then will return eax=6 (EOF). |
2849 | the function will read as many as it can, and after that return |
- | 2850 | eax=6 (EOF). |
|
2789 | * Function allows to read root folders /rd/1, /fd/x, /hd [n] /x, but |
2851 | * Function can read root folders /rd/1,/fd/x,/hd[n]/x, but |
2790 | in first two cases the current implementation does not follow the |
2852 | in the first two cases the current implementation does not follow |
2791 | installed rules: |
2853 | to the declared rules: |
2792 | for /rd/1: |
2854 | for /rd/1: |
2793 | * if 0 blocks for reading are indicated, it is considered, |
2855 | * if one want to read 0 blocks, function considers, |
2794 | that is requested 1; |
2856 | that he requested 1; |
2795 | * if is requested more than 14 blocks or the initial block is not |
2857 | * if one requests more than 14 blocks or starting block is |
2796 | less 14, comes back eax=5 (not found) and ebx =-1; |
2858 | not less than 14, function returns eax=5 (not found) è ebx=-1; |
2797 | * size of the root ramdisk = 14 blocks, 0x1C00=7168 bytes; but comes |
2859 | * size of ramdisk root folder is 14 blocks, |
- | 2860 | 0x1C00=7168 áàéò; but function returns ebx=0 |
|
2798 | back ebx=0 (except for a case of the previous item); |
2861 | (except of the case of previous item); |
2799 | * strangely enough, it is possible to read 14 block (there, generally |
2862 | * strangely enough, it is possible to read 14th block (which |
2800 | speaking, garbage - I remind, the score carries on with 0); |
2863 | generally contains a garbage - I remind, the indexing begins |
- | 2864 | from 0); |
|
2801 | * if one block with number, not smaller 14 was requested even, |
2865 | * if some block with the number not less than 14 was requested, |
2802 | comes back eax=6 (EOF); differently eax=0. |
2866 | function returns eax=6(EOF); otherwise eax=0. |
2803 | for /fd/x: |
2867 | For /fd/x: |
2804 | * if the initial block is not less 14, comes back eax=5 (not found) |
2868 | * if the start block is not less than 14, function returns |
2805 | and ebx=0; |
2869 | eax=5 (not found) and ebx=0; |
2806 | * by the way speaking, the format FAT12 admits diskettes with a size |
2870 | * note that format of FAT12 allows floppies with the root size |
2807 | of the root less or more than 14 blocks; |
2871 | more or less than 14 blocks; |
2808 | * checks of length is not done; |
2872 | * check for length is not performed; |
2809 | * if it was possible to read given with a diskette, comes back eax=0, |
2873 | * if data was successful read, function returns |
2810 | ebx=0; otherwise eax=10 (access denied), ebx =-1. |
2874 | eax=0,ebx=0; otherwise eax=10 (access denied), ebx=-1. |
2811 | * Function handles reading special folders /, /rd, /fd, /hd [n]; but the |
2875 | * The function handles reading of special folders /,/rd,/fd,/hd[n]; |
2812 | result does not correspond expected (on operation with usual |
2876 | but the result does not correspond to expected (on operations with |
2813 | files/folders), does not follow the installed rules, can vary in the |
2877 | normal files/folders), does not follow the declared rules, |
2814 | following versions of a kernel and consequently is not described. |
2878 | may be changed in future versions of the kernel and consequently |
2815 | For obtaining the information about the equipment use subfunction 11 |
2879 | is not described. To obtain the information about the equipment |
- | 2880 | use subfunction 11 of function 18 or |
|
2816 | functions 18 or read appropriate folders subfunction of 1 function 70. |
2881 | read corresponding folder with subfunction 1 of function 70. |
2817 | 2882 | ||
2818 | ====================================================================== |
2883 | ====================================================================== |
2819 | ======== Function 58, subfunction 1 - overwriting of the file. ======= |
2884 | ============= Function 58, subfunction 1 - rewrite file. ============= |
2820 | ====================================================================== |
2885 | ====================================================================== |
2821 | If the file does not exist, it creates. |
2886 | If the file does not exist, it is created. |
2822 | If the file exists, it is rewritten. |
2887 | If the file exists, it is rewritten. |
2823 | Parameters: |
2888 | Parameters: |
2824 | * eax = 58 - number of the function |
2889 | * eax = 58 - function number |
2825 | * ebx = pointer on information structure |
2890 | * ebx = pointer to the information structure |
2826 | Format of information structure: |
2891 | Format of the information structure: |
2827 | * +0: dword: 1 = number subfunction |
2892 | * +0: dword: 1 = subfunction number |
2828 | * +4: dword: ignored (install in 0) |
2893 | * +4: dword: ignored (set to 0) |
2829 | * +8: dword: number bytes for writing |
2894 | * +8: dword: number of bytes to write |
2830 | * +12 = +0xC: dword: pointer on data for çàïèñè |
2895 | * +12 = +0xC: dword: pointer to data to write |
2831 | * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer on buffer for system operation |
2896 | * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer to buffer for system operations |
2832 | (4096 bytes) |
2897 | (4096 bytes) |
2833 | * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-name of file, the rules of creation of names |
2898 | * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-name of file, the rules of names forming are |
2834 | are indicated in the common description |
2899 | given in the general description |
2835 | Returned value: |
2900 | Returned value: |
2836 | * eax = 0 - successfully, differently error code of a file system |
2901 | * eax = 0 - success, otherwise file system error code |
2837 | * ebx fail |
2902 | * ebx destroyed |
2838 | Remarks: |
2903 | Remarks: |
2839 | * This function is obsolete, use subfunction 2 functions 70. |
2904 | * This function is obsolete, use subfunction 2 of function 70. |
2840 | 2905 | ||
2841 | ====================================================================== |
2906 | ====================================================================== |
2842 | ====== Function 58, subfunction 2 - deleting of a file/folder. ======= |
2907 | ========== Function 58, subfunction 2 - delete file/folder. ========== |
2843 | ====================================================================== |
2908 | ====================================================================== |
2844 | Parameters: |
2909 | Parameters: |
2845 | * eax = 58 - number of the function |
2910 | * eax = 58 - function number |
2846 | * ebx = pointer on information structure |
2911 | * ebx = pointer to the information structure |
2847 | Format of information structure: |
2912 | Format of the information structure: |
2848 | * +0: dword: 2 = number subfunction |
2913 | * +0: dword: 2 = subfunction number |
2849 | * +4: dword: ignored |
2914 | * +4: dword: ignored |
2850 | * +8: dword: ignored |
2915 | * +8: dword: ignored |
2851 | * +12 = +0xC: dword: ignored |
2916 | * +12 = +0xC: dword: ignored |
2852 | * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer on buffer for system operation |
2917 | * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer to buffer for system operations |
2853 | (4096 bytes) |
2918 | (4096 bytes) |
2854 | * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-name of file, the rules of creation of names |
2919 | * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-name of file, the rules of names forming are |
2855 | are indicated in the common description |
2920 | given in the general description |
2856 | Returned value: |
2921 | Returned value: |
2857 | * eax = 0 - successfully, differently error code of a file system |
2922 | * eax = 0 - success, otherwise file system error code |
2858 | * ebx fail |
2923 | * ebx destroyed |
2859 | Remarks: |
2924 | Remarks: |
2860 | * By operation with a diskette it is not necessary to delete a nonblank |
2925 | * By operations with a floppy one should not delete not empty |
2861 | folder. The code of operation with the hard disk nonblank folders |
2926 | folder. The code working with hard disk deletes not empty folders |
2862 | deletes correctly (i.e. recursively with all files and nested folders). |
2927 | correctly (i.e. recursively with all files and nested folders). |
2863 | Ramdisk of folders does not support. |
2928 | Function 58 does not support folders on ramdisk. |
2864 | 2929 | ||
2865 | ====================================================================== |
2930 | ====================================================================== |
2866 | === Function 58, subfunction 3 - writing data in the existing file === |
2931 | ==== Function 58, subfunction 3 - write data to the existing file. === |
2867 | ====================================================================== |
2932 | ====================================================================== |
2868 | Parameters: |
2933 | Parameters: |
2869 | * eax = 58 - number of the function |
2934 | * eax = 58 - function number |
2870 | * ebx = pointer on information structure |
2935 | * ebx = pointer to the information structure |
2871 | Format of information structure: |
2936 | Format of the information structure: |
2872 | * +0: dword: 3 = number subfunction |
2937 | * +0: dword: 3 = subfunction number |
2873 | * +4: dword: initial position in the file; -1 = to add in the end |
2938 | * +4: dword: starting position in the file; -1 = append to the end |
2874 | * +8: dword: number bytes for writing |
2939 | * +8: dword: number of bytes to write |
2875 | * +12 = +0xC: dword: pointer on data for writing |
2940 | * +12 = +0xC: dword: pointer to data to write |
2876 | * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer on buffer for system operation |
2941 | * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer to buffer for system operations |
2877 | (4096 bytes) |
2942 | (4096 bytes) |
2878 | * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-name of file, the rules of creation of names |
2943 | * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-name of file, the rules of names forming are |
2879 | are indicated in the common description |
2944 | given in the general description |
2880 | Returned value: |
2945 | Returned value: |
2881 | * eax = 0 - successfully, differently error code of a file system |
2946 | * eax = 0 - success, otherwise file system error code |
2882 | * ebx fail |
2947 | * ebx destroyed |
2883 | Remarks: |
2948 | Remarks: |
2884 | * Ramdisk and the diskettes do not support this function, |
2949 | * Ramdisk and floppies do not support this function, it is only |
2885 | it only for hard disks. |
2950 | for hard disks. |
2886 | * File should already exist (differently comes back 5, not found). |
2951 | * File must already exist (otherwise function returns 5, not found). |
2887 | For creation of files use subfunction 1. |
2952 | To create files use subfunction 1. |
2888 | * If the initial position is more than a file size, comes back eax=6 (EOF). |
2953 | * If the starting position is greater than file size, the function |
- | 2954 | returns eax=6(EOF). If the end position is greater than file size, |
|
2889 | If the finite position is more than a file size, the file extends. |
2955 | file is extended. |
2890 | * Code of processing of data writing for the hard disk interpretes zero |
2956 | * The code of write processing for hard disk interpretes zero |
2891 | value of a field +8 as the instruction of a truncation of the file |
2957 | value of the field +8 as the instruction to truncate the file to |
2892 | up to a size indicated in a field +4. However code of processing of |
2958 | the size, given in the field +4. However the code of processing |
2893 | 58-th function locks this possibility for the applications, at once |
2959 | 58th function blocks this possibility for applications by |
2894 | returning handle (with eax=0) in case of a zero size. |
2960 | immediate return (with eax=0) in the case of zero size. |
2895 | 2961 | ||
2896 | ====================================================================== |
2962 | ====================================================================== |
2897 | ======== Function 58, subfunction 4 - creation of a folder. ========== |
2963 | ============== Function 58, subfunction 4 - make folder. ============= |
2898 | ====================================================================== |
2964 | ====================================================================== |
2899 | Parameters: |
2965 | Parameters: |
2900 | * eax = 58 - number of the function |
2966 | * eax = 58 - function number |
2901 | * ebx = pointer on information structure |
2967 | * ebx = pointer to the information structure |
2902 | Format of information structure: |
2968 | Format of the information structure: |
2903 | * +0: dword: 4 = number subfunction |
2969 | * +0: dword: 4 = subfunction number |
2904 | * +4: dword: ignored |
2970 | * +4: dword: ignored |
2905 | * +8: dword: ignored |
2971 | * +8: dword: ignored |
2906 | * +12 = +0xC: dword: ignored |
2972 | * +12 = +0xC: dword: ignored |
2907 | * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer on buffer for system operation |
2973 | * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer to buffer for system operations |
2908 | (4096 bytes) |
2974 | (4096 bytes) |
2909 | * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-name of file, the rules of creation of names |
2975 | * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-name of file, the rules of names forming are |
2910 | are indicated in the common description |
2976 | given in the general description |
2911 | Returned value: |
2977 | Returned value: |
2912 | * eax = 0 - successfully, differently error code of a file system |
2978 | * eax = 0 - success, otherwise file system error code |
2913 | * ebx fail |
2979 | * ebx destroyed |
2914 | Remarks: |
2980 | Remarks: |
2915 | * Ramdisk and the diskettes do not support this function, |
2981 | * Ramdisk and floppies do not support this function, it is only |
2916 | it only for hard disks. |
2982 | for hard disks. |
2917 | 2983 | ||
2918 | ====================================================================== |
2984 | ====================================================================== |
2919 | === Function 58, subfunction 5 - renaming/moving of a file/folder. === |
2985 | ======== Function 58, subfunction 5 - rename/move file/folder. ======= |
2920 | ====================================================================== |
2986 | ====================================================================== |
2921 | Parameters: |
2987 | Parameters: |
2922 | * eax = 58 - number of the function |
2988 | * eax = 58 - function number |
2923 | * ebx = pointer on information structure |
2989 | * ebx = pointer to the information structure |
2924 | Format of information structure: |
2990 | Format of the information structure: |
2925 | * +0: dword: 5 = number subfunction |
2991 | * +0: dword: 5 = subfunction number |
2926 | * +4: dword: ignored |
2992 | * +4: dword: ignored |
2927 | * +8: dword: ignored |
2993 | * +8: dword: ignored |
2928 | * +12 = +0xC: dword: ignored |
2994 | * +12 = +0xC: dword: ignored |
2929 | * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer on buffer for system operation |
2995 | * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer to buffer for system operations |
2930 | (4096 bytes) |
2996 | (4096 bytes) |
2931 | * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-name of file, the rules of creation of names |
2997 | * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-name of file, the rules of names forming are |
2932 | are indicated in the common description |
2998 | given in the general description |
2933 | * +20+n: (at once after a completing null character) new ASCIIZ-name, |
2999 | * +20+n: (at once after terminating null character) new |
2934 | should start with /hd/1, that is interpreted as the hard disk |
3000 | ASCIIZ-name, must start from /hd/1, that is interpreted as |
2935 | indicated in the first name |
3001 | the hard disk, indicated in the first name |
2936 | (moving from one disk on another is not supported) |
3002 | (moving from one disk to another is not supported) |
2937 | Returned value: |
3003 | Returned value: |
2938 | * eax = 0 - successfully, differently error code of a file system |
3004 | * eax = 0 - success, otherwise file system error code |
2939 | * ebx fail |
3005 | * ebx destroyed |
2940 | Remarks: |
3006 | Remarks: |
2941 | * Ramdisk and the diskettes do not support this function, |
3007 | * Ramdisk and floppies do not support this function, it is only |
2942 | it only for hard disks. |
3008 | for hard disks. |
2943 | * If new ASCIIZ-name strongly incorrect, i.e. does not start with /hd/1, |
3009 | * If the new ASCIIZ-name is strongly incorrect, i.e. does not start |
2944 | /hd/first, /harddisk/1, /harddisk/first or after that beginnings there |
3010 | from /hd/1, /hd/first, /harddisk/1, /harddisk/first or after this |
2945 | is a blank or character with the code 0, the function returns, strangely |
3011 | space or null character follows, function returns, strangely |
2946 | enough, error code 4. Is the sole function, which in general returns |
3012 | enough, error code 4. It is the only function which returns |
2947 | this code. |
3013 | this code. |
2948 | 3014 | ||
2949 | ====================================================================== |
3015 | ====================================================================== |
2950 | ====== Function 58, subfunction 8 - LBA-reading from the device. ===== |
3016 | ========= Function 58, subfunction 8 - LBA-read from device. ========= |
2951 | ====================================================================== |
3017 | ====================================================================== |
2952 | Parameters: |
3018 | Parameters: |
2953 | * eax = 58 - number of the function |
3019 | * eax = 58 - function number |
2954 | * ebx = pointer on information structure |
3020 | * ebx = pointer to the information structure |
2955 | Format of information structure: |
3021 | Format of the information structure: |
2956 | * +0: dword: 8 = number subfunction |
3022 | * +0: dword: 8 = subfunction number |
2957 | * +4: dword: number of the block for reading (beginning from 0) |
3023 | * +4: dword: number of block to read (beginning from 0) |
2958 | * +8: dword: ignored (install in 1) |
3024 | * +8: dword: ignored (set to 1) |
2959 | * +12 = +0xC: dword: pointer on buffer, where data will be written |
3025 | * +12 = +0xC: dword: pointer to buffer for data (512 bytes) |
2960 | (512 bytes) |
- | |
2961 | * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer on buffer for system operation |
3026 | * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer to buffer for system operations |
2962 | (4096 bytes) |
3027 | (4096 bytes) |
2963 | * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-name of the device: is not sensitive to the register, |
3028 | * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-name of device: case-insensitive, one of |
2964 | one of /rd/1 = /RamDisk/1, /hd/n = /HardDisk/n, |
3029 | /rd/1 = /RamDisk/1, /hd/n = /HardDisk/n, |
2965 | 1<=n<=4 - number of device: 1=IDE0, ..., 4=IDE3. |
3030 | 1<=n<=4 - number of device: 1=IDE0, ..., 4=IDE3. |
2966 | Instead of digits is admitted, though usage 'first', 'second', 'third', |
3031 | Instead of digits it is allowed, though not recommended for |
2967 | 'fourth' is not recommended for convenience of transition on the future |
3032 | convenience of transition to future extensions, to use |
2968 | extensions. |
3033 | 'first','second','third','fourth'. |
2969 | Returned value: |
3034 | Returned value: |
2970 | * if device name /hd/xxx is indicated, where xxx is not in list above: |
3035 | * for device name /hd/xxx, where xxx is not in the list above: |
2971 | * eax = ebx = 1 |
3036 | * eax = ebx = 1 |
2972 | * if the incorrect device name is indicated |
- | |
2973 | (except for the previous case): |
3037 | * for invalid device name (except for the previous case): |
2974 | * eax = 5 |
3038 | * eax = 5 |
2975 | * ebx does not vary |
3039 | * ebx does not change |
2976 | * if the LBA-access is prohibited subfunction 11 functions 21: |
3040 | * if LBA-access is disabled by subfunction 11 of function 21: |
2977 | * eax = 2 |
3041 | * eax = 2 |
2978 | * ebx fail |
3042 | * ebx destroyed |
2979 | * for ramdisk attempt of reading of the block outside ramdisk |
3043 | * for ramdisk: attempt to read block outside ramdisk |
2980 | (18*2*80 blocks) results to |
3044 | (18*2*80 blocks) results in |
2981 | * eax = 3 |
3045 | * eax = 3 |
2982 | * ebx = 0 |
3046 | * ebx = 0 |
2983 | * at successful reading: |
3047 | * for successful read: |
2984 | * eax = ebx = 0 |
3048 | * eax = ebx = 0 |
2985 | Remarks: |
3049 | Remarks: |
2986 | * Size of the block - 512 bytes; one block is read. |
3050 | * Block size is 512 bytes; function reads one block. |
2987 | * It is not necessary to rely on returned value, it can vary in |
3051 | * Do not depend on returned value, it can be changed |
2988 | the following versions. |
3052 | in future versions. |
2989 | * It is required, that the LBA-access to devices subfunction 11 functions 21 |
3053 | * Function requires that LBA-access to devices is enabled by |
2990 | should be allowed. Find out it it is possible by call |
3054 | subfunction 11 of function 21. To check this one can use |
2991 | subfunction 11 functions 26. |
3055 | subfunction 11 of function 26. |
2992 | * LBA-reading of a diskette is not supported. |
3056 | * LBA-read of floppy is not supported. |
2993 | * Function reads out the data of the physical hard disk; if for any reasons |
3057 | * Function reads data on physical hard drive; if for any reason |
2994 | the data of the concrete unit are necessary, will come to define initial |
3058 | data of the concrete partition are required, application must |
2995 | sector of this unit (or directly through MBR, or from the extended |
3059 | define starting sector of this partition (either directly |
2996 | structure returned same subfunction 11 functions 18). |
3060 | through MBR, or from the full structure returned by |
- | 3061 | ïîäôóíêöèåé 11 ôóíêöèè 18). |
|
2997 | * Function the error code of the hard disk does not check, so search of |
3062 | * Function does not check error code of hard disk, so request of |
2998 | nonexistent sector all the same something will read (more probably |
3063 | nonexisting sector reads something (most probably it will be |
2999 | everything, zero, but it is defined by the device) and it will be |
3064 | zeroes, but this is defined by device) and this is considered |
3000 | considered as success (eax=0). |
3065 | as success (eax=0). |
3001 | 3066 | ||
3002 | ============================================================================= |
3067 | ====================================================================== |
3003 | = Function 58, subfunction 15 - obtaining of information about a file system. |
3068 | ==== Function 58, subfunction 15 - get information on file system. === |
3004 | ============================================================================= |
3069 | ====================================================================== |
3005 | Parameters: |
3070 | Parameters: |
3006 | * eax = 58 - number of the function |
3071 | * eax = 58 - function number |
3007 | * ebx = pointer on information structure |
3072 | * ebx = pointer to the information structure |
3008 | Format of information structure: |
3073 | Format of the information structure: |
3009 | * +0: dword: 15 = number of the function |
3074 | * +0: dword: 15 = subfunction number |
3010 | * +4: dword: ignored |
3075 | * +4: dword: ignored |
3011 | * +8: dword: ignored |
3076 | * +8: dword: ignored |
3012 | * +12 = +0xC: dword: ignored |
3077 | * +12 = +0xC: dword: ignored |
3013 | * +16 = +0x10: dword: ignored |
3078 | * +16 = +0x10: dword: ignored |
3014 | * +20 = +0x14: (second character is checked only, at once after /) |
3079 | * +20 = +0x14: (only second character is checked) |
3015 | /rd=/RAMDISK or /hd=/HARDDISK |
3080 | /rd=/RAMDISK or /hd=/HARDDISK |
3016 | Returned value: |
3081 | Returned value: |
3017 | * If second character does not belong to set {'r','R','h','H'}: |
3082 | * if the second character does not belong to set {'r','R','h','H'}: |
3018 | * eax = 3 |
3083 | * eax = 3 |
3019 | * ebx = ecx = dword [fileinfo] = 0 |
3084 | * ebx = ecx = dword [fileinfo] = 0 |
3020 | * for ramdisk: |
3085 | * for ramdisk: |
3021 | * eax = 0 (success) |
3086 | * eax = 0 (success) |
3022 | * ebx = total number of clusters = 2847 |
3087 | * ebx = total number of clusters = 2847 |
3023 | * ecx = number of free clusters |
3088 | * ecx = number of free clusters |
3024 | * dword [fileinfo] = cluster size = 512 |
3089 | * dword [fileinfo] = cluster size = 512 |
3025 | * for the hard disk: base and partition are defined |
3090 | * for hard disk: base and partition are defined by subfunctions |
3026 | subfunctions 7 and 8 functions 21: |
3091 | 7 and 8 of function 21: |
3027 | * eax = 0 (success) |
3092 | * eax = 0 (success) |
3028 | * ebx = total number of clusters |
3093 | * ebx = total number of clusters |
3029 | * ecx = number of free clusters |
3094 | * ecx = number of free clusters |
3030 | * dword [fileinfo] = cluster size (in bytes) |
3095 | * dword [fileinfo] = cluster size (in bytes) |
3031 | Remarks: |
3096 | Remarks: |
3032 | * Be not surprised to strange layout of 4-th returned parameter - when this |
3097 | * Be not surprised to strange layout of 4th returned parameter |
3033 | code was written, at system calls to the application the registers eax, |
3098 | - when this code was writing, at system calls application got |
3034 | ebx, ecx (from pushad-structure transmitted as argument to the system |
3099 | only registers eax,ebx,ecx (from pushad-structure transmitted |
3035 | function) came back only. Now it is corrected, so, probably, it is |
3100 | as argument to the system function). Now it is corrected, so, |
3036 | meaningful to return a cluster size in edx, while this function have |
3101 | probably, it is meaningful to return cluster size in edx, while |
3037 | not begun to use |
3102 | this function is not used yet. |
3038 | * Generally still exists subfunction 11 functions 18, returning the |
3103 | * There exists also subfunction 11 of function 18, |
3039 | information on a file system. Under the extended table of a disk |
3104 | which returns information on file system. From the full table |
3040 | subsystem it is possible to define a cluster size (there it is stored |
3105 | of disk subsystem it is possible to deduce cluster size (there |
3041 | in sectors) and total number of clusters for hard disks. |
3106 | it is stored in sectors) and total number of clusters |
- | 3107 | for hard disks. |
|
3042 | 3108 | ||
3043 | ====================================================================== |
3109 | ====================================================================== |
3044 | ======== Function 58, subfunction 16 - start of application. ========= |
3110 | ========== Function 58, subfunction 16 - start application. ========== |
3045 | ====================================================================== |
3111 | ====================================================================== |
3046 | Parameters: |
3112 | Parameters: |
3047 | * eax = 58 - number of the function |
3113 | * eax = 58 - function number |
3048 | * ebx = pointer on information structure |
3114 | * ebx = pointer to the information structure |
3049 | Format of information structure: |
3115 | Format of the information structure: |
3050 | * +0: dword: 16 = number subfunction |
3116 | * +0: dword: 16 = subfunction number |
3051 | * +4: dword: Field of flags: |
3117 | * +4: dword: flags: |
3052 | * bit 0: to start the process as debugged |
3118 | * bit 0: start the process as debugged |
3053 | * other bits are reserved and should be installed in 0 |
3119 | * other bits are reserved and must be cleared |
3054 | * +8: dword: 0 or pointer on ASCIIZ-string with parameters |
3120 | * +8: dword: 0 or pointer to ASCIIZ-string with parameters |
3055 | * +12 = +0xC: dword: ignored |
3121 | * +12 = +0xC: dword: ignored |
3056 | * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer on buffer for system operation |
3122 | * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer to buffer for system operations |
3057 | (4096 bytes) |
3123 | (4096 bytes) |
3058 | * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-name of file, the rules of creation of names |
3124 | * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-name of file, the rules of names forming are |
3059 | are indicated in the common description |
3125 | given in the general description |
3060 | Returned value: |
3126 | Returned value: |
3061 | * eax > 0 - program is loaded, eax contains PID |
3127 | * eax > 0 - the program is loaded, eax contains PID |
3062 | * eax < 0 - has taken place error, -eax contains an error code |
3128 | * eax < 0 - an error has occured, -eax contains |
3063 | of a file system |
3129 | file system error code |
3064 | Remarks: |
3130 | Remarks: |
3065 | * This function is obsolete, use subfunction 7 functions 70. |
3131 | * This function is obsolete, use subfunction 7 of function 70. |
3066 | * Command line should be ended by the character with the code 0 |
3132 | * Command line must be terminated by character with code 0 |
3067 | (ASCIIZ-strings); it are taken into account or all characters up to |
3133 | (ASCIIZ-string); function takes into account either all characters |
3068 | completing zero inclusively, or the first 256 characters, that are less. |
3134 | up to terminating null inclusively or the first 256 charachters |
- | 3135 | depending on what is less. |
|
3069 | * If the process is started as debugged, it creates in the frozen status; |
3136 | * If the process is started as debugged, it is created in |
3070 | for start use subfunction 5 functions 69. |
3137 | the suspended state; to run use subfunction 5 of function 69. |
3071 | 3138 | ||
3072 | ====================================================================== |
3139 | ====================================================================== |
3073 | ======== Function 59 - get information on last system calls. ========= |
3140 | =============== Function 59 - trace last system calls. =============== |
3074 | ====================================================================== |
3141 | ====================================================================== |
3075 | Get data on all system calls of all processes. |
3142 | Gets data on all system calls of all processes. |
3076 | Parameters: |
3143 | Parameters: |
3077 | * eax = 59 - number of the function |
3144 | * eax = 59 - function number |
3078 | * ebx = 0 - sole subfunction |
3145 | * ebx = 0 - unique subfunction |
3079 | * ecx = pointer on buffer |
3146 | * ecx = pointer to the buffer |
3080 | * edx = size of buffer |
3147 | * edx = size of the buffer |
3081 | Returned value: |
3148 | Returned value: |
3082 | * eax = total number of system calls made from moment |
3149 | * eax = total number of system calls made from system boot |
3083 | of loading system (modulo 2^32) |
3150 | (modulo 2^32) |
3084 | * ebx = 0 |
3151 | * ebx = 0 |
3085 | Format of information about one call: (size = 0x40 = 64 bytes) |
3152 | Format of information on one call: (size = 0x40 = 64 bytes) |
3086 | * +0: dword: PID process/thread |
3153 | * +0: dword: PID of process/thread |
3087 | * +4: 7*dword: garbage |
3154 | * +4: 7*dword: garbage |
3088 | * +32 = +0x20: dword: value edi by call |
3155 | * +32 = +0x20: dword: value of edi at the call |
3089 | * +36 = +0x24: dword: esi |
3156 | * +36 = +0x24: dword: esi |
3090 | * +40 = +0x28: dword: ebp |
3157 | * +40 = +0x28: dword: ebp |
3091 | * +44 = +0x2C: dword: pointer of stack of kernel handler |
3158 | * +44 = +0x2C: dword: stack pointer of the kernel handler |
3092 | * +48 = +0x30: dword: ebx |
3159 | * +48 = +0x30: dword: ebx |
3093 | * +52 = +0x34: dword: edx |
3160 | * +52 = +0x34: dword: edx |
3094 | * +56 = +0x38: dword: ecx |
3161 | * +56 = +0x38: dword: ecx |
3095 | * +60 = +0x3C: dword: eax (=number system function) |
3162 | * +60 = +0x3C: dword: eax (=number of system function) |
3096 | Remarks: |
3163 | Remarks: |
3097 | * Function is used only in the application systrace. It is rather difficult |
3164 | * The function is used only in the application 'systrace'. |
- | 3165 | It is rather difficult to imagine a situation, in which |
|
3098 | to present a situation, in which this application or this function are |
3166 | this application or this function are really useful; |
3099 | really useful, and all system calls for support of this function are a |
3167 | and all system calls for support of this function are a little |
3100 | little decelerated (though and not strongly)... |
3168 | decelerated (though not strongly)... |
3101 | * In this connection there is a sentence support of this function from |
3169 | * So there is a proposition to delete from the kernel |
3102 | a kernel to remove absolutely, together with the application systrace. |
3170 | support of this function, together with application 'systrace'. |
3103 | * Information on system calls is saved in system ring buffer |
3171 | * The information on system calls saves in the system |
3104 | on 0x10 of inputs. |
3172 | ring buffer with 0x10 entries. |
3105 | This function simply copies the indicated size given from the mentioned |
3173 | This function simply copies the given size of data |
3106 | buffer to the indicated address. |
3174 | from this buffer to the given address. |
3107 | * To what from inputs in the buffer corresponds to last call, it is possible |
3175 | * One can determine, which entry in the buffer corresponds to |
3108 | to define on value eax, namely, |
3176 | last system call, by value of eax, namely, it is the entry |
3109 | input (eax and 0xF) (on offset (eax and 0xF) *0x40). |
3177 | (eax and 0xF) (at offset (eax and 0xF)*0x40). |
3110 | * In current implementation the seldom meeting problems of |
3178 | * In the current implementation there can be the seldom |
3111 | unsynchronization are possible, when about some calls the |
3179 | meeting problems of unsynchronization, when the information |
3112 | information becomes outdated. |
3180 | on some calls becomes outdated. |
3113 | * Under the system buffer the page, 4 KB is allocated. |
3181 | * Under the system buffer one page, 4Kb, is allocated. |
3114 | Size of an input = 64 bytes. |
3182 | Size of an entry = 64 bytes. Why only 16 entries are used, |
3115 | Why 16 inputs - not clearly are used only. |
3183 | is not clearly. |
3116 | * Value esp at moment of system call by this function cannot be found out. |
3184 | * The value of esp at the moment of system call cannot |
- | 3185 | be determined by this function. |
|
3117 | * Checks of a correctness edx in current implementation is not done. |
3186 | * The current implementation does not check edx for correctness. |
3118 | 3187 | ||
3119 | ====================================================================== |
3188 | ====================================================================== |
3120 | =========== Function 60 - Inter Process Communication (IPC). ========== |
3189 | ========== Function 60 - Inter Process Communication (IPC). ========== |
3121 | ====================================================================== |
3190 | ====================================================================== |
3122 | IPC is applied to sendings the messages from one process / thread to another. |
3191 | IPC is used for message dispatching from one process/thread to |
3123 | Thus it is necessary previously to agree how to interpreted |
3192 | another. Previously it is necessary to agree how to interpret |
3124 | the concrete message. |
3193 | the concrete message. |
3125 | 3194 | ||
3126 | -------- Subfunction 1 - install area for obtaining IPC --------- |
3195 | ----------- Subfunction 1 - set the area for IPC receiving ----------- |
3127 | Is called by the process - receiver. |
3196 | Is called by process-receiver. |
3128 | Parameters: |
3197 | Parameters: |
3129 | * eax = 60 - number of the function |
3198 | * eax = 60 - function number |
3130 | * ebx = 1 - number subfunction |
3199 | * ebx = 1 - subfunction number |
3131 | * ecx = pointer on buffer |
3200 | * ecx = pointer to the buffer |
3132 | * edx = size of buffer |
3201 | * edx = size of the buffer |
3133 | Returned value: |
3202 | Returned value: |
3134 | * eax = 0 - always successfully |
3203 | * eax = 0 - always success |
3135 | Ôîðìàò IPC-áóôåðà: |
3204 | Format of IPC-buffer: |
3136 | * +0: dword: if here not 0, the buffer is considered disabled; lock/unblock |
3205 | * +0: dword: if nonzero, buffer is considered locked; |
3137 | the buffer, when you with it actively work also to you it is necessary, |
- | |
3138 | that the data of the buffer from the outside varied |
3206 | lock/unlock the buffer, when you work with it and need that |
3139 | (the new messages) not acted |
3207 | buffer data are not changed from outside (no new messages) |
3140 | * +4: dword: occupied place in the buffer (in bytes) |
3208 | * +4: dword: occupied place in the buffer (in bytes) |
3141 | * +8: first message |
3209 | * +8: first message |
3142 | * +8+n: second message |
3210 | * +8+n: second message |
3143 | * ... |
3211 | * ... |
3144 | Format of message: |
3212 | Format of a message: |
3145 | * +0: dword: PID of process / thread which has transmitted the message |
3213 | * +0: dword: PID of sender |
3146 | * +4: dword: length of the message (not including this header) |
3214 | * +4: dword: message length (not including this header) |
3147 | * +8: n*byte: data messages |
3215 | * +8: n*byte: message data |
3148 | 3216 | ||
3149 | --------------- Subfunction 2 - transmit message IPC. ---------------- |
3217 | ------------------ Subfunction 2 - send IPC message ------------------ |
3150 | Is called by the process - initiator. |
3218 | Is called by process-sender. |
3151 | Parameters: |
3219 | Parameters: |
3152 | * eax = 60 - number of the function |
3220 | * eax = 60 - function number |
3153 | * ebx = 2 - number subfunction |
3221 | * ebx = 2 - subfunction number |
3154 | * ecx = PID of receiver |
3222 | * ecx = PID of receiver |
3155 | * edx = pointer on message data |
3223 | * edx = pointer to the message data |
3156 | * esi = length of message (in bytes) |
3224 | * esi = message length (in bytes) |
3157 | Returned value: |
3225 | Returned value: |
3158 | * eax = 0 - successfully |
3226 | * eax = 0 - success |
3159 | * eax = 1 - receiver has not defined buffer for IPC-messages |
3227 | * eax = 1 - the receiver has not defined buffer for IPC messages |
3160 | (can be, was not in time yet, and there can be, it not that thread, |
3228 | (can be, still have no time, |
3161 | which is necessary) |
3229 | and can be, this is not right process) |
3162 | * eax = 2 - receiver has blocked the IPC-buffer; try slightly to wait |
3230 | * eax = 2 - the receiver has blocked IPC-buffer; try to wait a bit |
3163 | * eax = 3 - overflow of IPC-buffer of receiver |
3231 | * eax = 3 - overflow of IPC-buffer of the receiver |
3164 | * eax = 4 - process/thread with such PID does not exist |
3232 | * eax = 4 - process/thread with such PID does not exist |
3165 | Remarks: |
3233 | Remarks: |
3166 | * System at once after writing the IPC-message in the buffer dispatches |
3234 | * Immediately after writing of IPC-message to the buffer the system |
3167 | to stream - receiver event with the code 7 (see codes of events). |
3235 | sends to the receiver the event with code 7 (see event codes). |
3168 | 3236 | ||
3169 | ====================================================================== |
3237 | ====================================================================== |
3170 | ==== Function 61 - get parameters for direct access to a graphics. === |
3238 | ==== Function 61 - get parameters for the direct graphics access. ==== |
3171 | ====================================================================== |
3239 | ====================================================================== |
3172 | Data of graphics screen are accessible to program (area of memory, which purely |
3240 | The data of the graphics screen (the memory area which displays |
3173 | also displays contents of screen) directly without calls of system functions |
3241 | screen contents) are accessible to a program directly, without |
3174 | through the selector gs: |
3242 | any system calls, through the selector gs: |
3175 | mov eax, [gs:0] |
3243 | mov eax, [gs:0] |
- | 3244 | places in eax the first dword of the buffer, which contains |
|
3176 | will place in eax first dword of buffer containing information on colour |
3245 | information on color of the left upper point (and, possibly, colors |
3177 | of left upper point (and, probably, colour of several following). |
3246 | of several following). |
3178 | mov [gs:0], eax |
3247 | mov [gs:0], eax |
3179 | by operation in modes VESA c LFB will install colour of left upper point |
3248 | by work in VESA modes with LFB sets color of the left upper point |
3180 | (and, probably, colour of several following). |
3249 | (and, possibly, colors of several following). |
3181 | Interpretations given of the graphics screen need knowledge of some parameters, |
3250 | To interpret the data of graphics screen program needs to know |
3182 | which come back by this function. |
3251 | some parameters, returning by this function. |
3183 | Remarks: |
3252 | Remarks: |
3184 | * Parameters of a graphics very seldom vary at system operation, namely, |
3253 | * Graphics parameters changes very seldom at work, |
3185 | only in cases, when the user works with the program VRR. |
3254 | namely, only in cases, when user works with the application VRR. |
3186 | * At change of videomode the system redraw all windows |
3255 | * At videomode change the system redraws all windows (event |
3187 | (event with the code 1) and redraw a background (event 5). |
3256 | with code 1) and redraws the background (event 5). |
3188 | Same events occur and in other cases, which meet much more often, |
3257 | Same events occur in other cases too, which meet much more often, |
3189 | than change of videomode. |
3258 | than videomode change. |
3190 | * By operation in videomodes with LFB the selector gs specifies on purely |
3259 | * By operation in videomodes with LFB the selector gs points to |
- | 3260 | LFB itself, so reading/writing on gs result directly in |
|
3191 | LFB, so reading / writing on gs result directly in change of contents of |
3261 | change of screen contents. By operation in videomodes without |
3192 | the screen. By operation in videomodes without LFB gs specifies some area |
3262 | LFB gs points to some data area in the kernel, and all functions |
3193 | of the given kernel, and all functions of output on the screen honesty |
3263 | of screen output fulfil honesty double operation on writing |
3194 | fulfil double operation on writing directly on the screen and on |
3264 | directly to the screen and writing to this buffer. In result |
3195 | writing in this buffer. In result at reading contents of this buffer the |
3265 | at reading contents of this buffer the results correspond to |
3196 | results correspond to contents of the screen (with, generally speaking, |
3266 | screen contents (with, generally speaking, large color |
3197 | large colour permission), and writing ignored. |
3267 | resolution), and writing is ignored. |
3198 | Exception is the mode 320*200, for which in main loop system thread the |
- | |
3199 | upgrade of the screen is fulfilled according to movements |
3268 | One exception is the mode 320*200, for which main loop of the |
3200 | of a mouse pointer. |
3269 | system thread updates the screen according to mouse movements. |
3201 | 3270 | ||
3202 | ------------------------- Screen resolution -------------------------- |
3271 | ------------------------- Screen resolution -------------------------- |
3203 | Parameters: |
3272 | Parameters: |
3204 | * eax = 61 - number of the function |
3273 | * eax = 61 - function number |
3205 | * ebx = 1 - number subfunction |
3274 | * ebx = 1 - subfunction number |
3206 | Returned value: |
3275 | Returned value: |
3207 | * eax = [permission on axis x] *65536 + [permission on axis y] |
3276 | * eax = [resolution on x axis]*65536 + [resolution on y axis] |
3208 | Remarks: |
3277 | Remarks: |
3209 | * It is possible to use the function 14 that it returns sizes on 1 less. |
3278 | * One can use function 14 paying attention that |
3210 | It completely equivalent way. |
3279 | it returns sizes on 1 pixel less. It is fully equivalent way. |
3211 | 3280 | ||
3212 | ------------------------ Number bits on pixel ------------------------ |
3281 | ---------------------- Number of bits per pixel ---------------------- |
3213 | Parameters: |
3282 | Parameters: |
3214 | * eax = 61 - number of the function |
3283 | * eax = 61 - function number |
3215 | * ebx = 2 - number subfunction |
3284 | * ebx = 2 - subfunction number |
3216 | Returned value: |
3285 | Returned value: |
3217 | * eax = number bits on pixel (24 or 32) |
3286 | * eax = number of bits per pixel (24 or 32) |
3218 | 3287 | ||
3219 | ------------------------ Number bytes on string ------------------------ |
3288 | -------------------- Number of bytes per scanline -------------------- |
3220 | Parameters: |
3289 | Parameters: |
3221 | * eax = 61 - number of the function |
3290 | * eax = 61 - function number |
3222 | * ebx = 3 - number subfunction |
3291 | * ebx = 3 - subfunction number |
3223 | Returned value: |
3292 | Returned value: |
3224 | * eax = number bytes, which is occupied by one string of the scanning |
3293 | * eax = number of bytes occupied by one scanline |
3225 | (horizontal line on the screen) |
3294 | (horizontal line on the screen) |
3226 | 3295 | ||
3227 | ====================================================================== |
3296 | ====================================================================== |
3228 | ==== Function 62, subfunction 0 - get version of PCI-interface. ===== |
3297 | ===== Function 62, subfunction 0 - get version of PCI-interface. ===== |
3229 | ====================================================================== |
3298 | ====================================================================== |
3230 | Parameters: |
3299 | Parameters: |
3231 | * eax = 62 - number of the function |
3300 | * eax = 62 - function number |
3232 | * bl = 0 - number subfunction |
3301 | * bl = 0 - subfunction number |
3233 | Returned value: |
3302 | Returned value: |
3234 | * eax = -1 - access to PCI is prohibited; differently |
3303 | * eax = -1 - PCI access is disabled; otherwise |
3235 | * ah.al = version of PCI-interface (ah=version, al=subversion) |
3304 | * ah.al = version of PCI-interface (ah=version, al=subversion) |
3236 | * high word eax contains a zero |
3305 | * high word of eax is zeroed |
3237 | Remarks: |
3306 | Remarks: |
3238 | * Low level access to PCI for applications subfunction 12 |
3307 | * Previously low-level access to PCI for applications must be |
3239 | functions 21 previously should be allowed. |
3308 | enabled by subfunction 12 of function 21. |
3240 | * If PCI BIOS is not supported, the value ax is not defined. |
3309 | * If PCI BIOS is not supported, the value of ax is undefined. |
3241 | 3310 | ||
3242 | ====================================================================== |
3311 | ====================================================================== |
3243 | ==== Function 62, subfunction 1 - get number of last PCI-bus. === |
3312 | ==== Function 62, subfunction 1 - get number of the last PCI-bus. ==== |
3244 | ====================================================================== |
3313 | ====================================================================== |
3245 | Parameters: |
3314 | Parameters: |
3246 | * eax = 62 - number of the function |
3315 | * eax = 62 - function number |
3247 | * bl = 1 - number subfunction |
3316 | * bl = 1 - subfunction number |
3248 | Returned value: |
3317 | Returned value: |
3249 | * eax = -1 - access to PCI is prohibited; differently |
3318 | * eax = -1 - access to PCI is disabled; otherwise |
3250 | * al = number of last PCI-bus; the stayed bits eax fail |
3319 | * al = number of the last PCI-bus; other bytes of eax are destroyed |
3251 | Remarks: |
3320 | Remarks: |
3252 | * Low level access to PCI for applications subfunction 12 |
3321 | * Previously low-level access to PCI for applications must be |
3253 | functions 21 previously should be allowed. |
3322 | enabled by subfunction 12 of function 21. |
3254 | * If PCI BIOS is not supported, the value al is not defined. |
3323 | * If PCI BIOS is not supported, the value of ax is undefined. |
3255 | 3324 | ||
3256 | ====================================================================== |
3325 | ====================================================================== |
3257 | ====================== Function 62, subfunction 2 ==================== |
3326 | ===================== Function 62, subfunction 2 ===================== |
3258 | =========== Get mechanism of call to configuration space PCI. ======== |
3327 | ===== Get mechanism of addressing to the PCI configuration space. ==== |
3259 | ====================================================================== |
3328 | ====================================================================== |
3260 | Parameters: |
3329 | Parameters: |
3261 | * eax = 62 - number of the function |
3330 | * eax = 62 - function number |
3262 | * bl = 2 - number subfunction |
3331 | * bl = 2 - subfunction number |
3263 | Returned value: |
3332 | Returned value: |
3264 | * eax = -1 - access to PCI is prohibited; differently |
3333 | * eax = -1 - access to PCI is disabled; otherwise |
3265 | * al = mechanism (1 or 2); the other bits eax fail |
3334 | * al = mechanism (1 or 2); other bytes of eax are destroyed |
3266 | Remarks: |
3335 | Remarks: |
3267 | * Low level access to PCI for applications subfunction 12 |
3336 | * Previously low-level access to PCI for applications must be |
- | 3337 | enabled by subfunction 12 of function 21. |
|
3268 | functions 21 previously should be allowed. |
3338 | * Addressing mechanism is selected depending on |
3269 | * Mechanism of call is selected according to characteristics of equipment. |
3339 | equipment characteristics. |
3270 | * Subfunctions of reading and writing automatically work with |
3340 | * Subfunctions of read and write work automatically |
3271 | selected mechanism. |
3341 | with the selected mechanism. |
3272 | 3342 | ||
3273 | ====================================================================== |
3343 | ====================================================================== |
3274 | ========= Function 62, subfunction 4,5,6 - read PCI-register. ======== |
3344 | ======== Function 62, subfunctions 4,5,6 - read PCI-register. ======== |
3275 | ====================================================================== |
3345 | ====================================================================== |
3276 | Parameters: |
3346 | Parameters: |
3277 | * eax = 62 - number of the function |
3347 | * eax = 62 - function number |
3278 | * bl = 4 - read bytes |
3348 | * bl = 4 - read byte |
3279 | * bl = 5 - read a word |
3349 | * bl = 5 - read word |
3280 | * bl = 6 - tread a double word |
3350 | * bl = 6 - read dword |
3281 | * bh = number of PCI-bus |
3351 | * bh = number of PCI-bus |
3282 | * ch = dddddfff, where ddddd = number of device on bus, |
3352 | * ch = dddddfff, where ddddd = number of the device on the bus, |
3283 | fff = number of function of device |
3353 | fff = function number of device |
3284 | * cl = number of the register (should be even for bl=5, |
3354 | * cl = number of register (must be even for bl=5, |
3285 | be divided on 4 for bl=6) |
3355 | divisible by 4 for bl=6) |
3286 | Returned value: |
3356 | Returned value: |
3287 | * eax = -1 - error (prohibited access to PCI |
3357 | * eax = -1 - error (access to PCI is disabled or parameters |
3288 | or unsupported parameters); differently |
3358 | are not supported); otherwise |
3289 | * al/ax/eax (depending on the requested size) contains the data; |
3359 | * al/ax/eax (depending on requested size) contains the data; |
3290 | the rest of the register eax fail |
3360 | the other part of register eax is destroyed |
3291 | Remarks: |
3361 | Remarks: |
3292 | * Low level access to PCI for applications subfunction 12 |
3362 | * Previously low-level access to PCI for applications must be |
3293 | functions 21 previously should be allowed. |
- | |
3294 | * Access mechanism 2 supports only 16 devices on the bus and ignores number |
3363 | enabled by subfunction 12 of function 21. |
3295 | of the function. To receive an access mechanism it is possible by call |
3364 | * Access mechanism 2 supports only 16 devices on a bus and ignores |
- | 3365 | function number. To get access mechanism use subfunction 2. |
|
3296 | subfunction 2. |
3366 | * Some registers are standard and exist for all devices, some are |
3297 | * Some registers are standard and exist for all devices, some are defined |
3367 | defined by the concrete device. The list of registers of the |
3298 | by the concrete device. The list first enters, for example, in known |
3368 | first type can be found e.g. in famous |
3299 | Interrupt List by Ralf Brown |
3369 | Interrupt List by Ralf Brown |
3300 | (http://www.pobox.com/~ralf/files.html, |
3370 | (http://www.pobox.com/~ralf/files.html, |
3301 | ftp://ftp.cs.cmu.edu/afs/cs/user/ralf/pub/); |
3371 | ftp://ftp.cs.cmu.edu/afs/cs/user/ralf/pub/); |
- | 3372 | registers of the second type must be listed |
|
3302 | list second should be indicated in documentation on the device. |
3373 | in the device documentation. |
3303 | 3374 | ||
3304 | ====================================================================== |
3375 | ====================================================================== |
3305 | ====== Function 62, subfunction 8,9,10 - write in PCI-register. ====== |
3376 | ====== Function 62, subfunctions 8,9,10 - write to PCI-register. ===== |
3306 | ====================================================================== |
3377 | ====================================================================== |
3307 | Parameters: |
3378 | Parameters: |
3308 | * eax = 62 - number of the function |
3379 | * eax = 62 - function number |
3309 | * bl = 8 - write bytes |
3380 | * bl = 8 - write byte |
3310 | * bl = 9 - write a word |
3381 | * bl = 9 - write word |
3311 | * bl = 10 - write a double word |
3382 | * bl = 10 - write dword |
3312 | * bh = number of PCI-bus |
3383 | * bh = number of PCI-bus |
3313 | * ch = dddddfff, where ddddd = number of the device on bus, |
3384 | * ch = dddddfff, where ddddd = number of the device on the bus, |
3314 | fff = number of function of device |
3385 | fff = function number of device |
3315 | * cl = number of register (should be even for bl=9, |
3386 | * cl = number of register (must be even for bl=9, |
3316 | be divided on 4 for bl=10) |
3387 | divisible by 4 for bl=10) |
- | 3388 | * dl/dx/edx (depending on requested size) contatins |
|
3317 | * dl/dx/edx (depending on requested size) contains given for writing |
3389 | the data to write |
3318 | Returned value: |
3390 | Returned value: |
- | 3391 | * eax = -1 - error (access to PCI is disabled or parameters |
|
3319 | * eax = -1 - error (prohibited access to PCI or unsupported parameters) |
3392 | are not supported) |
3320 | * eax = 0 - successfully |
3393 | * eax = 0 - success |
3321 | Remarks: |
3394 | Remarks: |
3322 | * Low level access to PCI for applications subfunction 12 |
3395 | * Previously low-level access to PCI for applications must be |
3323 | functions 21 previously should be allowed. |
3396 | enabled by subfunction 12 of function 21. |
3324 | * Access mechanism 2 supports only 16 devices on the bus and ignores number |
3397 | * Access mechanism 2 supports only 16 devices on a bus and ignores |
3325 | of the function. To receive an access mechanism it is possible by call |
- | |
3326 | subfunction 2. |
3398 | function number. To get access mechanism use subfunction 2. |
3327 | * Some registers are standard and exist for all devices, some are defined |
3399 | * Some registers are standard and exist for all devices, some are |
- | 3400 | defined by the concrete device. The list of registers of the |
|
3328 | by the concrete device. The list first enters, for example, in known |
3401 | first type can be found e.g. in famous Interrupt List by |
3329 | Interrupt List by Ralf Brown; |
3402 | Ralf Brown; registers of the second type must be listed |
3330 | list second should be indicated in documentation on the device. |
3403 | in the device documentation. |
3331 | 3404 | ||
3332 | ====================================================================== |
3405 | ====================================================================== |
3333 | ============== Function 63 - work with debugging board. ============== |
3406 | ============== Function 63 - work with the debug board. ============== |
3334 | ====================================================================== |
3407 | ====================================================================== |
3335 | Debugging board represents the system buffer (on 512 bytes), in which any |
3408 | The debug board is the global system buffer (with the size |
3336 | program can write (generally speaking, arbitrary) data and from which other |
3409 | 512 bytes), to which any program can write (generally speaking, |
3337 | program can these data read. |
3410 | arbitrary) data and from which other program can read these data. |
3338 | There is an agreement, according to which written given - text strings |
3411 | By the agreement written data are text strings interpreted as |
3339 | interpreted as of the debug message on a course of execution of the program. |
3412 | debug messages on a course of program execution. The kernel in |
3340 | The kernel in the defined situations also writes to board of debugging of the |
3413 | some situations also writes to the debug board information on |
3341 | item of information about execution of some functions; under the agreement of |
3414 | execution of some functions; by the agreement kernel messages |
3342 | the message of a kernel start with the prefix " K: ". |
3415 | begins from the prefix "K : ". |
3343 | For review of board of debugging the application board is created which reads |
3416 | For view of the debug board the application 'board' was created, |
3344 | out the data from the buffer and displays them in the window. board understands |
3417 | which reads data from the buffer and displays them in its window. |
3345 | a sequence of codes 13,10 as transition on new string |
3418 | 'board' interpretes the sequence of codes 13,10 as newline. |
3346 | Character with the zero code at the end of string is not mandatory, |
3419 | A character with null code in an end of line is not necessary, |
3347 | but also does not prevent. |
3420 | but also does not prevent. |
3348 | As has appeared of the debugger necessity of board of debugging a little has |
3421 | Because debugger has been written, the value of the debug board |
3349 | decreased, as the debugger allows completely to inspect a course of execution |
3422 | has decreased, as debugger allows to inspect completely a course of |
3350 | of the program, and for this purpose it is not required of any efforts on the |
3423 | program execution without any efforts from the direction of program |
3351 | part of the program. Nevertheless in many cases the board of debugging |
- | |
3352 | continues to remain useful. |
3424 | itself. Nevertheless in some cases the debug board is still useful. |
3353 | 3425 | ||
3354 | ---------------------------- Writing of byte ---------------------------- |
3426 | ----------------------------- Write byte ----------------------------- |
3355 | Parameters: |
3427 | Parameters: |
3356 | * eax = 63 - number of the function |
3428 | * eax = 63 - function number |
3357 | * ebx = 1 - number subfunction |
3429 | * ebx = 1 - subfunction number |
3358 | * cl = bytes of data |
3430 | * cl = data byte |
3359 | Returned value: |
3431 | Returned value: |
3360 | * function does not return value |
3432 | * function does not return value |
3361 | Remarks: |
3433 | Remarks: |
3362 | * Byte is written in buffer. Length of buffer - 512 bytes. |
3434 | * Byte is written to the buffer. Buffer size is 512 bytes. |
3363 | At overflow of the buffer all obtained data are lost also filling |
3435 | At buffer overflow all obtained data are lost. |
3364 | starts again with zero. |
- | |
3365 | * For output to board of debugging of more complex objects (strings, numbers) |
3436 | * For output to the debug board of more complicated objects |
3366 | this function called in cycle suffices. It is possible to not write |
3437 | (strings, numbers) it is enough to call this function in cycle. |
3367 | manually appropriate code, and to take advantage of the file debug.inc, |
3438 | It is possible not to write the appropriate code manually and use |
3368 | included in the distribution kit. |
3439 | file 'debug.inc', which is included into the distributive. |
3369 | 3440 | ||
3370 | ---------------------------- Reading of byte ---------------------------- |
3441 | ----------------------------- Read byte ------------------------------ |
3371 | Takes away bytes from the buffer. |
3442 | Takes away byte from the buffer. |
3372 | Parameters: |
3443 | Parameters: |
3373 | * eax = 63 - number of the function |
3444 | * eax = 63 - function number |
3374 | * ebx = 2 - number subfunction |
3445 | * ebx = 2 - subfunction number |
3375 | Returned value: |
3446 | Returned value: |
3376 | * eax = ebx = 0 - buffer is empty |
3447 | * eax = ebx = 0 - the buffer is empty |
3377 | * eax = bytes, ebx = 1 - bytes successfully is read |
3448 | * eax = byte, ebx = 1 - byte was successfully read |
3378 | 3449 | ||
3379 | ====================================================================== |
3450 | ====================================================================== |
3380 | ========== Function 64 - reallocate memory of application. ========== |
3451 | ============== Function 64 - resize application memory. ============== |
3381 | ====================================================================== |
3452 | ====================================================================== |
3382 | Parameters: |
3453 | Parameters: |
3383 | * eax = 64 - number of the function |
3454 | * eax = 64 - function number |
3384 | * ebx = 1 - sole subfunction |
3455 | * ebx = 1 - unique subfunction |
3385 | * ecx = new size of memory |
3456 | * ecx = new memory size |
3386 | Returned value: |
3457 | Returned value: |
3387 | * eax = 0 - successfully |
3458 | * eax = 0 - success |
3388 | * eax = 1 - not enough of memory |
3459 | * eax = 1 - not enough memory |
3389 | Remarks: |
3460 | Remarks: |
3390 | * At present this function is a sole resource for dynamic |
3461 | * At the moment this function is a sole resource for dynamic |
3391 | allocation/free of memory for application. |
3462 | allocation/free of application memory. |
3392 | 3463 | ||
3393 | ====================================================================== |
3464 | ====================================================================== |
3394 | ================= Function 66 - work with keyboard. ================= |
3465 | ================== Function 66 - work with keyboard. ================= |
3395 | ====================================================================== |
3466 | ====================================================================== |
3396 | Mode of input influences results of reading of keys by function 2. |
3467 | The input mode influences results of reading keys by function 2. |
3397 | At program loading for it ASCII-mode of input is installed. |
3468 | When a program loads, ASCII input mode is set for it. |
3398 | 3469 | ||
3399 | -------- Subfunction 1 - install a keyboard mode. --------- |
3470 | -------------- Subfunction 1 - set keyboard input mode. -------------- |
3400 | Parameters: |
3471 | Parameters: |
3401 | * eax = 66 - number of the function |
3472 | * eax = 66 - function number |
3402 | * ebx = 1 - number subfunction |
3473 | * ebx = 1 - subfunction number |
3403 | * ecx = mode: |
3474 | * ecx = mode: |
3404 | * 0 = normal (ASCII-characters) |
3475 | * 0 = normal (ASCII-characters) |
3405 | * 1 = scancodes |
3476 | * 1 = scancodes |
3406 | Returned value: |
3477 | Returned value: |
3407 | * function does not return value |
3478 | * function does not return value |
3408 | 3479 | ||
3409 | --------- Subfunction 2 - get a keyboard mode. ---------- |
3480 | -------------- Subfunction 2 - get keyboard input mode. -------------- |
3410 | Parameters: |
3481 | Parameters: |
3411 | * eax = 66 - number of the function |
3482 | * eax = 66 - function number |
3412 | * ebx = 2 - number subfunction |
3483 | * ebx = 2 - subfunction number |
3413 | Returned value: |
3484 | Returned value: |
3414 | * eax = current mode |
3485 | * eax = current mode |
3415 | 3486 | ||
3416 | ------- Subfunction 3 - get a status of direction keys. -------- |
3487 | ------------ Subfunction 3 - get status of control keys. ------------- |
3417 | Parameters: |
3488 | Parameters: |
3418 | * eax = 66 - number of the function |
3489 | * eax = 66 - function number |
3419 | * ebx = 3 - number subfunction |
3490 | * ebx = 3 - subfunction number |
3420 | Returned value: |
3491 | Returned value: |
3421 | * eax = bit mask: |
3492 | * eax = bit mask: |
3422 | * Bit 0 (mask 1): left Shift is pressed |
3493 | * bit 0 (mask 1): left Shift is pressed |
3423 | * Bit 1 (mask 2): right Shift is pressed |
3494 | * bit 1 (mask 2): right Shift is pressed |
3424 | * Bit 2 (mask 4): left Ctrl is pressed |
3495 | * bit 2 (mask 4): left Ctrl is pressed |
3425 | * Bit 3 (mask 8): right Ctrl is pressed |
3496 | * bit 3 (mask 8): right Ctrl is pressed |
3426 | * Bit 4 (mask 0x10): left Alt is pressed |
3497 | * bit 4 (mask 0x10): left Alt is pressed |
3427 | * Bit 5 (mask 0x20): right Alt is pressed |
3498 | * bit 5 (mask 0x20): right Alt is pressed |
3428 | * Bit 6 (mask 0x40): CapsLock is included |
3499 | * bit 6 (mask 0x40): CapsLock is on |
3429 | * Bit 7 (mask 0x80): NumLock is included |
3500 | * bit 7 (mask 0x80): NumLock is on |
3430 | * Bit 8 (mask 0x100): ScrollLock is included |
3501 | * bit 8 (mask 0x100): ScrollLock is on |
3431 | * The other bits are reset |
3502 | * other bits are cleared |
3432 | 3503 | ||
- | 3504 | -------------- Subfunction 4 - set system-wide hotkey. --------------- |
|
3433 | ----- Subfunction 4 - install common system "hotkey". ----- |
3505 | When hotkey is pressed, the system notifies only those applications, |
3434 | Applications which have installed it are informed only on pressing "hotkey"; |
3506 | which have installed it; the active application (which receives |
3435 | the active application (to which acts all normal input) such keys does not get. |
3507 | all normal input) does not receive such keys. |
3436 | Notice consists in sending event with the code 2. |
3508 | The notification consists in sending event with the code 2. |
3437 | To read "hotkey" it is possible the same as also usual, - function 2. |
3509 | Reading hotkey is the same as reading normal key - by function 2. |
3438 | Parameters: |
3510 | Parameters: |
3439 | * eax = 66 - number of the function |
3511 | * eax = 66 - function number |
3440 | * ebx = 4 - number subfunction |
3512 | * ebx = 4 - subfunction number |
3441 | * cl sets scancode of the key; |
3513 | * cl determines key scancode; |
3442 | ãse cl=0 for definition of combinations of a type Ctrl+Shift |
3514 | use cl=0 to give combinations such as Ctrl+Shift |
3443 | * edx = 0xXYZ ûets possible statuses of direction keys: |
3515 | * edx = 0xXYZ determines possible states of control keys: |
3444 | * Z (low 4 bits) are set by a status of keys LShift and RShift: |
3516 | * Z (low 4 bits) determines state of LShift and RShift: |
3445 | * 0 = any of keys should not be pressed; |
3517 | * 0 = no key must be pressed; |
3446 | * 1 = only one of keys is should be pressed; |
3518 | * 1 = exactly one key must be pressed; |
3447 | * 2 = both keys should be pressed; |
3519 | * 2 = both keys must be pressed; |
3448 | * 3 = should be pressed LShift, but not RShift; |
3520 | * 3 = must be pressed LShift, but not RShift; |
3449 | * 4 = should be pressed RShift, but not LShift |
3521 | * 4 = must be pressed RShift, but not LShift |
3450 | * Y - is similar for LCtrl and RCtrl; |
3522 | * Y - similar for LCtrl and RCtrl; |
3451 | * X - is similar for LAlt and RAlt |
3523 | * X - similar for LAlt and RAlt |
3452 | Returned value: |
3524 | Returned value: |
3453 | * eax=0 - successfully |
3525 | * eax=0 - success |
3454 | * eax=1 - too much "hotkey" is admitted (maximal 256) |
3526 | * eax=1 - too mant hotkeys (maximum 256 are allowed) |
3455 | Remarks: |
3527 | Remarks: |
3456 | * Hotkey can work either at pressing, or at release. Scancode of release |
3528 | * Hotkey can work either at pressing or at release. Release |
3457 | of the key on 128 it is more, than scancode of pressing |
3529 | scancode of a key is more on 128 than pressing scancode |
3458 | (i.e. high bit is installed). |
3530 | (i.e. high bit is set). |
3459 | * Some applications can install the same combination; all such applications |
3531 | * Several applications can set the same combination; |
- | 3532 | all such applications will be informed on pressing |
|
3460 | will be informed on pressing such combination. |
3533 | such combination. |
3461 | 3534 | ||
3462 | ------ Subfunction 5 - delete installed "hotkey". ------- |
3535 | -------------- Subfunction 5 - delete installed hotkey. -------------- |
3463 | Parameters: |
3536 | Parameters: |
3464 | * eax = 66 - number of the function |
3537 | * eax = 66 - function number |
3465 | * ebx = 5 - number subfunction |
3538 | * ebx = 5 - subfunction number |
3466 | * cl = scancode of key and edx = 0xXYZ same, as well as in subfunction 4 |
3539 | * cl = scancode of key and edx = 0xXYZ the same as in subfunction 4 |
3467 | Returned value: |
3540 | Returned value: |
3468 | * eax = 0 - successfully |
3541 | * eax = 0 - success |
3469 | * eax = 1 - there is no such hotkey |
3542 | * eax = 1 - there is no such hotkey |
3470 | Remarks: |
3543 | Remarks: |
- | 3544 | * When a process/thread terminates, all hotkey installed by it are |
|
3471 | * At completion of process / thread all hotkey, installed by it are deleted. |
3545 | deleted. |
3472 | * Function call does not influence other applications. If other application |
3546 | * The call to this subfunction does not affect other applications. |
- | 3547 | If other application has defined the same combination, it will |
|
3473 | has defined same combination, it will receive still notices. |
3548 | still receive notices. |
3474 | 3549 | ||
3475 | ====================================================================== |
3550 | ====================================================================== |
3476 | ============ Function 67 - change location/sizes of window. =========== |
3551 | ========= Function 67 - change position/sizes of the window. ========= |
3477 | ====================================================================== |
3552 | ====================================================================== |
3478 | Parameters: |
3553 | Parameters: |
3479 | * eax = 67 - number of the function |
3554 | * eax = 67 - function number |
3480 | * ebx = new x-coordinate of the window |
3555 | * ebx = new x-coordinate of the window |
3481 | * ecx = new y-coordinate of the window |
3556 | * ecx = new y-coordinate of the window |
3482 | * edx = new x-size of the window |
3557 | * edx = new x-size of the window |
3483 | * esi = new y-size of the window |
3558 | * esi = new y-size of the window |
3484 | Returned value: |
3559 | Returned value: |
3485 | * function does not return value |
3560 | * function does not return value |
3486 | Remarks: |
3561 | Remarks: |
3487 | * Value -1 for the parameter means "to not change"; for example, for moving |
3562 | * The value -1 for a parameter means "do not change"; e.g. to move |
3488 | the window without resizing it is possible to specify edx=esi =-1. |
3563 | the window without resizing it is possible to specify edx=esi=-1. |
3489 | * Previously window should be defined by the function 0. |
3564 | * Previously the window must be defined by function 0. |
3490 | It sets initial coordinates and sizes of the window. |
3565 | It sets initial coordinates and sizes of the window. |
3491 | * Sizes of the window are understood in sense of the function 0, |
3566 | * Sizes of the window are understood in sense of function 0, |
3492 | i.e. on one pixel it is less, than real sizes. |
3567 | that is one pixel less than real sizes. |
3493 | * Function call for the maximized windows is simple ignored. |
3568 | * The function call for maximized windows is simply ignored. |
3494 | * For windows of appropriate styles a location and/or the sizes can be |
3569 | * For windows of appropriate styles position and/or sizes can be |
3495 | changed by the user; current a location and the sizes can be obtained |
3570 | changed by user; current position and sizes can be obtained by |
3496 | by function call 9. |
3571 | call to function 9. |
3497 | * Function dispatches to window event redraw (with the code 1). |
3572 | * The function sends to the window redraw event (with the code 1). |
3498 | 3573 | ||
3499 | ====================================================================== |
3574 | ====================================================================== |
3500 | == Function 68, subfunction 0 - get the counter of task switchings. == |
3575 | ====== Function 68, subfunction 0 - get the task switch counter. ===== |
3501 | ====================================================================== |
3576 | ====================================================================== |
3502 | Parameters: |
3577 | Parameters: |
3503 | * eax = 68 - number of the function |
3578 | * eax = 68 - function number |
3504 | * ebx = 0 - number subfunction |
3579 | * ebx = 0 - subfunction number |
3505 | Returned value: |
3580 | Returned value: |
3506 | * eax = number of task switchings from the moment of loading the system |
3581 | * eax = number of task switches from the system booting |
3507 | (modulo 2^32) |
3582 | (modulo 2^32) |
3508 | 3583 | ||
3509 | ====================================================================== |
3584 | ====================================================================== |
3510 | ====================== Function 68, subfunction 1 ==================== |
3585 | ======= Function 68, subfunction 1 - switch to the next thread. ====== |
3511 | =========== To switch to the following thread of execution. ========== |
- | |
3512 | ====================================================================== |
3586 | ====================================================================== |
3513 | Function completes a current time slice allocated to stream, |
3587 | The function completes the current time slice allocated to the |
3514 | and switches to the following.(What thread what process will be by the |
3588 | thread and switches to the next. (Which thread in which process |
3515 | following, to predict it is impossible). |
3589 | will be next, is unpredictable). Later, when execution queue |
3516 | Later, when up to current thread queue will reach, |
3590 | will reach the current thread, execution will be continued. |
3517 | the execution will be restored. |
- | |
3518 | Parameters: |
3591 | Parameters: |
3519 | * eax = 68 - number of the function |
3592 | * eax = 68 - function number |
3520 | * ebx = 1 - number subfunction |
3593 | * ebx = 1 - subfunction number |
3521 | Returned value: |
3594 | Returned value: |
3522 | * function does not return value |
3595 | * function does not return value |
3523 | 3596 | ||
3524 | ====================================================================== |
3597 | ====================================================================== |
3525 | ============ Function 68, subfunction 2 - cache + rdpmc. ============= |
3598 | ============= Function 68, subfunction 2 - cache + rdpmc. ============ |
3526 | ====================================================================== |
3599 | ====================================================================== |
3527 | Parameters: |
3600 | Parameters: |
3528 | * eax = 68 - number of the function |
3601 | * eax = 68 - function number |
3529 | * ebx = 2 - number subfunction |
3602 | * ebx = 2 - subfunction number |
3530 | * ecx = required operation: |
3603 | * ecx = required action: |
3531 | * ecx = 0 - to permit execution of the instruction rdpmc |
3604 | * ecx = 0 - enable instruction 'rdpmc' |
3532 | (ReaD Performance-Monitoring Counters) |
3605 | (ReaD Performance-Monitoring Counters) for applications |
3533 | * ecx = 1 - find out, enabled/disabled cache |
3606 | * ecx = 1 - find out whether cache is disabled/enabled |
3534 | * ecx = 2 - enabled cache |
3607 | * ecx = 2 - enable cache |
3535 | * ecx = 3 - disabled cache |
3608 | * ecx = 3 - disable cache |
3536 | Returned value: |
3609 | Returned value: |
3537 | * for ecx=0: |
3610 | * for ecx=0: |
3538 | * eax = value cr4 |
3611 | * eax = the value of cr4 |
3539 | * for ecx=1: |
3612 | * for ecx=1: |
3540 | * eax = (cr0 and 0x60000000): |
3613 | * eax = (cr0 and 0x60000000): |
3541 | * eax = 0 - cache enabled |
3614 | * eax = 0 - cache is on |
3542 | * eax <> 0 - cache disabled |
3615 | * eax <> 0 - cache is off |
3543 | * for ecx=2 and ecx=3: |
3616 | * for ecx=2 and ecx=3: |
3544 | * function does not return value |
3617 | * function does not return value |
3545 | 3618 | ||
3546 | ====================================================================== |
3619 | ====================================================================== |
3547 | =========== Function 68, subfunction 3 - read MSR-register. ========== |
3620 | =========== Function 68, subfunction 3 - read MSR-register. ========== |
3548 | ====================================================================== |
3621 | ====================================================================== |
3549 | MSR = Model Specific Register; the complete list of the MSR-registers of the |
3622 | MSR = Model Specific Register; the complete list of MSR-registers |
3550 | processor contains in documentation on the processor (for example, IA-32 Intel |
3623 | of a processor is included to the documentation on it (for example, |
3551 | Architecture Software Developer's Manual, Volume 3, Appendix B); each set of |
3624 | IA-32 Intel Architecture Software Developer's Manual, |
- | 3625 | Volume 3, Appendix B); each processor family has its own subset |
|
3552 | processors has the subset of the MSR-registers. |
3626 | of the MSR-registers. |
3553 | Parameters: |
3627 | Parameters: |
3554 | * eax = 68 - number of the function |
3628 | * eax = 68 - function number |
3555 | * ebx = 3 - number subfunction |
3629 | * ebx = 3 - subfunction number |
3556 | * ecx ignored |
3630 | * ecx is ignored |
3557 | * edx = address MSR |
3631 | * edx = MSR address |
3558 | Returned value: |
3632 | Returned value: |
3559 | * ebx:eax = high:low dword of result |
3633 | * ebx:eax = high:low dword of the result |
3560 | Remarks: |
3634 | Remarks: |
3561 | * Instruction in ecx nonexistent or non-realized for of the given processor |
3635 | * If ecx contains nonexistent or not implemented for this processor |
3562 | MSR will entail exception in a kernel, which will kill thread. |
3636 | MSR, processor will generate an exception in the kernel, which |
- | 3637 | will kill the thread. |
|
3563 | * Previously it is necessary to define, whether are supported MSR as a whole, |
3638 | * Previously it is necessary to check, whether MSRs are supported |
3564 | command cpuid. Differently there will be already other exception in a |
3639 | as a whole, with the instruction 'cpuid'. Otherwise processor |
3565 | kernel, which all the same will kill thread. |
3640 | will generate other exception in the kernel, which will anyway |
- | 3641 | kill the thread. |
|
3566 | 3642 | ||
3567 | ====================================================================== |
3643 | ====================================================================== |
3568 | ========= Function 68, subfunction 4 - çàïèñàòü â MSR-ðåãèñòð. ========= |
3644 | ========= Function 68, subfunction 4 - write to MSR-register. ======== |
3569 | ====================================================================== |
3645 | ====================================================================== |
3570 | MSR = Model Specific Register; the complete list of the MSR-registers of the |
3646 | MSR = Model Specific Register; the complete list of MSR-registers |
3571 | processor contains in documentation on the processor (for example, IA-32 Intel |
3647 | of a processor is included to the documentation on it (for example, |
3572 | Architecture Software Developer's Manual, Volume 3, Appendix B); each set of |
3648 | IA-32 Intel Architecture Software Developer's Manual, |
- | 3649 | Volume 3, Appendix B); each processor family has its own subset |
|
3573 | processors has the subset of the MSR-registers. |
3650 | of the MSR-registers. |
3574 | Parameters: |
3651 | Parameters: |
3575 | * eax = 68 - number of the function |
3652 | * eax = 68 - function number |
3576 | * ebx = 4 - number subfunction |
3653 | * ebx = 4 - subfunction number |
3577 | * ecx ignored |
3654 | * ecx is ignored |
3578 | * edx = address MSR |
3655 | * edx = MSR address |
3579 | * esi:edi = high:low dword of result |
3656 | * esi:edi = high:low dword |
3580 | Returned value: |
3657 | Returned value: |
3581 | * ebx:eax = copy esi:edi |
3658 | * ebx:eax = copy of esi:edi |
3582 | Remarks: |
3659 | Çàìå÷àíèÿ: |
3583 | * Instruction in ecx nonexistent or non-realized for of the given processor |
3660 | * If ecx contains nonexistent or not implemented for this processor |
3584 | MSR will entail exception in a kernel, which will kill thread. |
3661 | MSR, processor will generate an exception in the kernel, which |
- | 3662 | will kill the thread. |
|
3585 | * Previously it is necessary to define, whether are supported MSR as a whole, |
3663 | * Previously it is necessary to check, whether MSRs are supported |
3586 | command cpuid. Differently there will be already other exception in a |
3664 | as a whole, with the instruction 'cpuid'. Otherwise processor |
3587 | kernel, which all the same will kill thread. |
3665 | will generate other exception in the kernel, which will anyway |
- | 3666 | kill the thread. |
|
3588 | 3667 | ||
3589 | ====================================================================== |
3668 | ====================================================================== |
3590 | ======= Function 68, subfunction 5 - allocate physical memory. ======= |
3669 | ======= Function 68, subfunction 5 - allocate physical memory. ======= |
3591 | ====================================================================== |
3670 | ====================================================================== |
3592 | Parameters: |
3671 | Parameters: |
3593 | * eax = 68 - number of the function |
3672 | * eax = 68 - function number |
3594 | * ebx = 5 - number subfunction |
3673 | * ebx = 5 - subfunction number |
3595 | * ecx = size (in bytes) |
3674 | * ecx = size (in bytes) |
3596 | Returned value: |
3675 | Returned value: |
3597 | * eax = physical address of allocated memory |
3676 | * eax = physical address of allocated memory |
3598 | Remarks: |
3677 | Remarks: |
3599 | * Usual applications should not use this function, it is intended for of a |
3678 | * Normal applications must not use this function, it is intended |
3600 | case, when by operation with any device it is required to place the data |
3679 | for the case, when for some device it is required to place |
3601 | to the known physical address. (In effect, this function was developed for |
3680 | data to the known physical address. (In effect, this function |
3602 | AC97WAV.) |
3681 | was developed for AC97WAV.) |
3603 | * Number of blocks of the actual storage is limited (constant 24, and this |
3682 | * The number of blocks of physical memory is limited (by constant |
3604 | constant includes and some memories for of needs of a kernel). |
3683 | 24, and this constant includes some blocks for kernel). |
3605 | * Free allocated memory it is possible subfunction 6, in copying data |
3684 | * To free a memory allocated by such way use |
- | 3685 | subfunction 6, to copy data there and back |
|
3606 | there/back are engaged subfunction 7 and 8. |
3686 | use subfunctions 7 and 8. |
3607 | 3687 | ||
3608 | ====================================================================== |
3688 | ====================================================================== |
3609 | ========= Function 68, subfunction 6 - free physical memory. ========= |
3689 | ========= Function 68, subfunction 6 - free physical memory. ========= |
3610 | ====================================================================== |
3690 | ====================================================================== |
3611 | Parameters: |
3691 | Parameters: |
3612 | * eax = 68 - number of the function |
3692 | * eax = 68 - function number |
3613 | * ebx = 6 - number subfunction |
3693 | * ebx = 6 - subfunction number |
3614 | * ecx = physical address of memory |
3694 | * ecx = physical address of memory |
3615 | Returned value: |
3695 | Returned value: |
3616 | * function does not return value |
3696 | * function does not return value |
3617 | Remarks: |
3697 | Remarks: |
3618 | * Usual applications should not use this function, it is intended for of a |
3698 | * Normal applications must not use this function, it is intended |
3619 | case, when by operation with any device it is required to place the data |
3699 | for the case, when for some device it is required to place |
3620 | to the known physical address. (In effect, this function was developed for |
3700 | data to the known physical address. (In effect, this function |
3621 | AC97WAV.) |
3701 | was developed for AC97WAV.) |
3622 | * Memory should be earlier allocated subfunction 5. |
3702 | * The memory must be previously allocated by subfunction 5. |
3623 | 3703 | ||
3624 | ====================================================================== |
3704 | ====================================================================== |
3625 | ==== Function 68, subfunction 7 - write data in physical memory. ===== |
3705 | ===== Function 68, subfunction 7 - write data to physical memory. ==== |
3626 | ====================================================================== |
3706 | ====================================================================== |
3627 | Parameters: |
3707 | Parameters: |
3628 | * eax = 68 - number of the function |
3708 | * eax = 68 - function number |
3629 | * ebx = 7 - number subfunction |
3709 | * ebx = 7 - subfunction number |
3630 | * ecx = physical address |
3710 | * ecx = physical address |
3631 | * edx = pointer on data (in application) |
3711 | * edx = pointer to the data (in the application) |
3632 | * esi = data size (in bytes) |
3712 | * esi = size of the data (in bytes) |
3633 | Returned value: |
3713 | Returned value: |
3634 | * function does not return value |
3714 | * function does not return value |
3635 | Remarks: |
3715 | Remarks: |
3636 | * Usual applications should not use this function, it is intended for of a |
3716 | * Normal applications must not use this function, it is intended |
3637 | case, when by operation with any device it is required to place the data |
3717 | for the case, when for some device it is required to place |
3638 | to the known physical address. (In effect, this function was developed for |
3718 | data to the known physical address. (In effect, this function |
3639 | AC97WAV.) |
3719 | was developed for AC97WAV.) |
3640 | * Range of physical addresses should lay inside allocated subfunction 5 |
3720 | * The range of physical addresses should lie inside of previously |
3641 | blocks of physical memory. |
3721 | allocated by subfunction 5 block of physical memory. |
3642 | * Checks of a correctness is not made. |
3722 | * There is no check for correctness. |
3643 | 3723 | ||
3644 | ====================================================================== |
3724 | ====================================================================== |
3645 | ==== Function 68, subfunction 8 - read data from physical memory. ==== |
3725 | ==== Function 68, subfunction 8 - read data from physical memory. ==== |
3646 | ====================================================================== |
3726 | ====================================================================== |
3647 | Parameters: |
3727 | Parameters: |
3648 | * eax = 68 - number of the function |
3728 | * eax = 68 - function number |
3649 | * ebx = 8 - number subfunction |
3729 | * ebx = 8 - subfunction number |
3650 | * ecx = physical address |
3730 | * ecx = physical address |
3651 | * edx = pointer on buffer for data (in application) |
3731 | * edx = pointer to buffer for data (in application) |
3652 | * esi = data size (in bytes) |
3732 | * esi = size of data (in bytes) |
3653 | Returned value: |
3733 | Returned value: |
3654 | * function does not return value |
3734 | * function does not return value |
3655 | Remarks: |
3735 | Remarks: |
3656 | * Usual applications should not use this function, it is intended for of a |
3736 | * Normal applications must not use this function, it is intended |
3657 | case, when by operation with any device it is required to place the data |
3737 | for the case, when for some device it is required to place |
3658 | to the known physical address. (In effect, this function was developed for |
3738 | data to the known physical address. (In effect, this function |
3659 | AC97WAV.) |
3739 | was developed for AC97WAV.) |
3660 | * Range of physical addresses should lay inside allocated subfunction 5 |
3740 | * The range of physical addresses should lie inside of previously |
3661 | blocks of physical memory. |
3741 | allocated by subfunction 5 block of physical memory. |
3662 | * Checks of a correctness is not made. |
3742 | * There is no check for correctness. |
3663 | 3743 | ||
3664 | ====================================================================== |
3744 | ====================================================================== |
3665 | ====================== Function 69 - debugging. ====================== |
3745 | ====================== Fucntion 69 - debugging. ====================== |
3666 | ====================================================================== |
3746 | ====================================================================== |
3667 | Process can load other process as debugged by installation of appropriate bit |
3747 | A process can load other process as debugged by set of corresponding |
- | 3748 | bit by call to subfunction 16 of function 58 |
|
3668 | by call subfunction 16 functions 58. Process can have only one debugger; |
3749 | or subfunction 7 of function 70. |
- | 3750 | A process can have only one debugger; one process can debug some |
|
3669 | one process can debug some processes. System notifies the debugger on events |
3751 | others. The system notifies debugger on events occuring with |
3670 | occurring to the debugged process. Messages are written in the buffer defined |
3752 | debugged process. Messages are written to the buffer defined by |
3671 | subfunction 0. |
3753 | subfunction 0. |
3672 | Ôîðìàò ñîîáùåíèÿ: |
3754 | Format of a message: |
3673 | +0: dword: the code of the message |
3755 | * +0: dword: message code |
3674 | +4: dword: PID of the debugged process |
3756 | * +4: dword: PID of debugged process |
3675 | +8: there can be additional data defined by the code of the message |
3757 | * +8: there can be additional data depending on message code |
3676 | Codes of messages: |
3758 | Message codes: |
3677 | * 1 = exception |
3759 | * 1 = exception |
3678 | * in addition transfers dword-number of exception |
3760 | * in addition dword-number of the exception is given |
3679 | * process is paused |
3761 | * process is suspended |
3680 | * 2 = process was completed |
3762 | * 2 = process has terminated |
3681 | * comes at any completion: both through the system function -1, |
3763 | * comes at any termination: both through the system function -1, |
3682 | and at "murder" by any other process (including debugger) |
3764 | and at "murder" by any other process (including debugger itself) |
3683 | * 3 = debug exception int 1 = #DB |
3765 | * 3 = debug exception int 1 = #DB |
3684 | * in addition transfers a dword-image of the register DR6: |
3766 | * in addition dword-image of the register DR6 is given: |
3685 | * Bits 0-3: the condition of appropriate breakpoint |
3767 | * bits 0-3: condition of the corresponding breakpoint (set by |
3686 | (installed subfunction 9) is fulfilled |
3768 | subfunction 9) is satisfied |
3687 | * Bit 14: the exception has taken place because of the mode of step |
3769 | * áèò 14: exception has occured because of the trace mode |
3688 | tracing (the flag TF is installed) |
3770 | (flag TF is set TF) |
3689 | * process is paused |
3771 | * process is suspended |
3690 | At completion of the debugger all debugged processes are killed. |
3772 | When debugger terminates, all debugged processes are killed. |
3691 | If the debugger it does not want, it should previously be disabled |
3773 | If debugger does not want this, it must previously detach by |
3692 | subfunction 3. |
3774 | subfunction 3. |
3693 | 3775 | ||
3694 | All subfunction are applicable only to the processes/threads started from |
3776 | All subfunctions are applicable only to processes/threads started |
3695 | current function 58 with a installed debugging flag. |
3777 | from the current by function 58 or 70 with set debugging flag. |
3696 | Debugging of multithread programs is not supported yet. |
3778 | Debugging of multithreaded programs is not supported yet. |
3697 | Full list subfunctions: |
3779 | The full list of subfunctions: |
3698 | * subfunction 0 - define area given for of debug messages |
3780 | * subfunction 0 - define data area for debug messages |
3699 | * subfunction 1 - get a status of the registers debugged thread |
3781 | * subfunction 1 - get contents of registers of debugged thread |
3700 | * subfunction 2 - install a status of the registers debugged thread |
3782 | * subfunction 2 - set contents of registers of debugged thread |
3701 | * subfunction 3 - disabled from the debugged process |
3783 | * subfunction 3 - detach from debugged process |
3702 | * subfunction 4 - paused debugged thread |
3784 | * subfunction 4 - suspend debugged thread |
3703 | * subfunction 5 - restored execution debugged thread |
3785 | * subfunction 5 - resume debugged thread |
3704 | * subfunction 6 - read from memory of the debugged process |
3786 | * subfunction 6 - read from the memory of debugged process |
3705 | * subfunction 7 - write in memory of the debugged process |
3787 | * subfunction 7 - write to the memory of debugged process |
3706 | * subfunction 8 - complete debugged thread |
3788 | * subfunction 8 - terminate debugged thread |
3707 | * subfunction 9 - place/remove the hardware point break |
- | |
3708 | 3789 | * subfunction 9 - set/clear hardware breakpoint |
|
3709 | ====================================================================== |
3790 | |
3710 | ====================== Function 69, subfunction 0 ==================== |
3791 | ====================================================================== |
3711 | ============= Define area given for of debug messages. =============== |
3792 | = Function 69, subfunction 0 - define data area fror debug messages. = |
3712 | ====================================================================== |
3793 | ====================================================================== |
3713 | Parameters: |
3794 | Parameters: |
3714 | * eax = 69 - number of the function |
3795 | * eax = 69 - function number |
3715 | * ebx = 0 - number subfunction |
3796 | * ebx = 0 - subfunction number |
3716 | * ecx = pointer |
3797 | * ecx = pointer |
3717 | Format of data area: |
3798 | Format of data area: |
3718 | * +0: dword: N = size of buffer (not including this header) |
3799 | * +0: dword: N = buffer size (not including this header) |
3719 | * +4: dword: occupied in buffer |
3800 | * +4: dword: occupied place |
3720 | * +8: N*byte: buffer |
3801 | * +8: N*byte: buffer |
3721 | Returned value: |
3802 | Returned value: |
3722 | * function does not return value |
3803 | * function does not return value |
3723 | Remarks: |
3804 | Remarks: |
3724 | * If a field of a size negatively, the buffer is considered disabled and |
3805 | * If the size field is negative, the buffer is considered locked |
3725 | at arrival of the new message the system will wait. |
3806 | and at arrival of new message the system will wait. |
3726 | For synchronization frame all operation with the buffer by operations |
3807 | For synchronization frame all work with the buffer by operations |
3727 | of the locking/unlocking |
3808 | lock/unlock |
3728 | neg [bufsize] |
3809 | neg [bufsize] |
3729 | * Data in the buffer are treated as the array of units of a variable |
3810 | * Data in the buffer are considered as array of items with variable |
3730 | length - messages. The format of the message is indicated in |
3811 | length - messages. Format of a message is explained in |
3731 | the common description. |
3812 | general description. |
3732 | 3813 | ||
3733 | ====================================================================== |
3814 | ====================================================================== |
3734 | ====================== Function 69, subfunction 1 ==================== |
3815 | ===================== Function 69, subfunction 1 ===================== |
3735 | =========== Get a status of the registers debugged thread. =========== |
3816 | ============ Get contents of registers of debugged thread. =========== |
3736 | ====================================================================== |
3817 | ====================================================================== |
3737 | Parameters: |
3818 | Parameters: |
3738 | * eax = 69 - number of the function |
3819 | * eax = 69 - function number |
3739 | * ebx = 1 - number subfunction |
3820 | * ebx = 1 - subfunction number |
3740 | * ecx = thread identifier |
3821 | * ecx = thread identifier |
- | 3822 | * edx = size of context structure, must be 0x28=40 bytes |
|
3741 | * edx = length of structure of a context, should be 0x28=40 bytes |
3823 | * esi = pointer to context structure |
3742 | Returned value: |
3824 | Returned value: |
3743 | * function does not return value |
3825 | * function does not return value |
3744 | Format of structure of a context: (FPU is not supported yet) |
3826 | Format of context structure: (FPU is not supported yet) |
3745 | * +0: dword: eip |
3827 | * +0: dword: eip |
3746 | * +4: dword: eflags |
3828 | * +4: dword: eflags |
3747 | * +8: dword: eax |
3829 | * +8: dword: eax |
3748 | * +12 = +0xC: dword: ecx |
3830 | * +12 = +0xC: dword: ecx |
3749 | * +16 = +0x10: dword: edx |
3831 | * +16 = +0x10: dword: edx |
3750 | * +20 = +0x14: dword: ebx |
3832 | * +20 = +0x14: dword: ebx |
3751 | * +24 = +0x18: dword: esp |
3833 | * +24 = +0x18: dword: esp |
3752 | * +28 = +0x1C: dword: ebp |
3834 | * +28 = +0x1C: dword: ebp |
3753 | * +32 = +0x20: dword: esi |
3835 | * +32 = +0x20: dword: esi |
3754 | * +36 = +0x24: dword: edi |
3836 | * +36 = +0x24: dword: edi |
3755 | Remarks: |
3837 | Remarks: |
3756 | * If thread fulfils the code of a ring-0, the status of the registers |
3838 | * If the thread executes code of ring-0, the function returns |
3757 | of a ring-3 comes back. |
3839 | contents of registers of ring-3. |
3758 | * Process should be loaded for of debugging (as is indicated in |
3840 | * Process must be loaded for debugging (as is shown in |
3759 | the common description). |
3841 | general description). |
3760 | 3842 | ||
3761 | ====================================================================== |
3843 | ====================================================================== |
3762 | ====================== Function 69, subfunction 2 ====================== |
3844 | ===================== Function 69, subfunction 2 ===================== |
3763 | ======== Install a status of the registers debugged thread. ======== |
3845 | ============ Set contents of registers of debugged thread. =========== |
3764 | ====================================================================== |
3846 | ====================================================================== |
3765 | Parameters: |
3847 | Parameters: |
3766 | * eax = 69 - number of the function |
3848 | * eax = 69 - function number |
3767 | * ebx = 2 - number subfunction |
3849 | * ebx = 2 - subfunction number |
3768 | * ecx = thread identifier |
3850 | * ecx = thread identifier |
3769 | * edx = length of structure of a context, should be 0x28=40 bytes |
3851 | * edx = size of context structure, must be 0x28=40 bytes |
3770 | Returned value: |
3852 | Returned value: |
3771 | * function does not return value |
3853 | * function does not return value |
- | 3854 | Format of context structure is shown in the description of |
|
3772 | Format of structure of a context is indicated in the description subfunction 1. |
3855 | subfunction 1. |
3773 | Remarks: |
3856 | Remarks: |
3774 | * If thread fulfils the code of a 0-ring, the status of the registers |
3857 | * If the thread executes code of ring-0, the function returns |
3775 | of a 3-ring is installed. |
3858 | contents of registers of ring-3. |
3776 | * Process should be loaded for of debugging (as is indicated in |
3859 | * Process must be loaded for debugging (as is shown in |
3777 | the common description). |
3860 | general description). |
3778 | 3861 | ||
3779 | ====================================================================== |
3862 | ====================================================================== |
3780 | == Function 69, subfunction 3 - disabled from the debugged process. == |
3863 | ===== Function 69, subfunction 3 - detach from debugged process. ===== |
3781 | ====================================================================== |
3864 | ====================================================================== |
3782 | Parameters: |
3865 | Parameters: |
3783 | * eax = 69 - number of the function |
3866 | * eax = 69 - function number |
3784 | * ebx = 3 - number subfunction |
3867 | * ebx = 3 - subfunction number |
3785 | * ecx = identifier |
3868 | * ecx = identifier |
3786 | Returned value: |
3869 | Returned value: |
3787 | * function does not return value |
3870 | * function does not return value |
3788 | Remarks: |
3871 | Remarks: |
3789 | * If the process was paused, it restores execution. |
3872 | * If the process was suspended, it resumes execution. |
3790 | 3873 | ||
3791 | ====================================================================== |
3874 | ====================================================================== |
3792 | ======== Function 69, subfunction 4 - paused debugged thread. ======== |
3875 | ======== Function 69, subfunction 4 - suspend debugged thread. ======= |
3793 | ====================================================================== |
3876 | ====================================================================== |
3794 | Parameters: |
3877 | Parameters: |
3795 | * eax = 69 - number ïðîöåññà |
3878 | * eax = 69 - function number |
3796 | * ebx = 4 - number subfunction |
3879 | * ebx = 4 - subfunction number |
3797 | * ecx = identifier |
3880 | * ecx = thread identifier |
3798 | Returned value: |
3881 | Returned value: |
3799 | * function does not return value |
3882 | * function does not return value |
3800 | Remarks: |
3883 | Remarks: |
3801 | * Process should be loaded for of debugging (as is indicated in |
3884 | * Process must be loaded for debugging (as is shown in |
3802 | the common description). |
3885 | general description). |
3803 | 3886 | ||
3804 | ====================================================================== |
- | |
3805 | ====================== Function 69, subfunction 5 ==================== |
3887 | ====================================================================== |
3806 | ================ Restored execution debugged thread. ================= |
3888 | ======== Function 69, subfunction 5 - resume debugged thread. ======== |
3807 | ====================================================================== |
3889 | ====================================================================== |
3808 | Parameters: |
3890 | Parameters: |
3809 | * eax = 69 - number of the function |
3891 | * eax = 69 - function number |
3810 | * ebx = 5 - number subfunction |
3892 | * ebx = 5 - subfunction number |
3811 | * ecx = identifier |
3893 | * ecx = thread identifier |
3812 | Returned value: |
3894 | Returned value: |
3813 | * function does not return value |
3895 | * function does not return value |
3814 | Remarks: |
3896 | Remarks: |
3815 | * Process should be loaded for of debugging (as is indicated in |
3897 | * Process must be loaded for debugging (as is shown in |
3816 | the common description). |
3898 | general description). |
3817 | 3899 | ||
3818 | ====================================================================== |
- | |
3819 | ====================== Function 69, subfunction 6 ==================== |
3900 | ====================================================================== |
3820 | ============= Read from memory of the debugged process. ============== |
3901 | = Fucntion 69, subfunction 6 - read from memory of debugged process. = |
3821 | ====================================================================== |
3902 | ====================================================================== |
3822 | Parameters: |
3903 | Parameters: |
3823 | * eax = 69 - number of the function |
3904 | * eax = 69 - function number |
3824 | * ebx = 6 - number subfunction |
3905 | * ebx = 6 - subfunction number |
3825 | * ecx = identifier |
3906 | * ecx = identifier |
3826 | * edx = how many bytes to read |
3907 | * edx = number of bytes to read |
3827 | * esi = memory address of the debugged process |
3908 | * esi = address in the memory of debugged process |
3828 | * edi = pointer on buffer for data |
3909 | * edi = pointer to buffer for data |
3829 | Returned value: |
3910 | Returned value: |
3830 | * eax = -1 error (incorrect PID or buffer) |
3911 | * eax = -1 at an error (invalid PID or buffer) |
3831 | * differently eax = the number read bytes |
3912 | * otherwise eax = number of read bytes (possibly, 0, |
3832 | (is possible, 0, if in esi the too large value) |
3913 | if esi is too large) |
3833 | Remarks: |
3914 | Remarks: |
3834 | * Process should be loaded for of debugging (as is indicated in |
3915 | * Process must be loaded for debugging (as is shown in |
3835 | the common description). |
3916 | general description). |
3836 | 3917 | ||
3837 | ====================================================================== |
3918 | ====================================================================== |
3838 | Function 69, subfunction 7 - write in memory of the debugged process. |
3919 | == Function 69, subfunction 7 - write to memory of debugged process. = |
3839 | ====================================================================== |
3920 | ====================================================================== |
3840 | Parameters: |
3921 | Parameters: |
3841 | * eax = 69 - number of the function |
3922 | * eax = 69 - function number |
3842 | * ebx = 7 - number subfunction |
3923 | * ebx = 7 - subfunction number |
3843 | * ecx = identifier |
3924 | * ecx = identifier |
3844 | * edx = how many bytes to write |
3925 | * edx = number of bytes to write |
3845 | * esi = memory address of the debugged process |
3926 | * esi = address of memory in debugged process |
3846 | * edi = pointer on data |
3927 | * edi = pointer to data |
3847 | Returned value: |
3928 | Returned value: |
3848 | * eax = -1 error (incorrect PID or buffer) |
3929 | * eax = -1 at an error (invalid PID or buffer) |
3849 | * differently eax = the number written bytes |
3930 | * otherwise eax = number of written bytes (possibly, 0, |
3850 | (is possible, 0, if in esi the too large value) |
3931 | if esi is too large) |
3851 | Remarks: |
3932 | Remarks: |
3852 | * Process should be loaded for of debugging (as is indicated in |
3933 | * Process must be loaded for debugging (as is shown in |
3853 | the common description). |
3934 | general description). |
3854 | 3935 | ||
3855 | ====================================================================== |
3936 | ====================================================================== |
3856 | ======= Function 69, subfunction 8 - complete debugged thread. ======= |
3937 | ======= Function 69, subfunction 8 - terminate debugged thread. ====== |
3857 | ====================================================================== |
3938 | ====================================================================== |
3858 | Parameters: |
3939 | Parameters: |
3859 | * eax = 69 - number of the function |
3940 | * eax = 69 - function number |
3860 | * ebx = 8 - number subfunction |
3941 | * ebx = 8 - subfunction number |
3861 | * ecx = identifier |
3942 | * ecx = identifier |
3862 | Returned value: |
3943 | Returned value: |
3863 | * function does not return value |
3944 | * function does not return value |
3864 | Remarks: |
3945 | Remarks: |
3865 | * Process should be loaded for of debugging (as is indicated in |
3946 | * Process must be loaded for debugging (as is shown in |
3866 | the common description). |
3947 | general description). |
3867 | * Function is similar subfunction 2 functions 18 with two differences: |
3948 | * The function is similar to subfunction 2 of function 18 |
3868 | the execution of the first remark is required and is accepted PID, |
3949 | with two differences: it requires first remark and |
3869 | instead of number of the slot. |
3950 | accepts PID rather than slot number. |
3870 | 3951 | ||
3871 | ====================================================================== |
3952 | ====================================================================== |
3872 | ====================== Function 69, subfunction 9 ==================== |
- | |
3873 | =============== Place/remove the hardware point break. =============== |
3953 | ===== Function 69, subfunction 9 - set/clear hardware breakpoint. ==== |
3874 | ====================================================================== |
3954 | ====================================================================== |
3875 | Parameters: |
3955 | Parameters: |
3876 | * eax = 69 - number of the function |
3956 | * eax = 69 - function number |
3877 | * ebx = 9 - number subfunction |
3957 | * ebx = 9 - subfunction number |
3878 | * ecx = thread identifier |
3958 | * ecx = thread identifier |
3879 | * dl = index of breakpoint, from 0 up to 3 inclusively |
3959 | * dl = index of breakpoint, from 0 to 3 inclusively |
3880 | * dh = flags: |
3960 | * dh = flags: |
3881 | * if high bit is reset - install breakpoint: |
3961 | * if high bit is cleared - set breakpoint: |
3882 | * bits 0-1 - condition: |
3962 | * bits 0-1 - condition: |
3883 | * 00 = breakpoint on execution |
3963 | * 00 = breakpoint on execution |
3884 | * 01 = breakpoint on writing |
3964 | * 01 = breakpoint on read |
3885 | * 11 = breakpoint on reading/writing |
3965 | * 11 = breakpoint on read/write |
3886 | * bits 2-3 - length; for breakpoints on fulfilment should be 00, |
3966 | * bits 2-3 - length; for breakpoints on exception it must be |
3887 | otherwise one of |
3967 | 00, otherwise one of |
3888 | * 00 = bytes |
3968 | * 00 = byte |
3889 | * 01 = word |
3969 | * 01 = word |
3890 | * 11 = double word |
3970 | * 11 = dword |
3891 | * esi = address of breakpoint; should be aligned according to length |
3971 | * esi = breakpoint address; must be aligned according to |
3892 | (i.e. should be even for of breakpoints on a word, is multiple 4 for |
3972 | the length (i.e. must be even for word breakpoints, |
3893 | of a double word) |
3973 | divisible by 4 for dword) |
3894 | * if high bit is installed - reset breakpoint |
3974 | * if high bit is set - clear breakpoint |
3895 | Returned value: |
3975 | Returned value: |
3896 | * eax = 0 - successfully |
3976 | * eax = 0 - success |
3897 | * eax = 1 - error in the input data |
3977 | * eax = 1 - error in the input data |
3898 | * eax = 2 - (reserved, never comes back in current realization) |
3978 | * eax = 2 - (reserved, is never returned in the current |
3899 | with this index global breakpoint already is installed |
3979 | implementation) a global breakpoint with that index is already set |
3900 | Remarks: |
3980 | Remarks: |
3901 | * Process should be loaded for of debugging (as is indicated in |
3981 | * Process must be loaded for debugging (as is shown in |
3902 | the common description). |
3982 | general description). |
3903 | * Hardware breakpoints are realized through the DRx-register of the |
3983 | * Hardware breakpoints are implemented through DRx-registers of |
3904 | processor, from here all limitations. |
3984 | the processor, all limitations results from this. |
3905 | * Function can reinstall the breakpoint, earlier installed to it |
3985 | * The function can reinstall the breakpoint, previously set |
3906 | (in any way not informing about it). |
3986 | by it (and it does not inform on this). |
3907 | Carry on the list of the installed breakpoints in the debugger. |
3987 | Carry on the list of set breakpoints in the debugger. |
3908 | * Operation of breakpoint consists in generation of debug exception #DB, |
3988 | * Breakpoints generate debug exception #DB, on which the system |
3909 | which the system informs to the debugger. |
3989 | notifies debugger. |
3910 | * Breakpoint on writing and reading/writing works after execution of |
3990 | * Breakpoints on write and read/write act after |
3911 | the instruction, which has called it. |
3991 | execution of the caused it instruction. |
3912 | 3992 | ||
3913 | ====================================================================== |
3993 | ====================================================================== |
3914 | == Function 70 - work with a file system with support of long names. = |
3994 | ==== Function 70 - work with file system with long names support. ==== |
3915 | ====================================================================== |
3995 | ====================================================================== |
3916 | Parameters: |
3996 | Parameters: |
3917 | * eax = 70 |
3997 | * eax = 70 |
3918 | * ebx = pointer on information structure |
3998 | * ebx = pointer to the information structure |
3919 | Returned value: |
3999 | Returned value: |
3920 | * eax = 0 - successfully; differently error code of a file system |
4000 | * eax = 0 - success; otherwise file system error code |
3921 | * depending on subfunction the value and in other registers can come back |
4001 | * some subfunctions return value in other registers too |
3922 | Common format of information structure: |
4002 | General format of the information structure: |
3923 | * +0: dword: number subfunction |
4003 | * +0: dword: subfunction number |
3924 | * +4: dword: offset in the file |
4004 | * +4: dword: file offset |
3925 | * +8: dword: high dword of offset (should be 0) or field of flags |
4005 | * +8: dword: high dword of offset (must be 0) or flags field |
3926 | * +12 = +0xC: dword: size |
4006 | * +12 = +0xC: dword: size |
3927 | * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer on data |
4007 | * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer to data |
3928 | * +20 = +0x14: n db: ASCIIZ-string with a filename |
4008 | * +20 = +0x14: n db: ASCIIZ-string with the filename |
3929 | or |
4009 | or |
3930 | * +20 = +0x14: db 0 |
4010 | * +20 = +0x14: db 0 |
3931 | * +21 = +0x15: dd pointer on ASCIIZ-string with a filename |
4011 | * +21 = +0x15: dd pointer to ASCIIZ-string with the filename |
3932 | Specifications - in documentation on appropriate subfunction. |
4012 | Specifications - in documentation on the appropriate subfunction. |
3933 | Filename is insensitive to the register of characters. Russian characters should be written in the coding cp866 (DOS). |
4013 | Filename is case-insensitive. Russian letters must be written in |
3934 | Ôîðìàò èìåíè ôàéëà: |
4014 | the encoding cp866 (DOS). |
- | 4015 | Format of filename: |
|
3935 | /base/number/dir1/dir2/.../dirn/file, |
4016 | /base/number/dir1/dir2/.../dirn/file, |
3936 | where /base/number Identifies the device, on which the file is searched: |
4017 | where /base/number identifies device, on which file is located: |
3937 | one of |
4018 | one of |
3938 | * /RD/1 = /RAMDISK/1 for access to ramdisk |
4019 | * /RD/1 = /RAMDISK/1 to access ramdisk |
3939 | * /FD/1 = /FLOPPYDISK/1 for access to the first floppy-drive, |
4020 | * /FD/1 = /FLOPPYDISK/1 to access first floppy drive, |
3940 | /FD/2 = /FLOPPYDISK/2 for access to the second floppy-drive |
4021 | /FD/2 = /FLOPPYDISK/2 to access second one |
3941 | * /HD0/x, /HD1/x, /HD2/x, /HD3/x for access accordingly |
4022 | * /HD0/x, /HD1/x, /HD2/x, /HD3/x to access accordingly to devices |
3942 | to hard disks on IDE0 (Primary Master), IDE1 (Primary Slave), |
4023 | IDE0 (Primary Master), IDE1 (Primary Slave), |
3943 | IDE2 (Secondary Master), IDE3 (Secondary Slave); |
4024 | IDE2 (Secondary Master), IDE3 (Secondary Slave); |
3944 | x - number of partition on selected hard disk, varies from 1 up to 255 |
4025 | x - partition number on the selected hard drive, varies from 1 |
3945 | (on each of hard disks partitions starts with 1) |
4026 | to 255 (on each hard drive the indexing starts from 1) |
3946 | * /CD0/1, /CD1/1, /CD2/1, /CD3/1 for access accordingly |
4027 | * /CD0/1, /CD1/1, /CD2/1, /CD3/1 to access accordingly to |
3947 | to CD on IDE0 (Primary Master), IDE1 (Primary Slave), |
4028 | CD on IDE0 (Primary Master), IDE1 (Primary Slave), |
3948 | IDE2 (Secondary Master), IDE3 (Secondary Slace) |
4029 | IDE2 (Secondary Master), IDE3 (Secondary Slave) |
3949 | Examples: |
4030 | Examples: |
3950 | * '/rd/1/kernel.asm',0 |
4031 | * '/rd/1/kernel.asm',0 |
3951 | * '/HD0/1/kernel.asm',0 |
4032 | * '/HD0/1/kernel.asm',0 |
3952 | * '/hd0/2/menuet/pics/tanzania.bmp',0 |
4033 | * '/hd0/2/menuet/pics/tanzania.bmp',0 |
3953 | * '/hd0/1/Program files/NameOfProgram/SomeFile.SomeExtension',0 |
4034 | * '/hd0/1/Program files/NameOfProgram/SomeFile.SomeExtension',0 |
3954 | Accessible subfunctions: |
4035 | Available subfunctions: |
3955 | * subfunction 0 - read file |
4036 | * subfunction 0 - read file |
3956 | * subfunction 1 - read folder |
4037 | * subfunction 1 - read folder |
3957 | * subfunction 2 - create/rewrite file |
4038 | * subfunction 2 - create/rewrite file |
3958 | * subfunction 5 - get file/directory attributes structure |
4039 | * subfunction 5 - get attributes of file/folder |
3959 | * subfunction 6 - set file/directory attributes structure |
4040 | * subfunction 6 - set attributes of file/folder |
3960 | * subfunction 7 - start application |
4041 | * subfunction 7 - start application |
- | 4042 | For CD-drives due to hardware limitations only subfunctions |
|
- | 4043 | 0,1,5 and 7 are available, other subfunctions return error |
|
- | 4044 | with code 2. |
|
- | 4045 | ||
- | 4046 | ====================================================================== |
|
- | 4047 | === Function 70, subfunction 0 - read file with long names support. == |
|
- | 4048 | ====================================================================== |
|
- | 4049 | Parameters: |
|
- | 4050 | * eax = 70 - function number |
|
- | 4051 | * ebx = pointer to the information structure |
|
- | 4052 | Format of the information structure: |
|
- | 4053 | * +0: dword: 0 = subfunction number |
|
- | 4054 | * +4: dword: file offset (in bytes) |
|
- | 4055 | * +8: dword: 0 (reserved for high dword of offset) |
|
- | 4056 | * +12 = +0xC: dword: number of bytes to read |
|
- | 4057 | * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer to buffer for data |
|
- | 4058 | * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-name of file, the rules of names forming are |
|
- | 4059 | given in the general description |
|
- | 4060 | or |
|
- | 4061 | * +20 = +0x14: db 0 |
|
- | 4062 | * +21 = +0x15: dd pointer to ASCIIZ-string with file name |
|
- | 4063 | Returned value: |
|
- | 4064 | * eax = 0 - success, otherwise file system error code |
|
- | 4065 | * ebx = number of read bytes or -1=0xffffffff if file was not found |
|
- | 4066 | Remarks: |
|
- | 4067 | * If file was ended before last requested block was read, |
|
- | 4068 | the function will read as many as it can, and after that return |
|
- | 4069 | eax=6 (EOF). |
|
- | 4070 | * The function does not allow to read folder (returns eax=10, |
|
- | 4071 | access denied). |
|
3961 | 4072 | ||
3962 | ====================================================================== |
4073 | ====================================================================== |
3963 | = Function 70, subfunction 0 - read file with support of long names. = |
4074 | == Function 70, subfunction 1 - read folder with long names support. = |
3964 | ====================================================================== |
4075 | ====================================================================== |
3965 | Parameters: |
4076 | Parameters: |
3966 | * eax = 70 - number of the function |
- | |
3967 | * ebx = pointer on information structure |
- | |
3968 | Format of information structure: |
- | |
3969 | * +0: dword: 0 = number subfunction |
- | |
3970 | * +4: dword: position in the file (in bytes) |
- | |
3971 | * +8: dword: 0 (reserved for high dword of a position) |
- | |
3972 | * +12 = +0xC: dword: how many bytes to read |
- | |
3973 | * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer on buffer, where the data will be written |
- | |
3974 | * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-name of the file, the rules of creation of names |
- | |
3975 | are indicated in the common description |
- | |
3976 | or |
- | |
3977 | * +20 = +0x14: db 0 |
- | |
3978 | * +21 = +0x15: dd pointer on ASCIIZ-string with a filename |
- | |
3979 | Returned value: |
- | |
3980 | * eax = 0 - successfully, differently error code of a file system |
- | |
3981 | * ebx = number read bytes or |
- | |
3982 | -1=0xffffffff, if the file is not retrieved |
- | |
3983 | Remarks: |
- | |
3984 | * If the file was terminated earlier, than last requested block was read, |
- | |
3985 | the function will read, how many can, then will return eax=6 (EOF). |
- | |
3986 | * Function does not allow to read folders |
- | |
3987 | (will return eax=10, access denied). |
- | |
3988 | - | ||
3989 | ======================================================================== |
- | |
3990 | = Function 70, subfunction 1 - read folder with support of long names. = |
- | |
3991 | ======================================================================== |
- | |
3992 | Parameters: |
- | |
3993 | * eax = 70 - number of the function |
4077 | * eax = 70 - function number |
3994 | * ebx = pointer on information structure |
4078 | * ebx = pointer to the information structure |
3995 | Format of information structure: |
4079 | Format of the information structure: |
3996 | * +0: dword: 1 = number subfunction |
4080 | * +0: dword: 1 = subfunction number |
3997 | * +4: dword: index of the initial block (beginning from 0) |
4081 | * +4: dword: index of starting block (beginning from 0) |
3998 | * +8: dword: field of flags: |
4082 | * +8: dword: flags field: |
3999 | * bit 0 (mask 1): in what format to return names, |
4083 | * bit 0 (mask 1): in what format to return names, |
4000 | 0=ANSI, 1=UNICODE |
4084 | 0=ANSI, 1=UNICODE |
4001 | * Other bits are reserved and should be installed in 0 |
4085 | * other bits are reserved and must be set to 0 for the future |
4002 | for of the future compatibility |
4086 | compatibility |
4003 | * +12 = +0xC: dword: how many blocks to read |
4087 | * +12 = +0xC: dword: number of blocks to read |
4004 | * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer on buffer, where the data will be written, |
4088 | * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer to buffer for data, buffer size |
4005 | size of buffer should be not less than 32 + [+12] *560 bytes |
4089 | must be not less than 32 + [+12]*560 bytes |
4006 | * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-name of the file, the rules of creation of names |
4090 | * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-name of folder, the rules of names forming are |
4007 | are indicated in the common description |
4091 | given in the general description |
4008 | or |
4092 | or |
4009 | * +20 = +0x14: db 0 |
4093 | * +20 = +0x14: db 0 |
4010 | * +21 = +0x15: dd pointer on ASCIIZ-string with a filename |
4094 | * +21 = +0x15: dd pointer to ASCIIZ-string with file name |
4011 | Returned value: |
4095 | Returned value: |
4012 | * eax = 0 - successfully, differently error code of a file system |
4096 | * eax = 0 - success, otherwise file system error code |
4013 | * ebx = number of files, the information about which was written |
- | |
4014 | in the buffer, |
4097 | * ebx = number of files, information on which was written to |
4015 | or -1=0xffffffff, if the folder is not retrieved |
4098 | the buffer, or -1=0xffffffff, if folder was not found |
4016 | Structure of the buffer: |
4099 | Structure of the buffer: |
4017 | * +0: 32*byte: header |
4100 | * +0: 32*byte: header |
4018 | * +32 = +0x20: n1*byte: block with information on file 1 |
4101 | * +32 = +0x20: n1*byte: block with information on file 1 |
4019 | * +32+n1: n2*byte: block with information on file 2 2 |
4102 | * +32+n1: n2*byte: block with information on file 2 |
4020 | * ... |
4103 | * ... |
4021 | Structure of header: |
4104 | Structure of header: |
4022 | * +0: dword: version of structure (current version = 1) |
4105 | * +0: dword: version of structure (current is 1) |
4023 | * +4: dword: amount of the placed blocks; it is no more, |
4106 | * +4: dword: number of placed blocks; is not greater than requested |
4024 | than +12 information structures are requested in a field; |
4107 | in the field +12 of information structure; can be less, if |
4025 | can be less, if in a folder the files (same, as in ebx) were terminated |
4108 | there are no more files in folder (the same as in ebx) |
4026 | * +8: dword: total number of files in a folder |
4109 | * +8: dword: total number of files in folder |
4027 | * +12 = +0xC: 20*byte: reserved (zero) |
4110 | * +12 = +0xC: 20*byte: reserved (zeroed) |
4028 | Structure of data block of input of directory (DBID): |
4111 | Structure of block of data for folder entry (BDFE): |
4029 | * +0: dword: file attributes: |
4112 | * +0: dword: attributes of file: |
4030 | * áèò 0 (ìàñêà 1): file only for reading |
4113 | * bit 0 (mask 1): file is read-only |
4031 | * áèò 1 (ìàñêà 2): file is hidden |
4114 | * bit 1 (mask 2): file is hidden |
4032 | * áèò 2 (ìàñêà 4): file is system |
4115 | * bit 2 (mask 4): file is system |
4033 | * áèò 3 (ìàñêà 8): it not file, it is volume label |
4116 | * bit 3 (mask 8): this is not a file but volume label |
4034 | (on given partition meets no more once and only in a root folder) |
4117 | (for one partition meets no more than once and |
- | 4118 | only in root folder) |
|
4035 | * áèò 4 (ìàñêà 0x10): It is a folder |
4119 | * bit 4 (mask 0x10): this is a folder |
4036 | * áèò 5 (ìàñêà 0x20): file was not archived - many programs of archiving |
4120 | * bit 5 (mask 0x20): file was not archived - many archivation |
4037 | have an option, on which the files with installed this bit are archived |
4121 | programs have an option to archive only files with this bit set, |
4038 | only, then this bit is dumped(reset) is it can be useful for of automatic |
4122 | and after archiving this bit is cleared - it can be useful |
4039 | creation of backup-archives, for at recording bit is usually installed |
4123 | for automatically creating of backup-archives as at writing |
- | 4124 | this bit is usually set |
|
4040 | * +4: byte: type of data of a name: |
4125 | * +4: byte: type of name data: |
4041 | (coincides with bit 0 flags of information structure) |
4126 | (coincides with bit 0 of flags in the information structure) |
4042 | * 0 = ASCII = 1- byte performance of each character |
4127 | * 0 = ASCII = 1-byte representation of each character |
4043 | * 1 = UNICODE = 2-byte performance of each character |
4128 | * 1 = UNICODE = 2-byte representation of each character |
4044 | * +5: 3*byte: reserved (zero) |
4129 | * +5: 3*byte: reserved (zero) |
4045 | * +8: 4*byte: time of creation of file |
4130 | * +8: 4*byte: time of file creation |
4046 | * +12 = +0xC: 4*byte: date of creation of file |
4131 | * +12 = +0xC: 4*byte: date of file creation |
4047 | * +16 = +0x10: 4*byte: time of last access (reading or writing) |
4132 | * +16 = +0x10: 4*byte: time of last access (read or write) |
4048 | * +20 = +0x14: 4*byte: date of last access |
4133 | * +20 = +0x14: 4*byte: date of last access |
4049 | * +24 = +0x18: 4*byte: time of a last modification |
4134 | * +24 = +0x18: 4*byte: time of last modification |
4050 | * +28 = +0x1C: 4*byte: date of a last modification |
4135 | * +28 = +0x1C: 4*byte: date of last modification |
4051 | * +32 = +0x20: qword: file size in bytes (up to 16777216 Tbytes) |
4136 | * +32 = +0x20: qword: file size in bytes (up to 16777216 Tb) |
4052 | * +40 = +0x28: name |
4137 | * +40 = +0x28: name |
4053 | * for of the format ASCII: maximum length of a name 263 characters |
4138 | * for ASCII format: maximum length is 263 characters |
4054 | (263 bytes), bytes after a name matters 0 |
4139 | (263 bytes), byte after the name has value 0 |
4055 | * for of the format UNICODE: maximum length of a name 259 characters |
4140 | * äëÿ ôîðìàòà UNICODE: maximum length is 259 characters |
4056 | (518 bytes), two bytes after a name matter 0 |
4141 | (518 bytes), 2 bytes after the name have value 0 |
4057 | Format of time: |
4142 | Time format: |
4058 | * +0: byte: seconds |
4143 | * +0: byte: seconds |
4059 | * +1: byte: minutes |
4144 | * +1: byte: minutes |
4060 | * +2: byte: hours |
4145 | * +2: byte: hours |
4061 | * +3: byte: reserved (0) |
4146 | * +3: byte: reserved (0) |
4062 | * For example, 23.59.59 is written as (in hex) 3B 3B 17 00 |
4147 | * for example, 23.59.59 is written as (in hex) 3B 3B 17 00 |
4063 | Format of date: |
4148 | Date format: |
4064 | * +0: byte: day |
4149 | * +0: byte: day |
4065 | * +1: byte: month |
4150 | * +1: byte: month |
4066 | * +2: word: year |
4151 | * +2: word: year |
4067 | * For example, 25.11.1979 is written as (in hex) 19 0B BB 07 |
4152 | * for example, 25.11.1979 is written as (in hex) 19 0B BB 07 |
4068 | Remarks: |
4153 | Remarks: |
4069 | * If in DBID there is a name in ASCII, length makes 304 bytes, |
4154 | * If BDFE contains ASCII name, the length of BDFE is 304 bytes, |
4070 | if in UNICODE - 560 bytes. Value of length aligned on whole |
4155 | if UNICODE name - 560 bytes. Value of length is aligned |
4071 | multiple 16 bytes (for of acceleration of processing in cache-memory CPU). |
4156 | on 16-byte bound (to accelerate processing in CPU cache). |
4072 | * First character after a name zero (ASCIIZ-string). |
4157 | * First character after a name is zero (ASCIIZ-string). The further |
4073 | The further data contain garbage. |
4158 | data contain garbage. |
4074 | * If the files in a folder were terminated earlier, than the requested |
4159 | * If files in folder were ended before requested number was read, |
4075 | amount was read, the function will read, how many can, |
4160 | the function will read as many as it can, and after that return |
4076 | then will return eax=6 (EOF). |
4161 | eax=6 (EOF). |
4077 | * Any folder on the disk, except for root, contains two special |
4162 | * Any folder on the disk, except for root, contains two special |
4078 | inputs(entrances) "." And "..", identifying accordingly folder |
4163 | entries "." and "..", identifying accordingly the folder itself |
4079 | and parent folder. |
4164 | and the parent folder. |
4080 | * Function allows also to read virtual folders "/", "/rd", "/fd", |
4165 | * The function allows also to read virtual folders "/", "/rd", |
4081 | "/hd [n] ", thus the attributes subfolders rely equal 0x10, and the times |
4166 | "/fd", "/hd[n]", thus attributes of subfolders are set to 0x10, |
4082 | and dates are unset. An alternate way of obtaining of the information |
4167 | and times and dates are zeroed. An alternative way to get the |
4083 | about the equipment - subfunction 11 functions 18 |
4168 | equipment information - subfunction 11 of function 18. |
4084 | 4169 | ||
4085 | ====================================================================== |
4170 | ====================================================================== |
4086 | ====================== Function 70, subfunction 2 ==================== |
4171 | ===================== Function 70, subfunction 2 ===================== |
4087 | ========== Create/rewrite file with support of long names. =========== |
4172 | ============ Create/rewrite file with long names support. ============ |
4088 | ====================================================================== |
4173 | ====================================================================== |
4089 | Parameters: |
4174 | Parameters: |
4090 | * eax = 70 - number of the function |
4175 | * eax = 70 - function number |
4091 | * ebx = pointer on information structure |
4176 | * ebx = pointer to the information structure |
4092 | Format of information structure: |
4177 | Format of the information structure: |
4093 | * +0: dword: 2 = number subfunction |
4178 | * +0: dword: 2 = subfunction number |
4094 | * +4: dword: 0 (reserved) |
4179 | * +4: dword: 0 (reserved) |
4095 | * +8: dword: 0 (reserved) |
4180 | * +8: dword: 0 (reserved) |
4096 | * +12 = +0xC: dword: how many bytes to write |
4181 | * +12 = +0xC: dword: number of bytes to read |
4097 | * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer on data |
4182 | * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer to data |
4098 | * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-name of the file, the rules of creation of names |
4183 | * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-name of file, the rules of names forming are |
4099 | are indicated in the common description |
4184 | given in the general description |
4100 | or |
4185 | or |
4101 | * +20 = +0x14: db 0 |
4186 | * +20 = +0x14: db 0 |
4102 | * +21 = +0x15: dd pointer on ASCIIZ-string with a filename |
4187 | * +21 = +0x15: dd pointer to ASCIIZ-string with file name |
4103 | Returned value: |
4188 | Returned value: |
4104 | * eax = 0 - successfully, differently error code of a file system |
4189 | * eax = 0 - success, otherwise file system error code |
4105 | * ebx = number written bytes (is possible, 0) |
4190 | * ebx = number of written bytes (possibly 0) |
4106 | Remarks: |
4191 | Remarks: |
4107 | * If the file with such name did not exist, it creates; if existed, |
4192 | * If a file with given name did not exist, it is created; |
4108 | is rewritten. |
4193 | if it existed, it is rewritten. |
4109 | * If it is not enough of free space on of the disk, the function will write, |
4194 | * If there is not enough free space on disk, the function will |
4110 | how many can, then will return an error code 8. |
4195 | write as many as can and then return error code 8. |
- | 4196 | * The function is not supported for CD (returns error code 2). |
|
4111 | 4197 | ||
4112 | ====================================================================== |
4198 | ====================================================================== |
4113 | = Function 70, subfunction 5 - get file/directory attributes structure. |
4199 | ==== Function 70, subfunction 5 - get information on file/folder. ==== |
4114 | ====================================================================== |
4200 | ====================================================================== |
4115 | Parameters: |
4201 | Parameters: |
4116 | * eax = 70 - number of the function |
4202 | * eax = 70 - function number |
4117 | * ebx = pointer on information structure |
4203 | * ebx = pointer to the information structure |
4118 | Format of information structure: |
4204 | Format of the information structure: |
4119 | * +0: dword: 5 = number subfunction |
4205 | * +0: dword: 5 = subfunction number |
4120 | * +4: dword: 0 (reserved) |
4206 | * +4: dword: 0 (reserved) |
4121 | * +8: dword: 0 (reserved) |
4207 | * +8: dword: 0 (reserved) |
4122 | * +12 = +0xC: dword: 0 (reserved) |
4208 | * +12 = +0xC: dword: 0 (reserved) |
4123 | * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer on buffer, where data will be written (40 bytes) |
4209 | * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer to buffer for data (40 bytes) |
4124 | * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-name of the file, the rules of creation of names |
4210 | * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-name of file, the rules of names forming are |
4125 | are indicated in the common description |
4211 | given in the general description |
4126 | or |
4212 | or |
4127 | * +20 = +0x14: db 0 |
4213 | * +20 = +0x14: db 0 |
4128 | * +21 = +0x15: dd pointer on ASCIIZ-string with a filename |
4214 | * +21 = +0x15: dd pointer to ASCIIZ-string with file name |
4129 | Returned value: |
4215 | Returned value: |
4130 | * eax = 0 - successfully, differently error code of a file system |
4216 | * eax = 0 - success, otherwise file system error code |
4131 | * ebx fail |
4217 | * ebx destroyed |
4132 | Information on the file comes back in the format DBID |
4218 | Information on file is returned in the BDFE format (block of data |
4133 | (data block of input of directory), indicated in the description subfunction 1, |
4219 | for folder entry), explained in the description of |
- | 4220 | subfunction 1, but without filename |
|
4134 | but without a filename (only first 40 = 0x28 bytes). |
4221 | (i.e. only first 40 = 0x28 bytes). |
4135 | Remarks: |
4222 | Remarks: |
4136 | * Function does not support virtual folders such as /, /rd |
4223 | * The function does not support virtual folders such as /, /rd and |
4137 | and root folders such as /rd/1. |
4224 | root folders like /rd/1. |
4138 | 4225 | ||
4139 | ====================================================================== |
4226 | ====================================================================== |
4140 | = Function 70, subfunction 6 - set file/directory attributes structure. |
4227 | ===== Function 70, subfunction 6 - set attributes of file/folder. ==== |
4141 | ====================================================================== |
4228 | ====================================================================== |
4142 | Parameters: |
4229 | Parameters: |
4143 | * eax = 70 - number of the function |
4230 | * eax = 70 - function number |
4144 | * ebx = pointer on information structure |
4231 | * ebx = pointer to the information structure |
4145 | Format of information structure: |
4232 | Format of the information structure: |
4146 | * +0: dword: 6 = number subfunction |
4233 | * +0: dword: 6 = subfunction number |
4147 | * +4: dword: 0 (reserved) |
4234 | * +4: dword: 0 (reserved) |
4148 | * +8: dword: 0 (reserved) |
4235 | * +8: dword: 0 (reserved) |
4149 | * +12 = +0xC: dword: 0 (reserved) |
4236 | * +12 = +0xC: dword: 0 (reserved) |
4150 | * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer on buffer with attributes (32 bytes) |
4237 | * +16 = +0x10: dword: pointer to buffer with attributes (32 bytes) |
4151 | * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-name of the file, the rules of creation of names |
4238 | * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-name of file, the rules of names forming are |
4152 | are indicated in the common description |
4239 | given in the general description |
4153 | or |
4240 | or |
4154 | * +20 = +0x14: db 0 |
4241 | * +20 = +0x14: db 0 |
4155 | * +21 = +0x15: dd pointer on ASCIIZ-string with a filename |
4242 | * +21 = +0x15: dd pointer to ASCIIZ-string with file name |
4156 | Returned value: |
4243 | Returned value: |
4157 | * eax = 0 - successfully, differently error code of a file system |
4244 | * eax = 0 - success, otherwise file system error code |
4158 | * ebx fail |
4245 | * ebx destroyed |
4159 | File attributes - first 32 bytes in DBID (data block of input of directory), |
4246 | File attributes are first 32 bytes in BDFE (block of data |
4160 | which format is indicated in the description subfunction 1 |
4247 | for folder entry), explained in the description of subfunction 1 |
4161 | (that is without a name and file size). Attribute the file/folder/volume label |
4248 | (that is, without name and size of file). Attribute |
4162 | (bits 3,4 in dword +0) does not vary. |
4249 | file/folder/volume label (bits 3,4 in dword +0) is not changed. |
4163 | Byte +4 (format of a name) ignored. |
4250 | Byte +4 (name format) is ignored. |
4164 | Remarks: |
4251 | Remarks: |
4165 | * Function does not support virtual folders such as /, /rd |
4252 | * The function does not support virtual folders such as /, /rd and |
4166 | and root folders such as /rd/1. |
4253 | root folders like /rd/1. |
- | 4254 | * The function is not supported for CD (returns error code 2). |
|
4167 | 4255 | ||
4168 | ====================================================================== |
4256 | ====================================================================== |
4169 | ============ Function 70, subfunction 7 - start application. ============ |
4257 | =========== Function 70, subfunction 7 - start application. ========== |
4170 | ====================================================================== |
4258 | ====================================================================== |
4171 | Parameters: |
4259 | Parameters: |
4172 | * eax = 70 - number of the function |
4260 | * eax = 70 - function number |
4173 | * ebx = pointer on information structure |
4261 | * ebx = pointer to the information structure |
4174 | Format of information structure: |
4262 | Format of the information structure: |
4175 | * +0: dword: 7 = number subfunction |
4263 | * +0: dword: 7 = subfunction number |
4176 | * +4: dword: field of flags: |
4264 | * +4: dword: flags field: |
4177 | * áèò 0: to start the process as debugged |
4265 | * áèò 0: start process as debugged |
4178 | * other bits are reserved and should be installed in 0 |
4266 | * other bits are reserved and must be set to 0 |
4179 | * +8: dword: 0 or pointer on ASCIIZ-string with parameters |
4267 | * +8: dword: 0 or pointer to ASCIIZ-string with parameters |
4180 | * +12 = +0xC: dword: 0 (reserved) |
4268 | * +12 = +0xC: dword: 0 (reserved) |
4181 | * +16 = +0x10: dword: 0 (reserved) |
4269 | * +16 = +0x10: dword: 0 (reserved) |
4182 | * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-name of the file, the rules of creation of names |
4270 | * +20 = +0x14: ASCIIZ-name of file, the rules of names forming are |
4183 | are indicated in the common description |
4271 | given in the general description |
4184 | or |
4272 | or |
4185 | * +20 = +0x14: db 0 |
4273 | * +20 = +0x14: db 0 |
4186 | * +21 = +0x15: dd pointer on ASCIIZ-string with a filename |
4274 | * +21 = +0x15: dd pointer to ASCIIZ-string with file name |
4187 | Returned value: |
4275 | Returned value: |
4188 | * eax > 0 - program is loaded, eax contains PID |
4276 | * eax > 0 - program is loaded, eax contains PID |
4189 | * eax < 0 - has taken place error, |
4277 | * eax < 0 - an error has occured, -eax contains |
4190 | -eax contains an error code of a file system |
4278 | file system error code |
4191 | * ebx fail |
4279 | * ebx destroyed |
4192 | Remarks: |
4280 | Remarks: |
4193 | * Command line should be ended by the character with the code 0 |
4281 | * Command line must be terminated by the character with the code 0 |
4194 | (ASCIIZ-strings); it are taken into account or all characters up to |
4282 | (ASCIIZ-string); function takes into account either all characters |
4195 | completing zero inclusively, or the first 256 characters, that are less. |
4283 | up to terminating zero inclusively or first 256 character |
- | 4284 | regarding what is less. |
|
4196 | * If the process is started as debugged, it creates in the frozen status; |
4285 | * If the process is started as debugged, it is created in |
4197 | for of start use subfunction 5 functions 69. |
4286 | the suspended state; to run use subfunction 5 of function 69. |
4198 | 4287 | ||
4199 | ====================================================================== |
4288 | ====================================================================== |
4200 | =========== Function 71, subfunction 1 - set window caption ========== |
4289 | ========== Function 71, subfunction 1 - set window caption. ========== |
4201 | ====================================================================== |
4290 | ====================================================================== |
4202 | Parameters: |
4291 | Parameters: |
4203 | * eax = 71 - function number |
4292 | * eax = 71 - function number |
4204 | * ebx = 1 - subfunction number |
4293 | * ebx = 1 - subfunction number |
4205 | * eáx = caption string address |
4294 | * ecx = pointer to caption string |
4206 | Returned value: |
4295 | Returned value: |
4207 | * eax = 0 - caption changed successfully |
- | |
4208 | * eax = 1 - error occured |
4296 | * function does not return value |
4209 | Remarks: |
4297 | Remarks: |
4210 | * String should be in ASCIIZ format. Disregarding real string length, |
4298 | * String must be in the ASCIIZ-format. Disregarding real string |
4211 | no more than 255 chars will be wrawn. |
4299 | length, no more than 255 characters are drawn. |
4212 | * Pass NULL in ecx to remove caption |
4300 | * Pass NULL in ecx to remove caption. |
4213 | 4301 | ||
4214 | ====================================================================== |
4302 | ====================================================================== |
4215 | ========== Function -1 - complete execution of thread/proces ========= |
4303 | =============== Function -1 - terminate thread/process =============== |
4216 | ====================================================================== |
4304 | ====================================================================== |
4217 | Parameters: |
4305 | Parameters: |
4218 | * eax = -1 - number of the function |
4306 | * eax = -1 - function number |
4219 | Returned value: |
4307 | Returned value: |
4220 | * function does not return neither value, nor handle |
4308 | * function does not return neither value nor control |
4221 | Remarks: |
4309 | Remarks: |
4222 | * If the process obviously did not create streams, it has only one thread, |
4310 | * If the process did not create threads obviously, it has only |
4223 | which completion results in completion of the process. |
4311 | one thread, which termination results in process termination. |
4224 | * If current thread - last in process, its completion also results |
4312 | * If the current thread is last in the process, its termination |
4225 | in completion of the process. |
4313 | also results in process terminates. |
4226 | * This function completes current thread. Another thread |
4314 | * This function terminates the current thread. Other thread can be |
4227 | is possible kill by call subfunction 2 functions 18. |
4315 | killed by call to subfunction 2 of function 18. |
4228 | 4316 | ||
4229 | ====================================================================== |
4317 | ====================================================================== |
4230 | =========================== List of events =========================== |
4318 | =========================== List of events =========================== |
4231 | ====================================================================== |
4319 | ====================================================================== |
4232 | Next event is possible get by call of one from functions 10 (to expect event), |
4320 | Next event can be retrieved by the call of one from functions 10 |
- | 4321 | (to wait for event), 11 (to check without waiting), 23 |
|
4233 | 11 (to check up without waiting), 23 (to expect during the given time). |
4322 | (to wait during the given time). |
4234 | These functions return only those events, which enter into a mask installed by |
4323 | These functions return only those events, which enter into a mask set |
4235 | the function 40. By default it is first three, that there is enough for of many |
4324 | by function 40. By default it is first three, |
4236 | applications of. |
4325 | there is enough for most applications. |
4237 | Codes of events: |
4326 | Codes of events: |
4238 | * 1 = message about redraw (is reset at function call 0) |
4327 | * 1 = redraw event (is reset by call to function 0) |
4239 | * 2 = key on keyboard is pressed (acts, only when the window is active) |
4328 | * 2 = key on keyboard is pressed (acts, only when the window is |
4240 | or "hotkey" is pressed; is reset, when all keys from the buffer are read |
4329 | active) or hotkey is pressed; is reset, when all keys from |
4241 | out by the function 2 |
4330 | the buffer are read out by function 2 |
4242 | * 3 = button is pressed, defined earlier by function 8(or buttons of closing, |
4331 | * 3 = button is pressed, defined earlier by function 8 |
4243 | created implicitly by function 0 is pressed; the button of minimization is |
4332 | (or close button, created implicitly by function 0; |
4244 | handled by the system and about it of the message does not come; acts, only |
4333 | minimize button is handled by the system and sends no message; |
- | 4334 | acts, only when the window is active; |
|
4245 | when the window is active; is reset, when all buttons from the buffer are |
4335 | is reset when all buttons from the buffer |
4246 | read out by the function 17) |
4336 | are read out by function 17) |
4247 | * 4 = reserved (in current implementation never comes even at unmasking |
4337 | * 4 = reserved (in current implementation never comes even after |
4248 | by the function 40) |
4338 | unmasking by function 40) |
4249 | * 5 = redraw the background of a desktop (is reset automatically after |
4339 | * 5 = the desktop background is redrawed (is reset automatically |
4250 | redraw, so if in time redraw of a background the program does not wait |
4340 | after redraw, so if in redraw time program does not wait and |
4251 | and does not check event, this event it will not remark) |
4341 | does not check events, it will not remark this event) |
4252 | * 6 = event from the mouse (something happened - pressing a mouse button |
4342 | * 6 = mouse event (something happened - button pressing or moving; |
4253 | or moving; is reset at reading) |
4343 | is reset at reading) |
4254 | * 7 = there was an event IPC (look the function 60 - Inter Process |
4344 | * 7 = IPC event (see function 60 - |
4255 | Communication; is reset at reading) |
4345 | Inter Process Communication; is reset at reading) |
4256 | * 8 = there was a network event (is reset at reading; look operation |
4346 | * 8 = network event (is reset at reading) |
4257 | with the network) |
- | |
4258 | * 9 = there was a debug event (is reset at reading; look a debug subsystem) |
4347 | * 9 = debug event (is reset at reading; see |
- | 4348 | debug subsystem) |
|
4259 | * 16..31 = there was an event with appropriate IRQ |
4349 | * 16..31 = event with appropriate IRQ |
4260 | (16=IRQ0, 31=IRQ15) (is reset at reading all data IRQ) |
4350 | (16=IRQ0, 31=IRQ15) (is reset after reading all IRQ data) |
4261 | 4351 | ||
4262 | ====================================================================== |
4352 | ====================================================================== |
4263 | ==================== Error codes of a file system ==================== |
4353 | =================== Error codes of the file system =================== |
4264 | ====================================================================== |
4354 | ====================================================================== |
4265 | * 0 = successfully |
4355 | * 0 = success |
4266 | * 1 = base and/or partition of the hard disk is not defined |
4356 | * 1 = base and/or partition of a hard disk is not defined |
4267 | (subfunctions 7, 8 functions 21) |
4357 | (by subfunctions 7, 8 of function 21) |
4268 | * 2 = function is not supported for of the given file system |
4358 | * 2 = function is not supported for the given file system |
4269 | (comes back in case of attempt of LBA-reading at prohibited LBA) |
- | |
4270 | * 3 = Unknown file system |
4359 | * 3 = unknown file system |
4271 | * 4 = comes back only by function rename by transmission of the strongly |
4360 | * 4 = is returned only from function 'rename' by transmission of |
4272 | incorrect parameter and in any way does not correspond to the description |
4361 | the strongly incorrect parameter and in any way does not |
- | 4362 | correspond to the description in the kernel sources |
|
4273 | in sources of a kernel " partition not defined at hd " |
4363 | "partition not defined at hd" |
4274 | * 5 = file is not retrieved |
4364 | * 5 = file not found |
4275 | * 6 = file was completed |
4365 | * 6 = end of file, EOF |
4276 | * 7 = pointer outside of memory of the application |
4366 | * 7 = pointer lies outside of application memory |
4277 | * 8 = disk is filled |
4367 | * 8 = disk is full |
4278 | * 9 = table FAT is destroyed |
4368 | * 9 = FAT table is destroyed |
4279 | * 10 = access denied |
4369 | * 10 = access denied |
4280 | * 11 = error of the device |
4370 | * 11 = device error |
4281 | At start of the program the following error codes are possible also: |
4371 | Application start functions can return also following errors: |
4282 | * 30 = 0x1E = not enough of memory |
4372 | * 30 = 0x1E = not enough memory |
4283 | * 31 = 0x1F = file is not application |
4373 | * 31 = 0x1F = file is not executable |
4284 | * 32 = 0x20 = too much processes>>>=4>=n<=4>=39. |
4374 | * 32 = 0x20 = too many processes>>>=4>=n<=4>=39>0,>=ecx. |
4285 | >>=ecx. |
- | |
4286 | >=0xFFFF. |
4375 | >=0xFFFF. |
4287 | >=ecx<=0xFFFF. |
4376 | >=ecx<=0xFFFF. |
4288 | >=0xFFFF. |
4377 | >=0xFFFF. |
4289 | >=ecx<=0xFFFF. |
4378 | >=ecx<=0xFFFF. |
4290 | >> |
4379 | >> |